FACULTY OF ENGINEERING

HANDBOOK 1979

THE UNIVERSITY OF NEWCASTLE NEW SOUTH WALES 2308

ISSN 0313 - 0002

Telephone - Newcastle 680401

One dollar fifty Recommended price

The information in this Handbook is correct as at 1st October, 1978.

Printed for the University by Reg. C. Pogonoski Pty Ltd

252-254 Darby Street, Newcastle 2300

CONTENTS

The colour band on the spine of this Handbook is the lining colour of the hood worn by Bachelors of Engineering of this University.

Message from Dean Introduction

Section l--!Staff of the Faculty of Engineering

Section 2-The Faculty of Engineering and the Degrees Offered I The Faculty of Engineering

II Undergraduate Courses (i) Department of Chemical Engineering (ii) Department of Civil Engineering

(iii) Department of Electrical Engineering (iv) Department of Mechanical Engineering (v) Department of Metallurgy

III Postgraduate Degrees and Diplomas (i) Diploma in Industrial Engineering

(ii) Master of Engineering Science (iii) Master of Engineering (iv) Master of Science

Section 3-Degree Requirements and Faculty Policies

Page No.

5 7

8

12

13

14

14 15 16 18 19

19

19 20 21 21

22 I Degree RequireD;1ents for Undergraduate Courses 23

Requirements 23

Elective Requirements 28 Transition Arrangements 33 Schedules 36 (a) Department of Chemical Engineering 36 (b) Department of Civil Engineering 39 (c) Department of Electrical Engineering 42 (d) Department of Mechanical Engineering 46 (e) Department of Metallurgy 49

II Requirements for Postgraduate Diplomas and Degrees 51

(a) Requirements for the Diploma in Industrial Engineering 51 (b) Requirements for the Degree of Master of Engineering

Science 55 (c) Requirements for the Degree of Master of Engineering 64 (d) Requirements for the Degree of Master of Science 66

III Policies Detennined by Faculty Board under Degree Requirements 68 (a) Award of Merit and Honours 68 (b) InterPretation of the Academic Progress By-Laws 71 (c) Mutually Exclusive Subjects 72 (d) Years/Stage Classification 72 (e) Alternative Subjects 73 (f) Standing and Exemption Examinations for HQlders of

Technical College Certificates 73 (g) Industrial Training Requirements 74

Section 4--!Subject Descriptions Guide ro Subject Entries

J Subjects Offered by Departments Comprising the Faculty of gngineering

Chemical Engineering

3

76 77

80 80

Civil Engineering Electrical Engineering General Engineering Mechanical Engineering Metallurgy Surveying

II Subjects Offered by Departments Outside the Faculty of Engineering

Biological Sciences Chemistry Commerce Economics English Geography Geology History Legal Studies Mathematics Philosophy Physics Psychology Sociology

Section S-COmbined Degree Programmes

Section ~ubject Computer Numbers

4

Page No.

98 123 142

.144 177 206

218 219 221 225 231 237 238 242 242 243 247 258 260 263 264

265

278

A Messag.e from the Dean

On behalf of the staff of the Faculty of Engineering, I wish to extend a very warm welcome to all students--those who are entering the University and the Faculty for the first time and those who are returning to commence another year of studies. Having chosen to study in one of the fields of Engineering, in Surveying or Metallurgy, we believe you are embarking on a pro­fessional career which is both challenging and stimUlating. It is clear we are living in a technological age-an age which has seen a tremendous burst of scientific and technological development and which has had a marked effect on the modes and characteristics of our society. It is also clear that the future of our society is very much dependent on the solution of a number of very complex technological problems, notably those associated with the alternative forms of energy and with food production. Graduates in the various professions of Engineering, Surveying and Metallurgy will, in their own way, be required to contribute to the solution of these problems.

With these objectives in mind, the Faculty of Engineering has con­tinued to up-date course material to meet the current and future standards of the professions and the needs of society. To ensure that this is done effectively, it is essential to maintain a stimulating learning environment, teaching and assessment methods. While the various courses provide the essential depth of study in the principal technical fields, we believe it to be of major importance that students gain some breadth in their educational experience. For this reason each degree programme contains a component of supporting studies in which students are encouraged to take subjects in other faculties. The rationale for this is obvious. While the role of the professional Engineer, Surveyor or Metallurgist may be seen as providing technical solutions to technical problems, he or she must also be acutely aware of the social implications of the decisions being made. The inter­relation of the professions and society is one of growing importance. The opportunity to obtain a well-rounded tertiary educational experience is embodied in the very concept of the University system. The University environment, with its excellent campus and facilities, together with the many extra-curricula activities, creates an oppor­tunity for obtaining a total experience, indeed a unique experience, in one's lifetime. For this reason I would encourage you to take full advantage of the opportunities available to you and, where time permits, take an active interest in the various facets of University life. The Staff of the Faculty will do everything possible to make your work both interesting and enjoyable and will be anxious to help you with any problems you may have. I personally would be most happy to assist you in any way I can, and would be grateful for any feed­back of a constructive nature that you may wish to offer.

In conclusion I wish you well in your studies at this University. There is no doubt' that a course of study leading to an Engineering, Surveying or Metallurgy degree requires a great deal of dedication and perseverance, but the task is certainly a rewarding one.

A. W. Roberts,

Dean, Faculty of Engineering.

6

INTRODUCTION

In this Handbook we have attempted to provide most of the information you will need regarding both undergraduate and post­graduate courses offered in the Faculty of Engineering. This Handbook will help you to know who the people in your Faculty are, the requirements for degrees offered in the Faculty and the ways that these can be satisfied, what subjects are offered, and the books required for these subjects; and where to tum for more information, advice and help.

Section I sets out the staff of the Faculty of Engineering. Section 2 deals with the Departments of the Faculty and courses for which each Department is responsible. Degree requirements for both under­graduate and postgraduate courses are set out in Section 3 and descriptions of subjects are listed in Section 4. Approved programmes for combined degree courses are set out in Section 5 and subject computer numbers for use with Enrolment Forms and Variation of Programme Forms are listed in Section 6.

ADVICE AND INFORMATION

Advice and information on matters concerning the Faculty of Engineering can be obtained from a number of people. For general enquiries about University regulations, Faculty rules and policies, studies within the Faculty and so on, you should see:

The Faculty Secretary Mr. B. J. Kelleher The Faculty Administrative Assistant Ms. L. R. Brown The Sub-Dean of the Faculty Mr. G. D. Butler or The Dean of the Faculty Professor A. W. Roberts.

For enquiries regarding studies in particular Departments within ·the FacuIty you should arrange to see the folIowing staff in the particular Department concerned:

Chemical Engineering

Civil Engineering

Electrical Engineering

Mechanical and Industrial Engineering

MetalIurgy

Surveying

Dr. W. G. Kirchner or Professor G. J. Jameson

Dr. W. G. Field or Professor F. M. Henderson

Dr. K. K. Saluja or Associate Professor G. C. Goodwin

Mr. G. D. Butler or Professor A. W. Roberts

Mr. J. E. McLennan or Professor E. O. Hall

Dr. J. G. Fryer

7

Section 1

STAFF OF THE FACULTY OF ENGINEERING

'8

Dean FACULTY OF ENGINEERING

Professor A. W. Roberts, BE,PhD(New South Wales), ASTC, FlEAust, MIMechE

Snb-Dean G. D. Butler, BE(New South Wales), MSc(Cranfield), ASTC, MIEAust

Faculty Secretary B. J. Kelleher, BE, BCom

Professor of Engineering D. W. George, BSc, BE, PhD (Sydney), FTS, FlEE, FIMechE, PlEAust, FAIP (Vice-

Cbancellor and Principal) (Personal Cbair)

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING Professor G. J. Jameson, BSc(New South Wales), PhD (Cambridge), ASTC, CEng, MIChemE

Senior Lecturers B. D. Henry MSc(New South Wales), PhD(Loughborough), CEng, MIChemE,

MIEAust W. G. Kirchner, MSe, PhD (New South Wales), ASTC, CEng. MIChemE, MIRE(Aust),

MIEAust K. Lyne-Smith, BE(Sydney), MSc(New South Wales), PhD J. Roberts, BSc(New South Wales), ME, ASTC, ARACI T. F. Wall, PhD, FRMIT(Chem Eng), CEng, MIE(Aust), AMlnstF, MCombl

Departmental Olfice Staff Jean M. Ley

Honorary Professor I. MeC. Stewart, ME(Queensland), SM(Massachusetts Institute of Technology), CEng,

MIChemE, FlnstF, MAusIMM, MCombl, FIEAust

CIVIL ENGINEERING Professor F. M. Henderson, MSc, BE(New Zealand), MICE, MASCE, FIEAust, MNZIE

Associate Professor A. Herzog, DipEng(Budapest), PhD (New South Wales), FIEAust, MASCE

Senior Lecturers N. O. Betts, BSc(South Africa), BSc(Eng) (Capetown), MSc(Cranfield),

MEngSc(New South Wales), MICE, MIEAust, MSAICE F. L. Clarke, BSurv(New South Wales), LS, MISAust(Surveying) W. G. Field, BE(New South Wales), PhD, ASTC, MIEAust J. G. Fryer, BSurv, PhD(New South Wales), LS, MISAust B. S. Heaton, BE(New South Wales), ME, ASTC, MIEAust B. L. Karihaloo, BSc(Eng) (Ranchi), MTeeh(IIT, Bombay), PhD (Moscow) P. W. Kleeman, BE(Adelaide), FSASM

Lecturers M. H. Elfick, Dip.SurvSc(Sydney) H. L. Mitchell, BSurv, PhD(New South Wales) A. W. Page, BE(New South Wales), PhD, ASTC, MIEAust J. C. Small, BSc(Eng) (London) B. J. Williams, BE(Adelaide), MEngSc(New South Wales), MIEAust

Professional Olficer R. G. Hanson, BE(Canterbury), DipBusStud, MIEAust, GradNZIE

Administrative Assistant Lesley R. Brown, BSc, BE (New South Wales)

Departmental OIfice Staff Margaret J. Hanley Janette G. Stones

9

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

Professors BSe, BE(Sydney), PhD(Stanford), FAA, FIEEE, FIEAust, B. D. O. Anderson, MSIAM

J. B. Moore, BE, MEngSe(Queensland), PhD(Santa Clara), SMIEEE (Head of Department)

Associate Professor G. C. Goodwin, BSe, BE, PhD (New South Wales), MIEE. MIEAust

Senior Lecturers J. G. Alva, BSe(Durham), MSc(Eng) (London) CEng, MIEEE A. Cantoni, BE, PhD (Western Australia) p. J. Moylan, BE(Melbourne), ME, PhD, MIEEE. AMACS

Lecturers B. J. Cook, HND(Elect) (plymouth Polytechnic), PhD (Bristol) R. J. Evans, BE(Melbourne), ME, PhD K. K. Saluja, BE(Roorkee), MS, PhD (Iowa), MIEEE, MACM

Professlona1 Olficers R. W. Goodhew, BE (New South Wales), ASTC, MIEAust, AMIEE B. A. Thomas, BSc(Eng), GradIEAust, EngAssocIREEAust

Administrative Assistant Lesley R. Brown, BSc, BE(New South Wales)

Departmental Office Stalf Elizabeth M. Fewings Maureen E. Patrick Dianne E. Piefke

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING Professors R. A. Antonia, BE, MEngSe, PhD(Sydney) A. W. Roberts, BE, PhD (New South Wales), ASTC, FIEAust, MIMechE (Head of

Department)

Associate Professor' E. Betz, ME PhD (New South Wales), ASTC, FIEAust, MASME

Senior Lecturers L. W. B. Browne, BE(Sydney), PhD G. D. Butler, BE (New South Wales), MSc(Cranfield) ASTC. MIEAust A. J. Chambers, BE(New South Wales), ME; PhD (Stanford), GradIEAust M. J. Hallinan, ASTC J. W. Hayes, BE, MEngSc(Sydney), MIEAust, MAIlE, AMORSA, MASOR K. L. Hitz, BE(New South Wales), PhD, GradIEAust H. A. Willems, BE(New South Wales), ME; DiplNaval Arch MTS(Dordrecht), ASTC,

MRINA

Lecturers D. R. A. Budney, MSc(Alberta), PhD(New South Wales) Nhan Phan-Thein, BE(Sydney) R. D. Parbery, ME, BSc, MIEAust B. T. Vaiaire, BSc(Tech) (New South Wales), ME, GradIEAust

Senior Tutors B. J. Hill, BSc(Eng), MEngSc, GradIEAust N. Wang, BSc(Eng), MEngSc, BA

Professional Officers J. A. Lewis, BSc(New South Wales), ME, ASTC, MIEAust, AMAuslMM M. Ooms, BE R. J. Scobie, ASTC O. J. Scott, ME

10

Departmental Office Stalf Marcia M. Couper Isabel Sherwood

Honorary Associates K. R. Bridger, ME(New South Wales), ASTC, MIEAust A. K. Johnston, BE(Sydney), MS(Iowa), PhD (New South Wales), FIEAust

METALLURGY Professor E. O. Hall, MSc(New Zealand), PhD(Cambridge), FInstP. MAusIMM, FIM(Lond.),

FAIP, FRSA

Associate Professor W. A. Oates, BMet(Shelfield), MSc

Senior Leeturers J. D. Browne, BSc(London), MSc(New South Wales), PhD(Monash), AAIP D. Jaffrey, BSc(Queensland), MSc(McMaster), PhD(Cambridge) J. E. McLennan, MSc(New South Wales), ASTC, AIM(Lond.) N. A. Molloy, BE(Queensland)

Professlona1 Olficers J. A. Grahame, ASTC D. D. Todd, MSc(New South Wales), PhD, ASTC, ARACI, DipOen(ORI Surrey)

Departmenta1 Olfice Stall Elizabeth M. Burns

Honorary Professor A. V. Bradshaw, BSc(London), ARSM, MIMM. FIM

11

Section 2

THE FACULTY OF ENGINEERING AND THE DEGREES OFFERED

12

1. THE FACULTY OF ENGINEERING The Faculty of Engineering is constituted by the Council of the University under By-law 2.4.1 and comprises the Departments of Chemical Engineering, Civil Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Mechanical Engineering and Metallurgy. The Faculty Board, Faculty of Engineering is charged with conduct­ing the affairs of the Faculty under By-law 2.4.2. The Faculty Board consists of:

(i) the members of the full-time academic staff of the Departments composing the Faculty;

(ii) a member from the Department of Chemistry; (iii) a member from the Department of Geology; (iv) a member from the Department of Physics; (v) a member from the Department of Architecture;

(vi) a member from the Department of Psychology; (vii) Two members from the Department of Mathematics;

(viii) a member from the Faculty of Arts; (ix) a member from the Faculty of Economics and Commerce; (x) a member from the Department of Education;

(xi) four student members.

The responsibilities of the Faculty Board are set out in By-law 2.4.4 which states:

"Subject to the authority of the Council and the Senate and to any resolution thereof, a Faculty Board shall:

(a) encourage and supervise the teaching and research activities of the Faculty;

(b) determine the nature and extent of examining in the subjects in the courses of study for the degrees and diplomas in the Faculty;

(c) determine the grades of pass to be awarded and the conditions for granting deferred or special examinations in respect of the subjects in the courses of study for the degrees and diplomas in the Faculty;

( d) determine matters concerning admissions, enrolment and pro­gression in the courses of study for the degrees and diplomas in the Faculty and make recommendations on such of those matters as require consideration by the Admissions Committee;

(e) consider the examination results reCOinmended in respect of each of the candidates for the degrees and diplomas in the Faculty and take action in accordance with the Examination Regulations made by the Council under By-law 5.9.1;

(f) deal with any matter referred to it by the Senate; (g) make recommendations to the Senate on any matter affecting

the Faculty;

13

(h) exercise such other powers and duties as may from time to time be delegated to it by the Council."

The degrees offered by the Faculty of Engineering are:

(i) Undergraduate-Bachelor of Engineering (B.E.) Bachelor of Metallurgy (B.Met.) Bachelor of SurVeying (B.Surv.) Bachelor of Science (Engineering) (B.Sc.(Eng.» Bachelor of Science (Metallurgy) (B.Sc.(Met.»

(U) Postgraduate-Master of Engineering (M.E.) Master of Science (M.Sc.) Master of Engineering Science (M.Eng.Sc.)

In addition to the above degrees the Faculty of Engineering also offers the postgraduate Diploma in Industrial Engineering (Dip.Ind.Eng. ) Departments within the Faculty are also equipped to supervise research leading to the award of the degree of Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.)

2. UNDERGRADUATE COURSES OFFERED Each Department within the Faculty of Engineering is responsible for the offering of courses leading to degrees in particular specialities as well as the offering of service subjects for courses leading to degrees in other specialities.

(i) DEPARTMENT OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING The Department of Chemical Engineering is responsible for teaching courses in the speciality of Chemical Engineering. Chemical Engineering is the "engineering of processes in which materials undergo chemical or physical change." As a discipline Chemical Engineering may claim to be among the most modem of the branches of Engineering, having developed mainly since about 1920. Chemical Engineers are now being recognised as "process engineers" in the widest sense and are engaged in the preparation and smelting of metaliferous ores, in power-production, in food­processing and ceramics and as fuel-engineers, as well as in the industries producing conventional "chemicals." The new fields of bio-chemical and bio-medical engineering apply chemical engineering principles to bacterial processes and to research into the functions of and artificial substitution for such systems as kidneys and other organs. Two degree courses are offered in the Department of Chemical Engineering.

14

(a) BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING in the speciality of Chemical Engineering. This may be read as a four year full-time course or with up to five years part-time and one final year full-time (or equivalent). A course of two years part-time followed by three years full-time is an excellent pattern. The degree is recognised for the full academic requirements of corporate membership of The Institution of Engineers, Australia and The Institution of Chemical Engineers (Great Britain).

(b) BACHEI:0R OF SCIENCE (ENGINEERING) in the speciality of ChemIcal Engineering. This is normally a six year part-time degree. The syllabus has been developed to provide for some specializati(~n in the fields of Applied Chemistry. Fuel Techno­logy or Mmeral Processing with the objective of professional recognition in these fields. It is recognised by the Royal Australian Chemical Institute and the Institute of Fuel. The Institution of Chemical Engineers (Great Britain) recognises it as exempting from two of their examinations.

Degree Requirements and course programmes for the above degrees are set out in Section 3 of this Handbook. In addition to thse degree courses, combined courses leading to the degree B.E. in the Chemical· Engineering speciality and the degree of B.A., RCom., B.Ec., B.Math. or B.Sc. have been approved. The approved combined course programmes are set out in Section 5 of this Handbook.

(U) DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING The Department of Civil Engineering is responsible for teaching courses in the specialities of Civil Engineering and Surveying. Civil Engineering is the application of science to the improvement of the com~unity's environment. It is concerned with the design and constructIon of water supply and conservation projects, hydro-electric ?e~elo?ment, roads, railways, bridges and tunnels, large buildings, ungatlOn, sewerage and harbour and river development. The Civil Engineer "adapts the forces of nature for the use and convenience of mankind." His academic training includes the study of science and ~ngineering practice. He must combine this with experience and Judgement, and the knowledge and personality necessary to control large organisations of workers. This profession offers to a young man a considerable variety of types of work ranging from specialised research and investigations, through routine design and construction work to higher positons which are largely managerial and organisa­tional in their nature. Surveying entails the measurement of lengths, angles and heights on the earth's surface and thus a land surveyor is an expert in such measurements. The land surveyor's claim to professional status, how­ever, lies in his ability to use and interpret the results of his, or others', measurements of categories, such as Cadastral Surveying,

15

Engineering Surveying, Topographical Surveying, Geodetic Surveying, and Hydrographic Surveying. There is also a current trend which may lead to the surveyor coming to be regarded as an expert in all aspects of land use and management. Modern technology plays a large part in the life of the twentieth century surveyor. He may be required to use very sophisticated electronic equipment for precise distance measurement, programmable electronic desk computers or precision plotting machines interfaced with electronic computers. As well as being trained to handle such equipment, and the conventional surveying instruments such as theodolites, levels, tapes, etc., he must be educated in such a way as to ensure that he is not left behind in the inevitable advance of surveying technology during his working lifetime. This implies that his education should include a good grounding in mathematics and physics, the sciences which form the basis of technology. However, his education must be far broader than this, as he must be able to apply existing and new techniques to the various fields of surveying which were mentioned earlier. This requires an understanding of the requirements of each of these fields, and a study of a number of special diSCiplines which are involved in supplying these requirements e.g. study of land law, town planning, land use, economics etc. is essential to the correct development of land for society's needs; while the study of specialised branches of mathematics may be needed for an understanding of geodetic surveying and mapping. In order to work in a full professional capacity in the field of Cadastral or Property Surveying, it is necessary to become a Registered Surveyor under the Surveyors Act, 1929, as amended. Before applying for registration a surveyor is required to graduate from a University, Institute of Technology or a College of Advanced Education in Surveying. In New South Wales only two such courses are available. These are offered by the University of New South Wales and this University. A surveying graduate is required to serve two years under articles to a Registered Surveyor engaged primarily on land boundary surveys. An exemption of up to six months may be granted in respect of non-continuous training and experience gained during vacation periods, provided it is gained under a Registered Surveyor engaged in land boundary definition during that period. The surveyor must provide a certificate satisfactory to the Board of Surveyors of New South Wales. A further non-continuous period of up to six monhs may be served under articles during vacations, i.e. the student must become articled to each surveyor for whom he works, and the articles must be registered with the Board. The Board of Surveyors administers the Surveyors Act of 1929. Its executive officer is known as the Registrar, and enquiries regarding any aspect of registration should be directed to him. The remaining period of articles, being· not less than one year, is taken after completion of the degree by

16

full-time students. After completing the necssary period under articles candidates for registration are required to complete the Board's examination. Two degree courses are offered in the Department of Civil Engineering. (a) BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING in the speciality of Civil

Engineering. This may be read as a four year full-time course or a seven year part-time course or any combination of full-time and part-time attendance. The degree is recognised for the full academic requirements of corporate membership of the Institution of Engineers, Australia. The first two years of this course are accepted by the University of New South Wales as exemption from the first two years of that University's Bachelor of Engineer­ing degree course in Mining Engineering.

(b) BACHELOR OF SURVEYING. This may be read as a four year full-time course or a seven year part~time course or any combination of full-time and part-time attendance.

Degree Requirements and course programmes for the above degrees are set out in Section 3 of this Handbook. In addition to the above degree courses, combined courses leading to the degree of B.E. in the Civil Engineering speciality and the degree of B.A., B.Com., B.Ec., B.Math. or B.Sc. have been approved. The approved combined course programmes are set out in Section 5 of this Handbook.

(iii) DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING The Department of Electrical Engineering is responsible for teaching courses in the specialities of Computer Engineering and Electrical Engineering. Electrical Engineering is a rapidly expanding branch of engineering. It includes such fields as computer and information science, switching theory, the theory and design of automatic control systems, electronics, and the study of electrical power generation and distribution. In preparation for a career in any branch of Electrical Engineering, the student must acquire a knowledge of the basic sciences of Mathematics and Physics. Electrical Engineering, perhaps more than most other branches of engineering, is closely linked with the pure sciences and requires a scientific outlook and approach for the proper understanding of the problems involved. Two degree courses are offered in the Department of Electrical Engineering. (a) BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING in the speciality of Electrical

Engineering. This may be read as a four year full-time course or a seven year part-time course or any combination of full-time and part-time attendance. This course may also be taken under a sandwich pattern.

17

(b) BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING in the speciality of Computer Engineering. This may be read as a four year full-time or a seven year part-time course or any combination of full-time or part-time attendance. This course may also be taken under a sandwich pattern.

Degree Requirements and course programmes for the above degrees are set out in Section 3 of this Handbook. Thse degree courses are recognised for the full academic requirements of corporate membership of the Institution of Engineers, Australia. In addition to the above degree courses, combined courses leading to the degree of B.E. in the Electrical Engineering speciality and the degree of B.A., B.Com., B.Ec., B.Math. or B.Sc. have been approved. The approved combined course programmes are set out in Section 5 of this Handbook.

(iv) DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING The Department of Mechanical Engineering is responsible for teaching courses in the specialities of Industrial and Mechanical Engineering. Mechanical Engine.ering is probably the broadest in scope of all the branches of engineering. Basically it is concerned with all aspects of the production and use of mechanical energy. This involves activities such as the design and operation of machinery and mechanisms, but the range of activities for which mechanical enginee1,'s are responsible is much wider covering many fields. Industrial Engineering is closely related to mechanical engineering but the emphasis is shifted towards management science, operations research and economics. The industrial engineer is concerned with the design improvement and installation of integrated systems of men, materials and equipment.

Two degree courses are offered in the Department of Mechanical Engineering.

(a) BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING in the speciality of Mechanical Engineering. This may be read as a four year fuIl­time course or a seven year part-time course or any combination of full-time and part-time attendance. This course may also be taken under a sandwich pattern. The first two years of his course are acceped by the University of New South Wales as exemption from the first two years of that University's Bachelor of Engineering degree course in Naval Architecture.

(b) BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING in the speciality of Industrial Engineering. This may be read as a four year full-time course or a seven year part-time course or any combination of full-time and part-time attendance. This course may also be taken under a sandwich pattern.

Degree Requirements and course programmes for the above degrees are set out in Section 3 of this Handbook.

18

These degree courses are recognised for the full academic require­ments of corporate membership of the Institution of Engineers, Australia. In addition to the above degree courses, combined courses leading to the degree of B.E. in either the Mechanical or Industrial Engineering speciality and the degree of B.A., B.Com., B.Ec., B.Math. or B.Sc. have been approved. The approved combined course pro­grammes are set out in Section 5 of this Handbook.

(v) DEPARTMENT OF METALLURGY The Department of Metallurgy is responsible for teaching courses in the speciality of Metallurgy. The field of knowledge, experience and practice covered by the term Metallurgy is one that has expanded and developed greatly in the past and is still doing so today. Briefly metallurgy is concerned with the extraction of metals from their ores, their properties, fabrication and fundamental structure. Embracing such a wide field the subject gives scope for many types of interest and allows the inter-action of many disciplines. Two degree courses are offered in the Department of Metallurgy. (a) BACHELOR OF METALLURGY. This may be studied as a

full-time or part-time degree and may be taken out after the successful completion of the equivalent of four years full-time study and the fulfillment of the requirements of industrial experience. Candidates achieving a high over-all standard may be awarded the degree with Honours. The standard required is calculated on a grade point average system. Various combinations of full and part-time study are available for both these degree courses.

(b) BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (METALLURGY). This is a part­time degree and may be taken out after the successful com­pletion of the equivalent of three years full-time study and fulfil­ment of the requirements of industrial experience.

Degree Requirements and course programmes for the above degrees are set out in Section 3 of this Handbook. In addition to the above degree courses, the combined course leading to the degrees of B.Met. and B.Math. has been approved. The combined course programme is set out in Section 50f this Handbook.

3. POSTGRADUATE DEGREES OFFERED (i) Diploma in Industrial Engineering

The Department of Mechanical Engineering is responsible for the teaching of subjects which may be taken in the Diploma of Industrial Engineering. The Diploma in Industrial Engineering is a postgraduate course directed especialIly towards those concerned with the planning, supervision and administration of industrial undertakings. The course

19

has a twofold objective. Primarily it has been designed as a bridging course for those graduates with limited or no formal training in the various basic disciplines of industrial engineering. In this respect the programme of study will be selected so as to complement the person's particular technological knowledge with instruction in the industrial field so that he can better perform the functions of industrial manage­ment, planning and control. For those who already have had in their undergraduate programme, a comprehensive training in the basic disciplines of industrial engineering, the course has a secodary objec­tive. In this case the aim is to broaden the person's basic training with the offer of study in a wider range of disciplines which have an important application in the industrial engineering field. The Diploma programme consists of ten units of formal course work plus two units of project work. Normally this programme shall be completed in not less than two years of part-time study, although in special cases approved by the Faculty Board, the pro­gramme may be completed in one year on a full-time study basis. The Requirements for the Diploma in Industrial Engineering and the Schedule of Subjects available is set out in Section 3 of this Hand­book.

(ii) Master of Engineering Science The Master of Engineering Science degree has the primary aim of increasing the knowledge of the student in a specific and pr~'kssional area, and therefore places more emphasis on course work; neverthe­less it includes project work for its own value both in the broadening and the consolidation of knowledge, and as an introduction to research. The Departments of the Faculty of Engineering offer a group of subjects which comprise the major part of the Master of Engineering Science formal Master's degree programme. The Master of Engineering Science degree course is offered on both a part-time and full-time basis in order to give graduate engineers the opportunity to update themselves in technological areas of interest. This degree course is flexible in that candidates for the degree may select from a large number of subject combinations which may span one or more engineering Departments. Some undergraduate or post­graduate material may be taken from inside or outside the Faculty of Engineering as credit for the degree, provided that such material is relevant to the programme as a whole. This possibility offers the advantage of advanced training and education which s broad in scope. The course supplements existing Master of Engineering and Doctor of Philosophy programmes which are usually of a research nature. The Requirements for the Master of Engineering Science degree and the subjects offered are set out in Section 3 of this Handbook.

20

(iii) Master of Engineering The Master of Engineering degree has the primary aim of introducing the student to research, and bringing him to the point where he will be able to conduct research effectively under direction. Course work will normally be included in the programme with a normal minimum amount of three postgraduate "units," but the quality and standard of work required in the thesis will be at a higher level than that expected of an Honours Bachelor of Engineering graduate. The Requirements for the Master of Engineering degree are set out in Section 3 of this Handbook.

(iv) Master of Science This de~ree is similar to the Master of Engineering degree but is usually taken by students with a non-engineering background or students who are carrying out research in areas related to engineering. The Requirements for the Master of Science degree are set out in Section 3 of this Handbook.

121

Section 3

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS AND FACULTY POLICIES

22

I-DEGREE REQUIREMENTS FOR UNDERGRADUATE COURSES

Contents: 1 General 2 Bachelor of Engineering 3 Bachelor of Metallurgy 4 Bachelor of Surveying 5 Bachelor of Science (Engineering) 6 Bachelor of Science (Metallurgy) 7 - Combined Courses 8 - Elective Requirements 9 - Relaxing Clause Appendix A - Elective Requirements Appendix B - Transition Arrangements

1. GENERAL

1. Definitions In these Requirements, unless the contrary intention appears: "the Faculty" means the Faculty of Engineering and "the Faculty Board" means the Faculty Board of the Faculty of Engineering; "the Dean" means the Dean of the Faculty of Engineering and "the Department" means the Department responsible for the course in which the candidate is enrolled.

2. Grading oj Degrees8

(a) (i) Each of the degrees of Bachelor of Engineering and Bachelor of Metallurgy may be conferred either as an ordinary degree or as a degree with honours.

(ii) There shall be two classes of Honours, namely Class I and Class II. Class II shall have two divisions, namely Division I and Division II.

(iii) In each degree course, the most distinguished of the candidates being awarded First Class Honours may be awarded a University Medal.

(b) Each of the degrees of Bachelor of Science (Engineering) and Bachelor of Science (Metallurgy) may be conferred either as an ordinary degree or as a degree with merit.

3. Approval oj Enrolment In any year a candidate shall enrol only in those subjects in which his enrolment has been approved by the Dean or a nominee of the Dean on the recommendation of the Head of Department in which the candidate is enrolling

4. Timetable Requirements A candidate may not enrol in any year in any combination of subjects which is incompatible with the requirements of the time­table for that year.

8 The Faculty Board has adopted a method for determining the grade of honours to be awarded. This is shown on page 68 of this Handbook.

23

5. A Subject (a) To complete a subject qualifying towards a degree, herein­

after called a subject, a candidate shall attend such lectures, tutorials, seminars, laboratory classes and field work and carry out such other work as the Department offering the subject may require.

(b) To pass a subject, a candidate shall satisfy the requirements of sub-section (a) of this section to the satisfaction of the examiners and pass such examinations as the Faculty Board shall require.

(c) Subjects for which the course of instruction extends over the first half of the academic year only, the second half of the academic year only, the whole or the substantially greater part of the academic year, shall be classified as Type A, Type B and Type AB subjects respectively.

6. Annual Examinations The Annual Examination in each subject may be held at any time after the end of the course of instruction in that subject as the Faculty Board may determine. Such Examination may be written, oral or practical, or any combination of these, and may be sup­plemented or replaced by progressive assessments made during the course of instruction.

7. Special and Deferred Examinations A candidate may be granted special or deferred examinations in accordance with the provisions of the Examination Regulations.

8. Examination Grades (a) The results of successful candidates at Annual Examinations

and Special Examinations shall be classified: Pass, Credit, Distinction, High Distinction.

(b) The result of a successful candidate at a Deferred Examin­ation shall be classified only as a Pass.

9. Withdrawal (a) A candidate may withdraw from a subject or course only by

notifying the Secretary to the University in writing and the withdrawal shall take effect from the date of receipt of such notification in writing.

(b) A candidate who after: the eighth Monday in First Term, in the case of a Type A subject; the sixth Monday in Second Term, in the case of a Type AB subject. the second Monday in Third Tenn, in the case of a Type B subject; , withdraws from any subject shall be deemed to have failed in that subject unless granted pennission by the Dean to withdraw without penalty. '

10. Unsatisfactory Progress9

A candidate whose progress is unsatisfactory will be dealt with under the provisions of By-laws 5.4.1, 5.4.2 and 5.4.3.

9 For Faculty Board's interpretation of the Academic Progress By-laws see page 71 of this Handbook.

24

11. Prerequisites and Corequisites (a) The Faculty Board on the recommendation of the Head of

a Department of the Faculty may prescribe prerequisites and/or corequisites for any subject offered by that Depart­ment.

(b) Except with the permission of the Dean acting on the recommendation of the Head of the Department offering the subject, no candidate may enrol in any subject unless he has passed the subjects prescribed as its prerequistes and has already passed or concurrently enrols in or is already enrolled in the subjects prescribed as its corequisites.

(c) A candidate shall be deemed for the purposes of subsection (b) of this section to have passed subjects in which he has been granted standing pursuant to section 12.

12. Standingll

The Faculty Board may grant to a candidate, on such conditons as it may determine: (a) standing in subjects prescribed for the course in which he

is enrolled in recognition of work completed in this University or another institution;

(b) credit for elective units in recognition of subjects passed elsewhere which are not offered in this University.

13. ProgressionlO

(i) Progression in the course shall be by subject. (ii) Except with the permission of the Dean a candidate may not

enrol for a programme having a greater work load than a normal year's programme as set out in the Schedules attached.

14. Mutually Exclusive Subjects or Part Subjects A candidate may not have counted towards the degree units derived from more than one of such subjects or part subjects as the Faculty Board may deem to be mutually exclusive1.

15. Alternative Subjects A candidate may, with the permission of the Head of Depart­ment, substitute for any subject another subject deemed by the Faculty Board to be an acceptable alternative2•

1 For list of subjects deemed to be mutually exclusive see page 72 of this Handbook. 2 For list of subjects deemed to be acceptable alternatives see page 73 of this Hand­

book. 3 For industrial experience requirements as prescribed by the Faculty Board see

page 74 of this Handbook. 10 For detennination of Year/Stage classification see page 72 of this Handbook. 11 For standing granted to holders of Technical College Certificate see page 73 of this

Handbook.

25

2. BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING To qualify for admission to the degree of Bachelor of Engineering, a candidate shall satisfy the requirements of one of the following courses, as prescribed in the Schedules to these Requirements, and satisfy the industrial experience requirements3 as prescribed by the Faculty Board.

Bachelor of Engineering in Chemical Engineering Bachelor of Engineering in Civil Engineering Bachelor of Engineering in Electrical Engineering Bachelor of Engineering in Industrial Engineering Bachelor of Engineering in Mechanical Engineering

.Bachelor of Engineering in Naval Architecture Bachelor of Engineering in Computer Engineering

3. BACHELOR OF METALLURGY

Schedule 1.1 Schedule 1.2 Schedule 1.3 Schedule 1.4 Schedule 1. 5 Schedule 1.6

. Schedule 1.7

To qualify for admission to the degree of Bachelor of Metallurgy, a candidate shall satisfy the requirements for the course as prescribed in Schedule 2.1 to these Requirements and satisfy the industrial experience requirements5 as prescribed by the Faculty Board.

4. BACHELOR OF SURVEYING To qualify for admission to the degree of Bachelor of Surveying, a candidate shall satisfy the requirements for that degree as pres­cribed in Schedule 4.1 to these Requirements.

5. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (ENGINEERING) (a) To qualify for admission to the degree of Bachelor of Science

(Engineering) a candidate shall satisfy, normally by part­time study, the requirements of one of the following courses as prescribed in the Schedules to these Requirements and satisfy the industrial experience requirements5 prescribed by the Faculty Board. Bachelor of Science (Engineering) in Chemical Engineering - Schedule 3.1

6Bachelor of Science (Engineering) in Civil Engineering - Schedule 3.2 6Bachelor of Science (Engineering) in Electrical Engineering - Schedule 3.3 6Bachelor of Science (Engineering) in Industrial Engineering - Schedule 3.4 oBachelor of Science (Engineering) in Mechanical Engineering - Schedule 3.5 6Bachelor of Science (Engineering) in Naval Architecture - Schedule 3.6

(b) The following additional requirements shall apply to the Bachelor of Science (Engineering) course in Civil, Electrical, Mechanical and Industrial Engineering and Naval Arch­itecture.

(i) No candidate shall be pennitted to enrol or re-enrol in these courses unless he was enrolled in the course prior to the 1st January, 1974.

(ii) A can!1idate who was enrolled in the course prior to the 1st January, 1974, may eIther (a) transfer to the Bachelor of Engineering course with the transition

arrangements as set out in Appendix B to the Requirements or (b) continue in the course to enable him to complete all requirements for

admission to the degree before the end of the 1979 academic year.

4 ,schedule 1.6 has been deleted from this Handbook as the Bachelor of Engineering course shown in Naval Architecture is being phased out. For industrial experience requirements as prescribed by the Faculty Board see page 74 of this Handbook.

6 Schedules 3.2-3.6 have been deleted from this Handbook as the Bachelor of Science (Engineering) courses in Civil, Electrical, Industrial and Mechanical Engineering, and Naval Architecture are being phased out.

26

6. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (METALLURGY) To qualify for admission to the degree of Bachelor of Science (Metallurgy) a candidate shall satisfy, normally by part-time study, the requirements for the first three years of the course as set out in Schedule 2.1 to these Requirements and satisfy the industrial experience requirements5 as prescribed by the Faculty Board

7. COMBINED DEGREE COURSES (i) Admission to a combined course shall normally be at the

end of the first year and shall be subject to the approval of the Deans of the two Faculties concerned.

(ii) Admission to combined courses will be restricted to students with an average of Credit level.

(iii) The Deans of both Faculties, after consultation with the Heads of Departments concerned, shall certify that the work in the combined degree is no less in quantity and quality than if the two degrees were taken separately.

(iv) Bachelor ot Engineering7

A candidate may satisfy the requirements for admission to the degree of Bachelor of Engineering in any specialisation together with the requirements for admission to the degree of Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Commerce or Bachelor of Economics, or Bachelor of Mathematics or Bachelor of Science by completing a combined degree course approved by the appropriate Faculty Boards.

(v) Bachelor ot Metallurgy7

A candidate may satisfy the requirements for admission to the degree of Bachelor of Metallurgy together with the requirements for admission to the degree of Bachelor of Mathematics by completing a combined course approved by the Faculty Board, Faculty of Engineering and the Faculty Board, Faculty of Mathematics.

8. ELECTIVE REQUIREMENTS The Elective subjects included in the courses shall be selected in accordance with the Elective requirements as set out in Appendix A to these Requirements.

9. RELAXING CLA USE In order to provide for exceptional circumstances arising in particular cases, the Senate, on the recommendation of the Faculty Board, may relax any provision of these Requirements.

5 For industrial experience requirement, as prescribed by the Faculty Board see page 74 of this Handbook.

7 For approved combined degree programmes see Section 5 of this Handbook.

27

APPENDIX A

ELECTIVE REQUIREMENTS

Elective units must be selected with the approval of the Head of Department and the Dean in accordance with the following rules. Where a student elects to take an Industrial Experience unit, the responsibility for organising the necessary facilities shall rest entirely with the student, subject to the approval of the arrangements by the Head of Department concerned. The University can accept no responsibility for organising suitable employment.

1. DEPARTMENT OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING

Elective I Elective I requires the completion of professionally relevant topics of a total rating of not less than five units (normally 7t hours/week) taken from other departments in the University. Normally stUdents will include EE131 Circuit Fundamentals-EE211 Energy Conversion and materials science and structural mechanics. Students of 1

sufficient level of achievement may, with the approval of the Head of Department of Chemical Engineering, replace these topics with advanced work in Chemistry, Mathematics, Metallurgy or Industrial Engineering.

Elective IA Elective IA consists of six units to be taken between Stage 5 and Stage 6 and may include up to four units of advanced topics in Chemical Engineering III for students who wish to specialise in some particular field of Process Engineering (e.g. Fuels and High temp­erature Processes, Hydrometallurgy, etc.) In this case the remaining units of this elective must be selected appropriately by consultation with the Head of Department of Chemical Engineering.

Elective II Elective II is normally a full first year level subject or equivalent material taken in breadth and depth in a faculty other than Engineering.

Industrial Experience Electives One Elective unit will accrue for each year's satisfactorily reported experience of adequate technical content. At least two reports will be required for each year. A maximum of four units will be allowed and may be equated to Elective II or to units from Elective I.

2. DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

(a) Bachelor of Engineering and Bachelor of Science (Engineering) Electives may consist of any subject(s) or part subjects offered within the Faculty or by other faculties, subject to the approval of the Heads

28

of Department of Civil Engineering and of any other department responsible for the subject or part subject, except that up to three units of Industrial Experience may be taken as Electives after com­pletion of the First Year of the course or its equivalent. Any student wishing to receive credit for three units must complete the third unit during his final year of enrolment.

(b) Bachelor of Surveying Electives may consist of any subjects or part subjects offered within the Faculty or by other faculties, subject to the approval of the Heads of the Department of Civil Engineering and of 'any other department responsible for the subject or part subject.

3. DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

(a) Bachelor of Engineering in Electrical or Computer Engineering Nine units of electives shall be chosen in accordance with the following rules: (1) Eight units shall be selected from subjects offered outside the Faculty of

Engineering. (2) At least four units of the eight units in Rule (1) above shall comprise a first­

year Arts subject or the equivalent in a non-technical area. (3) One unit shall be selected from subjects offered within the Faculty of Engineering

but not offered by the Department of Electrical Engineering. (4) Students may count up to five units from the Department of Electrical Engineering's

List of Industrial Experience Subjects as elective units provided that no such subjects are counted as first-year Arts subjects under Rule (2) above.

(b) List of Industrial Experience Subjects The subjects comprising the Department of Electrical Engineering's List of Industrial Experience Subjects shall be determined by the Faculty Board on the recommendation of the Headof Department of Electrical Engineering. The following subjects have been approved for this purpose: EE092 Industrial Experience 1 unit EE093 Industrial Experience 1 unit EE094 Industrial Experience 1 unit EE095 Industrial Experience 1 unit EE096 Industrial Experience 1 unit EE097 Industrial Experience 2 units The subject EE097 may be taken only by students enrolled under the sandwich pattern.

4. DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

(a) Bachelor of Engineering in Mechanical Engineering Ten units of electives shall be chosen in accordance with the following rules: (I) At least two units but not more than six units shall be taken outside the

FacuIty of Engineering. (2) At least four units shali be selected from the Department of Mechanical

Engineering's List of Technical Electives. (3) Students may count up to four units from the Department of Mechanical

Engineering's List of Industrial Experience Subjects as elective units taken outside the Faculty of Engineering under Rule (1) above.

(b) Bachelor of Engineering in Industrial Engineering Eleven units of electives shall be chosen in accordance with the following rules:

29

(1) At least four units shall be selected from the List of Industrial Engineering Electives.

(2) Not more than seven units (including the four units under Rule (I) above) may be counted from subjects taken outside the Faculty.

(3) At least four units shall be selected from the Department of Mechanical Engineering's List of Technical Electives.

(4) Students may count up to three units from the Department of Mechanical Engineering's List of Industrial Experience Subjects as elective units taken outside the Faculty of Engineering under Rule (2) above.

(C) List of Technical Electives The subjects comprising the Department of Mechanical Engineering's List of Technical Electives shall be determined by the Faculty Board on the recommendation of the Head of the Department of Mechanical Engineering. The following subjects have been approved for this purpose. Not all of these subjects need be offered in anyone yar.

Subject Units ME401 Systems Analysis 1 ME404 Mathematical Programming 1 ME405 Advanced Engineering Computations 1 ME407 Environmental Engineering 1 ME409 Introduction to Noise Pollution Control 1 ME410 Advanced Design Concepts I 1 ME419 Bulk Materials Handling Systems Analysis and Design 1 ME434 Advanced Kinematics and Dynamics of Machines 1 ME444 Properties of Materials 1 ME445 Mechanics of Solids 1 ME448 An Introduction to Photomechanics 1 ME449 Reliability Analysis for Mechanical Systems 1 ME453 Fluid Mechanics 1 ME473' Thermodynamics 1 ME474 Heat Transfer 1 ME476 Developments in the Use of Solar Energy 1 ME483 Production Engineering 1 ME484 Engineering Economics II 1 ME487 Operations Research-Deterministic Models 1 ME488 Operations Research-Probabilistic Models 1 ME505 Systems Planning, Organisation and Control 1 GE471 Energy 1 GE472 Energy 1

Students are encouraged to choose technical electives related to their ability, area of interest and in particular} their final year project. Thus students are advised to choose technical electives from one of the following strands only. Applied Design Operations Environment Industrial

Mechanics Research Engineering and Systems

ME405 ME405 ME401 ME405 ME381 ME419 ME410 ME404 ME407 ME383 ME434 ME419 ME405 ME409 ME40S ME444 ME444 ME449 ME4S3 ME419 ME445 ME445 ME487 ME474 ME483 ME448 ME449 MI;A88 ME476 ME487 ME453 ME492 ME492 GE471 ME488 ME474 ME484 GE472 ME492 ME492 ME505 ME492 ME484

In any year some subjects (generally 2) in each strand will be required subjects and students will be advised of these towards the end of the preceding year.

30

(d) List of Industrial Engineering Electives The subjects comprising the Department of Mechanical Engineering's List of Industrial Engineering Electives shall be determined by the Faculty Board on the recommendation of the Head of he Department of Mechanical Engineering. The following subjects have been approved for this purpose. Students wishing to take subjects marked * should make sure that they have met the necessary prerequisite condiions prior to enrolling in them.

Subject Units Psychology Sociology I Economics I Legal Studies I Organisational Behaviour

* Industrial Law * Industrial Relations II * Theories of Organisation * Labour Economics

(e) List of Industrial Experience Subjects

4 4 4 4 4 4

4 4 4

The subjects comprising the Department of Mechanical Engineering's List of Industrial Experience Subjects shall be determined by the Faculty Board on the recommendation of the Head of he Department of Mechanical Engineering. The following subjects have been approved for this purpose: ME092 Industrial Experience 1 unit ME093 Industrial Experience 1 unit ME"94 Industrial Experience 1 unit ME095 Industriaj Experience 1 unit ME097 Industrial Experience 2 units ME098 Industrial Experience 2 units The subjects ME097 and ME098 may be taken only by students enrolled under the sandwich pattern.

5. DEPARTMENT OF METALLURGY

Elective I

The four elective units in the second year programme must be chosen from:

Physics II (4) (6 contact hrs/wk.) Matbs II Topics (1 eacb) Electronics & Instmmentation (4)

EEI31 Circuit Fnndamentals (1) ME251 {FlUid Mecbanics (1) ) or CE231 Fluid Mechanics (1) ) or ChE211 Fluid Statics & Dynamics (1) ME372 {Heat Transfer (1) ) or ChE212 Heat Transfer (1) ) ME223 Engineering Technology (1) MEI31 Dynamics (1) MEllI Graphics and Engineering Drawing (1) GEll2 Itroduction to Engineering Design (1) CEllI Statics (1)

CE221 {properties of Materials (1) ) or ME241 Properties of Materials I (1) ) ME202 Dynamics of Engineering Systems (1)

or· other appropriate subjects approved by the Head of Department.

31

Elective II The six elective units in the third year programme may be selected from: (al Any third or fourth y!lar subjects offered by o~er Engineering Departments or the

Faculty of Mathematics or the Faculty of SCience subject to the approval of the Head of Department.

(b Up to two units selected from the list of second year electives not already taken. (c) Any other appropriate subject approved by the Head of Department,

32

APPENDIX B

TRANSITION ARRANGEMENTS 1979

(a) DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

Bachelor of Engineering & Bachlor of Science (Engineering) See Transition Arrangements in the 1977 Faculty Handbook (pp. 23-24).

Bachelor of Surveying Any candidate currently enrolled for the degree of Bachelor of Sur­veying Who has not completed the requirements for admission to that degree by the end of 1977, shall be deemed to be enrolled thereafter for the new degree course with credit for the number of units pll88ed in the old degree course. A candidate who fails one or more subjects in the old course in 1977 will receive credit for all units passed in the old course but may be required to complete a degree course pro­gramme as approved by Faculty Board. As a guide, any candidate who has passed or has been granted standing in a subject or part subject shown below, shall be given standing as shown:

Subject already passed or credited Standing to be granted Engineering I and CE201 Engineering for Surveyors

GE350 Seminar fown Planning A (prior to 1977)

CE201 CE302 CE372

Civil Engineering IS Civil Engineering lIS Transportation EnJtineering

and 1 unit of electivo 1 unit of elective SV473 Town Planning

(b) DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING All students currently enrolled in the Bachelor of Engineering in Computer Engineering, Bachelor of Engineering in Electrical Engineering, or the combined degree programmes who have not completed the requirements for the award of th degree by the end of 1978 shall be deemed to be enrolled thereafter for the new degree courses to be introduced in 1979 with credit for all subjects passed in the old courses, subject to the transition conditions given hereunder.

1. Year by Year. Progression (A) BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING IN ELECTRICAL

ENGINEERING (Full-time)

Year completed if! 1978

Year I Year II

Year III

33

Required to complete in subsequent years

Years II, III and IV less Met182 Years III and IV plus EE264 less 1 unit

of elective taken from the Faculty of Engineering

Year IV less 1 unit from EE300. 400, 500

(B) BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING (Full-time)

Year completed in 1978 Year I

Year II

Year III

2. Individual Subjects

Required to complete in subsequent years

As for Electrical Engineering in (a) above :-~ov~or Electrical Engineering in (al

Year IV less 1 unit of elective taken from the Faculty of Engineering

Stude!lts ~ut of pha~ with year. by year progression will be granted standI~g In ~~l UUl!S passe.d In 1978 and previous years. The follOWIng addItIonal InfOrmatIOn may be used to determine standing.

Subject already passed or credited Standing to be granted MElli Graphics

MEl1~ Engineering Drawing and Elementary DeSIgn

EE261 Information .struc tures and PlOgramming

EE361 Introduction to Logic and Assembly Languages

ME301 Engineering Construction

3. Exceptional Circumstances

MElli Graphics and Engineering Drawing

GEll2 Introduction to Engineering Design

EE262 Systematic Programming EE263 Introduction to Structuring

of Information EE264 Introduction to Logic and

Assembly Language 1 unit of Elective taken in Faculty of

Engineering

In o~d;er to provide for exceptional circumstances arising in particular tranSition cases the Dean may determine the transition programme to be followed.

(c) DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING All stu~ents cu~entl~ enrolled in the Bachelor of Engineering in Mec:hanl~al Engmeenng, Bachelor of Engineering in Industrial Engmeenng, or the combined degree programmes who have not completed the requirements for the award of th degree by the end of 1978 shall be .deemed to. be enrolled thereafter for the new degree ~ourses to be mtrodu~d m 1979 with credit for all subjects passed In the old courses, subject to the transition conditions given hereunder.

1. Year by Year Progression

(A) BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (Full-time)

Year completed in 1978

Year I

Year II Year III

34

Require to complete in subsequent years

Years II, III and IV plus EEI31 less IMetiSI and I unit of elective taken in Engineering Faculty

Years III and IV less ME312 Year IV less CE303 plus 1 unit of

Technical Elective

(B) BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING IN INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING (Full-time)

Year completed in 1978

Year I

Year II

Year III

2. Individual Subjects

Required to complete in subsequent years

As for Mechanical Engineering in (a) above

As for Mechanical Engineering in (a) above

Year IV less 1 unit of Elective taken in Engineering Faculty

Students out of phase with year by year progression will be granted standing in all units passed in 1978 and previous years. The following additional information may be used to determine standing.

Subject already passed or credited Standing to be granted ME1ll Graphics

MElt2 Engineering Drawing and Elementary Design

ME122 Process Technology

ME201 Laboratory Measurements ME212 Engineering Design ME213 Engineering Design ME214 Mechanics of Solids ME223 Mechanical Technology ME232 Dynamics of Machines ME241 Properties of Materials ME251 Fluid Mechanics ME271 Thermodynamics ME313 Engineering Design ME333 Dynamics of Machines ME342 Properties of Materials ME343 Mechanics of Solids ME352 Fluid Mechanics ME373 Thermodynamics

ME38S Accounting and Financial Studies

ME482 Engineering Economics EE203 Introduction to Electrical

Information EE204 Introduction to Electrical Energy

3. Exceptional Circumstances

MElli Graphics and Engineering iDrawing

GE112 Introduction to Engineering Design

1 unit of Elective taken in Engineering FacultY

ME20! Experimental Methods I ME212 Engineering Design I ME312 Engineering Design II ME214 Mechanics of Solids I ME223 Engineering Technology ME232 Dynamics of Machines I ME241 Properties of Materials I ME2S1 Fluid Mechanics I ME271 Thermodynamics I ME313 Engineering Design III ME333 Dynamics of Machines III ME342 Properties of Materials II ME343 Mechanics of Solids II ME3S2 Fluid Mechanics II ME373 Thermodynamics II

*ME482 Engineering Economics I *ME484 Engineering Economics II

ME482 Engineering Economics I EE131 Circuit Fundamentals

EE211 Energy Conversion

In order to provide for exceptional circumstances arising in particular transition cases the Dean may determine the transition programme to be followed.

(d) DEPARTMENT OF METALLURGY Any candidate currently enrolled for the degree of Bachelor of Metal­lurgy or Bachelor of Science (Metallurgy) who has not completed the requirements for admission to that degree by the end of 1977, shall be deemed to be enrolled thereafter for the new degree course with credit for the number of units passed in the old degree course. A candidate who fails one or more subjects in the old course in 1977 will receive credit for all un'its passed in the old course but may be required to complete a degree course programme as approved by Faculty Board.

35

> ~: ' / • . SCHEDULES

(a) DEPARTMENT OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING SCHEDULE 1.1

Subject Year I

ChEI0l (;BIll

GE112 MElll ME121

Year n

Year m

Year IV

BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING IN CHEMICAL ENGINEERINGa

Chemistry I Industrial Process Principles Statics Mathematics I Physics lAor IB Introduction to Engineering Design Gmphics and Engineering Drawing

1, eWorkshop Practice.

Chemical Engineering I Chemistry IIA

4Mat1!.e\llatics lIB·

Industrial Experience Chemical Engineering llA Chemical . Engineering lIB

aElective I . .

Industrial Experience Chemical Engineering III Projects II

3 Elective II

Units

4 1 1 4 4 1 1 1

17

6 5 4

15

7 3 5

15

5 6 4

. ...., ., 15 Sf tanding may ~e gmnted·lri all or \?art of ME121 Workshop Practice on production o a certificate that equivalent tmming has been obtained.

2 Students, if theywlsh, may offer study in MEl21 workshop pmctice until Year II. 3 See Eleotive Requlrements-Appendix A 4 Mathematics lIB may be taken in two . parts of three terms duration 5 See Note on Field Excursions-Page 80 of this Handbl1ok. .

Recommended Programme

Part-time Study for Bachelor of Engineering in Chemical Engineeringa

Stage I

ChEIOl CElll GE112 MEl 11

MEl21

Stage 1

Industrial Process Principles Statics Introduction to Engineering ··Design Graphics and Engineering Dmwing . Physics·1A or IB-

1, 2 Workshop Practice

Chemistry I Mathematics

4Elective-Industrial Experience

36

1 I I 1 4 1

9

4 4 1

9

Subject Stage 3

Stage 4

Stage 5

Chemistry IIA Mathematics 1m Part 1 Chemical Engineering I Part 1

.Elective-Industrial Experience

Mathematics 1m Part 2 Chemical Engineering I Part 2 Chemical Engineering IIA Part I

.Elective-Industrial Experience

Chemical Engineering llA Part 2 Chemical Engineering lIB

.Elective I .Elective-Industrial Experience

Year VI Full Times

Chemical Engineering III Projects II

sElective I (allowing for Industrial units) sElective II (allowing for Industrial units)

Units

S 2 1 1

9

2 5 2 1

10

S 3

10

5 6 2 2

15

Standing may be granted in all or part of ME121 Workshop Practice on production of a certificate that equlvalent training has been obtained.

2 Students may. if they wish, defer study in MEl21 workshop practice until Year II. 3 Any student w~o is unable to complete Year VI as a full-time student may do so

over two part-tune years. 4 See Elective Requirements-Appendix A. S See Note on Field Excursions-Page 80 of this Handbook.

SCHEDULE 3.1

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (ENGINEERING) IN CHEMICAL ENGINERING4

Stage 1

ChEIOl Industrial Process Principles I CEllI Statics 1 GE112 IntroductiOn to Engineering Design 1 MEllI Graphics and Engineering Drawing 1

Physics IA or IB 4 MEl21 1. 2 Workshop Practice 1

9 Stage 1

Chemistry I 4 Mathematics I 4

8 Stage 3

Chemistry IIA 5 Mathematics lIB Part 1 2 Chemical EnslneeriDa I Part 1 1

a Stale 4

Mathematics lIB Part 2 2 Chemical Engineering I Part 2 S Chemical Engineering IIA Part I 2

9 37

Stale 5

StaKe 6

Chemical Engineering IIA Part 2 Chemical Engineering IIB

sElective IA

Process Engineering Design Project

sElective IA

is 3

9

2

8 Industrial Experience Units 3

Standing may be granted in all or part of MEl21 Workshop Practice on production of a certificate that equivalent training has been obtained.

l Stndents may, if they wish, defer study in MEl21 workshop practice until Year II. 3 See Elective Requirements--Appendix A. 4 See Note on Field Excursions-Page 80 of this Handbook.

38

(b) DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

SCHEDULE 1.2

BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING IN CIVIL ENGINEERING

Subject Year I

CEllI CEl7l GE112 MEl 11 MEl31

Year II

CE212 CE221 CE222 CE231 CE241 CE223J EEl31 EE211 ME121 ME271

Year III CE313 CE324 CE332 GE350 CE351 CE372 ME301

Year IV CE414 CE425 CE452 CE453 ME482

Statics Engineering Surveying I Introduction to Engineering Design Graphics and Engineering Drawin!: Dynamics Mathematics I Physics IA Chemistry IS

lMathematics IIB Mechanics of Solids Properties of MaterialS Materials Technology Fluid Mechanics I Water Resources Engineering Engineering Geology Circuit Fundamelltals Energy Conversion Workshop Practice Thennodynamics I

Structural Analysis & Design I Soil Mechanics Fluid Mechanics II Seminar Civil Engineering Systems Transportation Engineering Engineering Computations

2Electives(s) I

Structural Analysis & Design II Earth & Rock Engineering Engineering Construction Project Engineering Economics

2Electives(s) II

Units

1 2 1 1 I 4 4 2

16

4 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1

16

4 2 2

1 4

16

4 1 2 2 I 4

14

Mathematics lIB may be taken in two parts each of three tenns duration. 2 See Elective Requirements-Appendix A. During the course each full-time student should complete periods of industrial training acceptable to the Faculty Board totalling 20 weeks before 31st January in the year in which the degree is to be awarded.

39

Subject Year I

SV111 SV121

Year D

SV231 SV212 CE201 SV291 SV271 EEl31 SV222

Year m SV313 SV332 SV341 SV3S1 SV361

SV392 CE302 SV323

Year IV SV414 SV4S2 SV462 SV472 SV473 SV474 SV481 CE372

SCHEDULE 4.1

BACHELOR OF SURVEYING

Mathematics I Economics I Physics IA Surveying I Survey Camp

Full·time Course

lMathematics lIB Survey Computations Surveying II Civil Engineering IS Introduction to Legal Studies Basic Regional & Urban Economics Circuit Fundamentals Survey Camp II

Surveying III Survey Computations II Astronomy I Geodesy I Photogrammetry Geography lIB Property & Survey Law Civil Engineering lIS Survey Camp III

Surveying IV Geodesy II Photogrammetry II Land Valuation Town Planning

Surveying Management Project Transportation Engineering

eElectives

Units

4 4 4 4

16

4 2 4 2 1 2

16

I 1 2 2 2 4 1 2

15

2 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 4

15

1 IWathematlcs 118 may be taken in two parts each of three terms duration. 2 See Elective Requirements-Appendix A.

Stage Stale I

PART·TIME STUDY IN CIVIL ENGINEERING & SURVEYING

Recommended Programmes

Civil Engineering

Engineering I Mathematics I 8 units

40

Surveying

Mathematics I SVIII SV121 8 units

StaKe 2

Stsle 3

Stslle 4

Stalle 5

Stale 6

Stille 7

Physics IA Physics IA Chemistry IS Economics I CEI71 MEl21 9 units S units

Mathematics liB Part 1 Mathematics UB (Topic CO)

CE212 SV231 CE221 CE201 CE222 EEl31 CE223J EEl31 EE211 9 units 9 units

Mathematics lIB Part 2 SV212 {Topics D & H) SV271

CE23 I SV291 CE241 SV361 GE3S0 SV222 CE3S1 CE372 ME271 9 units 9 units

CE313 SV313 CE324 SV332 CE332 SV392 ME301 CE302

9 units Geography lIB 9 units

CE414 SV341 CE425 SV351 Elective I SV414

SV462 SV472 SV473

9 units SV323 10 units

CE452 SV452 CE453 CE372 ME482 SV481 Elective II SV474

Electives 4 units 9 units 9 uuits

41

(c) DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

Subject Year I EE131 CEllI MElll GEll2 ME131

4ME121

Year n EE211 EE221 EE232 EE262 EE264 Met182 PH221

Year m EE313 EE314 EE323 EE324L EE325 EE333 EE341 EE344

GE350

Year IV 2EE480 2EE481 EE491

SCHEDULE 1.3

BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

Circuit Fundamentals Statics Graphics and Engineering Drawing Introduction to Engineering Design Dynamics Workshop Practice Physics IA Mathematics I Chemistry IS

Energy Conversion Semiconductor Devices Electrical Circuits Systematic Programming Introduction to Logic and Assembly Language Electronic Structure of Materials Electromagnetics & Quantu!l1 Mechanics

aMathematics IIA I, ~Elective (Non Faculty)

Power Systems Electrical Machines Linear Electronics Electronics Laboratory Introduction to Digital Technology Advanced Circuit Analysis Automatic Control Communications 1 unit of EE300, 400 or 500 Seminar ~Electives (Arts)

Project Project, or 2 from EE300, EE400. EE500 Seminar 9 from EE300, EE400, EE500 5 Electives (Faculty non EE)

Units

1 1 1 4 4 2

16

1 1 2 4 4

16

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4

14

3 2 1 9 1

16

Suggested Non Faculty electives are: 2 units of Physi~ to replace PH221 by Physics II, plus 2 further units from Mathematics II TopIcs.

2 EE480 and EE481 will normally refer to a single project. 3 Part-time students may substitute Mathematics JIB (Topics B, CO, D) for

Mathematics IIA (B, CO, D) and may take this in two parts. 4 Students may, if they wish, defer study in ME121 workshop practice until Year II. 5 See Elective Requirements-Appendix A.

42

Subject Year 1

EE131 CEllI MEllI GE1I2 ME131

4ME121

Year n EE211 EE221 EE232 EE262 EE263 EE264 Met182 PH221

Year In EE323 EE324L EE325 EE333 EE341 EE344 EE345 EE362 GE3S0

Year IV EE421 EE422 EE463 EE464

zEE480 zEE481 EE491

SCHEDULE 1.7

BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING

Circuit Fundamentals Statics Graphics and Engineering Drawing Introduction Engineering DeSign Dynamics Workshop Practice Physics IA Mathematics I Chemistry IS

Energy Conversion Semiconductor Devices Electrical Circuits Systematic Programming Introduction to Struoturing of Information Introduction to Logic and Assembly Language Electronic Structure of Materials Electromagnetics and Quantum Mechanics

.Mathematics IIA I, ~E1ective (Non Faculty)

Linear Electronics Electronics Laboratory Introduction to Digital Technology Advanced Circuit Analysis Automatic Cpntrol Communications Digital Signal Processing Switching Theory and Logic Design Seminar

I, 5Elective (Non Faculty) ~Electives (Arts)

Electronic Design A Electronic Design B Computer Operating Systems Compiler Construction Project Project, or 2 from EE300. EE400, EE500 Seminar 5 from List 1

5Electives (Faculty non EE)

Units

1 1 1 1 4 4 2

16

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 4 3

16

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4

14

1 1 1 1 3 2 1 5 1

16 Suggested Non Faculty eleotives are: 2 units of Physics to replace PH221 by Physics II, plus 2 further units from Mathematics II Topics.

2 EE480 and EE491 will normally refer to a single project. 3 -Part-time students may substitute Mathematics 1m (Topics B. CO.D)

for Mathematics llA (D, CO, D) and may take this in two parts. 4 -Students maYt if they wish, defer study in MEl21 workshop practice

until Year I .. 5 See Elective Requiremenjs-Appendix A.

43

LIST 1: Fourth Year Subjects for Computer EnlllneerJn.

a) Any EE300, 400 or 500 subject. (b) Any ME400, 500 level subject with approval of Head of

Department of Electrical Engineering. (c) Commerce--Commercial Programming (2 units).

Systems Analysis and Design (2 units). (d) Year III and IV topics offered by Mathematics Department

with the approval of the Head of Department of Electrical Engineering.

Stq.l

Stale 2

St8ll. J

Sta.e 4

St8lle 5

PART-TIME AND SANDWICH COURSES IN ELECTRICAL &: COMPUTER ENGINEERING

Re~ommended Prollrammes

Electrical EOllneerlnll Electrical Enlllneerlnll by by

Part-Time Study Saodwlch Pattero

Computer EOllioeerinll by

Sandwich Pattern

FulI-year-Part time Fall year-Part-tlme Maths 1 EE131 MEl11 GElt2 ME121

Physics IA ME131 ME121 ChemIS EE092

EE093 EE211 EE221 EE232 Ph221 Maths IIA

EE262 EE264 EE313 EE314 Metl82

8 units

9 units

10 units

4 units Elective (Arts) EE094

10 units

1 from EE300, 400 EE341 EE323 EE32S EE344 EE333 EE324L EE09S GE3S0

9 units

As for EE part-time As for EE part-time

8 units

Full-year-Part time Physics IA ME131 ChemIS EE092 EE211 EE232

10 units

1st Semester ooly-Fail-time

EE221 Ph221

* MathsIIA *EE262 *EE264

9 units

lst Semester only-Full-time

EE314 EE323 EE333 EE341 EE325

'" 4 units Arts Elective

MEI21 10 units

20d Semester ooly-Fail-time

EE313 EE324L EE344 Met182 5 from EE300, 400

9 units

44

8 units

Full-year-Part-tlme Physics IA EE262 EE263 EE264 ChemIS EE092

10 units

Full year-Part-tlme

EE211 EE221 EE232 Maths IIA ME131 EE093 Ph221

10 units

lsi Semester ouly-Foil-time

EE32S EE323 E£333 EE341 EE463

"'4 units Arts Elective

9 units 20d Semester ooly-

Full-time EE344 E£345 EE324L EE464 EE362

* 2 ffrom List 1

9 units

Stale Ii *"'Year VI-Full-time lSt Semester ooly-

Fail-time 9EE300 or 400 *GE350 EE096 5 from EE300. 400

* 2 units Elective

15 units 8 units

2nd Semester ooly-Stale 7 Foil-time

EE480 EE480 EE481 or 2 from EE481 or 2 from

EE3oo.4oo EE300, 400 EE491 EE491

EE097

6 units 8 units List A 2 units EE300, 400 or 500 3 elective units from any Department in University 3 units from list I

1st Semeater ooly-Fail-time

GE350 EE421

* 3 from List 1 *2 units Elective

7 units

20d Semester ooly-Full-time

*EE480 EE481 or 2 from

EE300,400 EE491 EE422 EE097

9 units

*These subjects may be full-year subjects, and students will be required to attend at night in the seme.ter away from University.

4S

(d) DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

SCHEDULE 1.5

Subject Year I

CE111 ME111 GE112 ME131

sME121 EE131

Year 11 EE211 ME201 ME202 ME212 ME203 ME214 ME223 ME232 ME241 ME251 ME271

IMet151

Year III ME301 ME302 ME312 ME313 ME333 ME342 ME343 ME352 ME361 ME372 ME373 GE3S0

Year IV aCE303 ME481 ME482 ME496

BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Statics Graphics and Engineering Drawing Introduction to Engineering Desigu Dynamics Mathematics I Physics IA

1 Chemistry IS Workshop Practice Circuit Fundamentals

Energy COllversion ExperinIental Methods Dynamics of Engineering Systems Engineering Design I ExperinIental Methods II Mechanics of Solids I Engineering Technology Dynamics of Machines I Properties of Materials I Fluid Mechanics I Thermodynamics I Microstrcture of Materials ~Mathematics lIB

Engineering Computations ExperinIental Methods III Engineering Design II Engineering Design III Dynamics of Machines II Properties of Materials II Mechanics of Solids II Fluid Mechanics II Automatic Control Heat Transfer Thermodynamics II Seminar

.Erectives

Structural Design Engi'leering Administration Engineering Economics I Project/Seminar

.Electives

Units

1 1 1 1 4 4 2 1 1

16

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4

16

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 4

16

2

4 6

14 With approval of the Head of Department, Chemistry I (4 ullits) may be taken in lieu of Chemistry IS, Met1S1 and 1 unit of elective.

2 Mathematics lIB may be taken in two parts each of three terms duration. 3 With the approval of Head of Department, CE3n Structural Analysis and D~sign J

(4 units) may be taken in lieu of CE303 (2 units) and 2 units of the Year III Elective.

4 See Elective Requirements-Appendix A. S Students may, if they wish, defer study in ME121 workshop practice until Year II.

46

Subject Year I CElli MEllI GE112 ME131

4ME121 EE131

Year 11

EE211 MEWI ME202 ME203 ME212 ME214 ME223 ME232 ME241 ME251 ME271

IMet151

Year III ME301 ME312 ME313 ME333 ME342 ME343 ME361 ME381 ME383 ME384 ME487 ME488

Year IV

GE350 ME482 ME484 ME496

SCHEDULE 1.4

BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING IN INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING

Units

Statics 1 Graphics and Engineering Drawing 1 Introduction to Engineering Design 1 Dynamics 1 Mathematics I 4 Physics IA 4

.Chemistry IS 2 Workshop Practice 1 Circuit Fundamentals 1

16

Energy Conversion 1 ExperinIental Methods I 1 Dynamics of Engineering Systems 1 ExperinIental Methods II 1 Engineering Design I 1 Mechanics of Solids I 1 Engineering Technology 1 Dynamics of Machines I 1 Properties oI Materials I 1 Fluid Mechanics I 1 Thermodynamics I 1 Microstrcture of Materials 1

2Mathematics lIB 4

Engineering Computations Engineering Design II Engineering Design III Dynamics of Machines II Properties of Materials II Mechanics of Solids II Automatic Control Methods Engineering Quality Engineering Design for Production Operations Research - Deterministic Models Operations Research-Probabilistic Models·

sElectives

Seminar Engineering Economics I Engineering Economics II

Project/Seminar sElectives

16

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

" 16

1 1 1 4 7

14 With approval of the Head of Department, Chemistry I (4 units) may be taken in lieu of Chemistry IS, Met1S1 and 1 unit of electIve.

2 Mathematics 1m may be taken in two parts each of three terms duration. 3 See Elective Requirements-Appendix A. 4 Students may, if they Wish. defer study in ME121 workshop practice until Year II.

47

PART.TIME STUDY FOR H.E. IN MECHANICAL & INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING

Reconunended Prognuoounes

Mecb. Enll. nonnal part·tlme

Slqe 1 CEllI MEl 11 GEll2 ME131 Maths I

8 units

Stage 2 ME121 EEl31 Chern IS Physics IA

8 units

Stage 3

Maths lIB ME202 ME214 ME223 ME241 ME092 Metl51

10 units

Stale 4

EE2lt ME201 ME203 ME212 ME232 ME251 ME271 ME093

8 units

Stage 5

ME301 ME342 ME343 ME352 ME361 ME372 ME373 ME094 GE350

9 units

Stage 6

ME302 ME312 ME313 ME333 ME481 ME482 ME095 Electives-

2 units 9 units

Stage 7 ME496 CE303 Electives-

4 units

10 units

Mecb. Eng. Industrial Eng. Sandwlcb normal part·tlme

Stage 1 Stage 1

Same as normal part-time

8 units

Stille 1 Same as normal part-time

8 uuits

Stage 3-1st Semester

ME201 ME202 ME214 ME251 ME271 MetI51 Maths lIB

10 units

Stage 4-lnd Semester

GE350 EE211 ME203 ME212 ME223 ME232 ME241 ME097

9 units Stage 5-

1st Semester ME301 ME312 ME333 ME342 ME352 ME361 ME482 Electives-2 units

9 units Stage 6-

2nd Semester ME302 ME313 ME343 'ME372 ME373 ME481 ME098

8 units

Stace 7 ME496 CE303 Electives-

4 units

10 units

48

Same as Mech. Eng. normal part-time

8 units

Stage 1 Same as Mech.

Eng. normal part-time

8 units

Stage 3

Same as Medl. Eng. normnl part-time

to lInils

Stage 4

Same aR Mech. Eng. narmal part-time

8 unit. Stage 5

GE350 MElOl ME342 ME343 'ME361 ME381 ME487 ME488 ME094

9 units

Stage 6

ME312 ME313 ME333 ME383 ME384 Electives- 4 units

(Industrial Eng. Elective)

9 un!!s Stage 7 ME482 ME484 ME496 Electives-

4 units 10 units

Industrial Eng. Sandwich

Stage 1

Same as Mech. Eng. normal part-time

8 units

Stalle 1 Same as Mech.

Eng. normal part-time

8 units Stage 3-

1st Semester

Same as Mech. Eng. Sandwich

10 units

Stage 4-lnd Semester

Same as Same as Mech.

Eng. sandwich

9 units

Stage 5-·lst Semester

ME301 ME312 ME333 ME342 ME361 ME482 ME487 Electives-2 units

9 units

Stage 6-2nd Semester

ME313 ME343 ME381 ME383 ME384 ME484 ME488 Electives-2 units

9 units

Stage 7 ME496 EIectives-

5 units

9 units

(e) DEPARTMENT OF METALLURGY

SCHEDULE 2.1

BACHELOR OF METALLURGY &:

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (METALLURGY) Year I

ME121 CheEIOl MetI21 Metl41 Metl51 Metl81 Metl82 MEl11 GElt2

Year II

Met211 Met212 Met213 Met221 Met231 Met241 Met251 Met261 Met271

Year ill

MetlOl Metl61 Met391

Met392 ChE33 1

Year IV

Met401

Mathematics I Physics IA

3Workshop Practice Industrial Process Principles Chemical Metallurgy Mechanical Properties of Materials Microstructure of Materials Atomic Structure of Materials Electronic Structure of Materials Graphics and Engineering Drawing Introduction to Engineering Design

Metallurgical Computations Metallurgical Stoichiometry Applied Statistics Metallurgical Thermodynamics Rate Processes Microplasticity Metallography Extraction Metallurgy Fabrication Metallurgy

lElective I

Communication Skills Extraction Metallurgy Physical Metallurgy Laboratory

or Chemical Metallurgy Laboratory Process Economics Met300 subjects

1 Elective II'

Directed Reading 2 Met400 subjects

B.Sc.(Met.)

4 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

17

4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4

16

t 1

2

t 6 6

16

2 11

13

To qualifY for admission to the Bachelor of Science (Metallurgy) the candidate must satisfY the requirements for the first three years of the course and the industrial experience requirements prescribed by the Faculty Board.

B.Met. To qualifY for admission to the Bachelor of Metallurgy the candidate must satisfY all the requirements of Schedule 2.1 and the industrial experience requirements pre&­cribed by the Faculty Board. 1 See Elective Requirements-Appendix A. 2 To be chosen after consultation with the Head of Deportment. 3 Studervt$ may, if they wish, defer study in ME121 workshop practice until Year II.

Met3l1

Met312 Met321 Met322 Met331 Met332 Met341 Met3S1 Met3S2 Met3S3 Met3S4 Met361 Met362 Met363 Met364 Met371 Met372 Met373 Met374 Met381

Subject

LISt of Met300 Subjects

Statistical Design & Optimisation of Metallurgical Processes 1

Modelling & Control of Metallurgical Processes 1 Heterogeneous Equilibria 1 B1ectrocllemi~ry ,'& CorroSion 1 Transport Processes in Metallurgical Systems Fluid Mechanics, of Metallurgical Processes Fracture 8/. Failure Analysis ' Metallography Physical Metallurgy Solidification Processes X-ray & Electron Metallography Extraction Metallurgy Hydro- & Electro- Extraction Metallurgy Metallurgical Reactor Analysis 1 Refractories 1 Materials Selection 2 Fabrication Processes 1 Polymer Technology 1 Welding & Non-Destructive Testing 1 Metal Physics 1

List of Met400 Subjects Units Met402 Metallurgy Seminar Met4l! Metallurgical Computations Met421 Heterogeneous Equilibria Met431 Heat Transfer 1 Met432 Fluid Mechanics of Metallurgical Processes 1 Met433 Metallurgical Rate Processes 1 Met441 Applications of Fracture Mechanics 2 Met4S1 Electron Metallography 1 Met4S2 Physical Metallurgy 1 Met4S3 Metallography 1 Met461 Extractinn Metallurgy 1 Met462 Reactor Analysis 1 Met471 Materials Selection 1 Met47l Welding & Non-Destructive Testing 1 Met481 Dislocation Theory 1 Met482 Metal Physics 1 Met491 ,Laboratory Project 2 Met092-6 Industrial Experience .t each After discussion with the Head of Department, certain of these subjects may be offered at a higher level and at an increased unit value.

Only a student transferring from the degree of B.Sc.(Met.) to B.Met. may claim his industrial experience as appropriate Met092-096 Industrial Experience units.

50

II-REQUIREMENTS FOR POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMAS AND DEGREES

(a) REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DIPLOMA IN INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING

1. In these requirements, unless the contrary intention appears, the "Faculty Board" means the Faculty Board of the Faculty of Engin­eering.

2. An applicant for registration as a candidate for the Diploma shall complete the prescribed application form and lodge it with the Secretary at least one calendar month before the commencement of first term. In exceptional circumstances applications will be accepted after that date.

3. An applicant for registration as a candidate for the Diploma shall:­(a) have satisfied all of the Requirements for admission to a

degree in the University of Newcastle; or (b) have satisfied all of the Requirements for admission to a

degree in another university recognised for this purpose; or (c) hold other qualifications approved by the Faculty Board for

the purpose of registration in the course.

4. Notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 3 above, the Faculty Board may require an applicant to complete such other prerequis­ite studies as it may prescribe or a candidate to complete such other concurrent studies as it may prescribe.

S. (a)' To complete a subject qualifying towards the Diploma, a candidate shall attend such lectures, tutorials, seminars, lab­oratory classes, field work and submit such written work and pass such examinations as the Department may require.

(b) Under no circumstances will a subject qualify for the Diploma for more than ten years from the year in which it is passed.

6. An applicant for registration as a candidate for the Diploma may be granted standing on conditions to be determined by the Faculty Board.

7. The Faculty Board shall approve a programme of studies for each candidate. This programme may be varied only with the approval of the Dean.

8. Withdrawal (a) A candidate may withdraw from a subject or course only by

informing the Secretary to the University in writing and the withdrawal shall take effect from the date of receipt of such notification.

51

(b)' A candidate whoiwithdraws from any subjectafte!' th~ sixth Monday in second term shall be deemed to have failed In that subject unless granted permission by the Dean to withdraw without penalty.

9. To qualify '£or, a Diploma a' candidate shall, in not less than two years of part-time study, or in special cases approved by the Faculty Board, one year full-time study, cOlIlplete satisfactorily a course of studies comprising twelve units composed as follows: Formal Course Work 10 units ,(a)! Su~jects to b~ seleCted from schedule of approved , subjec;ts in accordance with, the requirements of

subsections (b) and (c) o~ this Clause. ME684D Project 2 units

.12 units (b) The approved subjects have been arranged in thre~ Groups.

Group I contains subjects required for basic understanding of the principles of Industrial Engineering while Groups II and III contain a wider selection of subjects for those already trained in the subject areas of Group I. The selection of' subjects shall 'normally ,1:ie ma<;Ie from those in Group I of tne Schedule, utiless in: order to satisfy the conditions of subsection (c) of this Clanse or where a broader training is deemed to be desirable, the Faculty Board' on the recommendation of the Head of Department, has prescribed a course of study including subjects from Groups II and III. In any event not more than three units may, pe selected from Group III.

.(c) Notwithstanding . the requirements of parts (a) and (b) and except where standing is approved by the Board, no subject shall be included such that in the opinion of the Board, the subject concerned substantially overlaps in. content that of a si!pilar subject c()mpleted or work presented and for which credit has been given' in the award' of another degree or diploma. '

10. All subjects listed in the Schedule may not necessarily be offered in anyone year. . .

11. In order to provide for exceptional circumstances llrising in part­icular cases, the Senate, on the recommendation of the Faculty Board, may relax any requirements provided that such relaxation shall be consistent with the By-Laws.

SA

Subject Group I ME381 ME401 ME481

2ME482 ME483

2ME484 ME487 ME488 ME582D ME681D

Group U

ME404 ME407 ME419 ME444 ME449 ME503G ME505 ME517G ME535G ME584G

Group m

SCHEDULE OF, SUBJECTS

Methods' Engineering Systems Analysis Engineering Administration Engineering Economics I Production Engineering Engineering Economics II Operations Research-Deterministic Models Operations Research-Probabilistic Models Industrial Computations Industrial Law

Mathrematical Programming Environmental Engineering Bulk Materials Handling Systems Analysis and Design Properties of Materials Reliability Analysis for Mechanical Systems Design of Experiments for Engineering Research Systems Planning, Organisation and Control Materials Handling and Transportation Systems Vibration and Noise Problems in Industry Simulation

Units

1 1 1 1 1 1 2

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1

Subjects approved by the Faculty Board for an individual course but not included in Group I or Group II. The number of units to be assigned to these subjects will be determined by the Faculty Board. 1 Prerequisites for the above subjects will be those indicated in the Faculty of

Engineering Handbook. 2 Accounting and Fina~cial Studies. may be taken as a. 2 u.nit subject .in lieu of

both ME482 Engineenng Economics I and ME484 Engmeermg EconomiCs. II.

CONDITIONS FOR GRANTING OF STANDING

1. Standing in a subject in the Diploma in Industrial Engineering shall require the approval of the Paculty Board on the recommenda­tion of the Dean of the Faculty of Engineering.

2. A candidate will not be eligible for standing in any subject for which credit has been given for the award of another degree or dip­loma except as otherwise provided for in succeeding clauses.

3. A candidate from the Master of Engineering Science course of the University of Newcastle who desires to transfer to the Diploma course in Industrial Engineering may be granted standing in those subjects of the Diploma deemed to be equivalent to any of the subjects already completed in the Master's programme.

4. A candidate from another university or approved tertiary institut­ion may be granted standing by the Faculty Board in up to six units in recognition of postgraduate course work degree or diploma subjects completed in. such university or institution provided that the subjects are equivalent to any of those listed in Groups I and II of the Schedule.

53

5 Where a candidate has completed the first part-time year of the Diploma course he may be granted standing by the Faculty B~ard.in respect of another su~je~t s?bsequently passed a! anothe~ .umverslty or approved tertiary mstltutlon under the followmg condItIOns:

(a) the subject for which standing is granted shall have a reason­able correspondence with a subject of the Diploma in Indust­rial Engineering; and

(b) standing shall not be granted in more than three subject units.

(b) REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF ENGINEERING SCIENCE

1. An application to register as a candidate for the degree of Master of Engineering Science shall be made on the prescribed form which shall be lodged with the Secretary at least one full calendar month before the commencement of the term in which the candid­ate desires to register.

2. A person may register for the degree of Master if-(a) he is a graduate or graduand from a four year full-time or

equivalent part-time Bachelor's degree in Engineering or Metallurgy from the University of Newcastle or other approved university; or

(b) he is a graduate or graduand from a three year-full or equivalent part-time Bachelor's degree from the Univer­sity of N ewcastIe or other approved university and has had a minimum of two years' professional experience; or

(c) he produces evidence of such academic 'and professional attainments as may be approved by the Senate, on the recommendation of the Faculty Board.

3. An applicant shall satisfy the Faculty Board that he is adequately prepared to undertake advanced studies in the department approp­riate to the field of specialisation proposed, and may be required to undertake preliminary studies and examinations before his registration as a candidate for the degree; or may be given provisional registration requiring concurrently with some of his advanced work the completion of specified preparatory studies before his registration is confirmed.

4. An applicant approved by the Faculty Board shall register in one of the following categories: (i) Student in full-time attendance at the University.

(ii) Student in part-time attendance at the University.

5. On the recommendation of the Head of the Department concern­ed the Faculty Board shall appoint a programme supervisor and project supervisor to supervise the work of each candidate.

6. After registration a candidate shall complete satisfactorily a course of studies approved by the Dean of the Faculty, comprising twelve units of advanced work as may be prescribed by the Faculty Board. Not less than two nor more than four of such units shall comprise the investigation of and report on a project spec­ified by the Head of the Department concerned.

7. To complete a unit qualifying towards the degree a candidate shall attend such lectures, tutorials, seminars, laboratory classes, field work and camps and submit such written work and pass such examinations as the Department concerned may require.

55

8. Where it is appropriate to the candidate's total programme the Dean may approve the inclusion in the individual programme of advanced work from other faculties equivalent in total to not more than six units and senior undergraduate elective subjects offered within the Faculty of Engineering not exceeding two units pro­vided that the total work allowed under this section shall not exceed six units.

9. A candidate from another university or approved tertiary institut­ion may be granted standing by the Faculty Board in up to six units in recognition of work completed in such university or institution.

to. A candidate whose progress is unsatisfactory may be excluded from any examination, subject, or course, or may be permitted to continue his course subject to certain conditions.

11. Withdrawal (a) A candidate may withdraw from a subject or course only by notifying the

SecretaIY to the University in writing and the withdrawal shall take effect from the date of receipt of such notification in writing.

(b) A candidate who after: the eighth Monday in first tenn, in the case of a subject lasting only the first half-year; the sixth Monday in second tenn, in the case of a subject lasting the whole year; . the second Monday in third tenn, in the case of a subject lasting only the second half-year; withdraws from a subject in which he has enrolled shall be deemed to have failed in that subject, unless granted permission by the Dean of the Faculty of Engineering to withdraw without penalty.

12. A candidate shall submit three copies of his project report in a form according with the instructions of the Head Of the Depart­ment, not later than three terms after the completion Of the course of formal study.

13. It shall be understood that the University retains the three copies of the report and is free to allow the report to be consulted or borrowed. Subject to the provisions of the Copyright Act (1968) the University may issue the report in whole or in part in photo­stat or microfilm or other copying medium.

14. The Faculty Board, at the request of an examiner, may require the candidate to answer any questions concerning his work.

15. No candidate shall be considered for the award of the degree until the lapse of three complete terms but not more than six complete terms in the case of a full-time student; and six complete terms, but not more than ten complete terms in the case of a part-time student, from the date from which the registration becomes effective.

16. In exceptional circumstances the Senate, on the recommendation of the Faculty Board, may relax any of the above requirements.

56

Recommended Programmes

It is recommended that candidates wishing to specialise in one of the following areas should select their course work programme from the subjects listed fur that area. The subjoots listed will be. ofrered subject to adequ3Ite enrohnent and avaJilrabililty of staff.

A. Applied Mechanics/Structures Department of Civil Enlineerin, CE51S Elastic Continua CE516 Plastic Frame Design CE517 Steel Beams, Columns & Frames CE5SS Civil Engineering Systems II CE617 Prestressed Concrete Design CE626 Theoretical Aspects of Fracture Mechanics Department of Mechanical Enlineering ME404 Mathematical Programming I ME410 Advanced Design Concepts I ME419 Bulk Materials Handling Systems Analysis and Design MES03 Design of Experiments for Engineering Research MES11 Experimental and Theoretical Stress Analysis MES15 Advanced Design Concepts II MES17 Materials Handling and Transportation Systems MES35 Vibration and Noise Problems in Industl)' MESS 1 Mathematical Programming II Department of Metallurgy MetS41 Fracture Mechanics MetS71 Materials Selection

B. Computer Science Departmeut of Electrical En,meering EES16 Computer-Aided Analysis of Power Systems EE549 Applied Information TheoIY EES62 Advanced Topics in Switching Theory EE563 Computer Operating' Systems . EES64 Compilers, Assemblers & Interpreters EES6S Pattern Recognition EES66 Automata & Computing Macrunes EES67 Computer ProCess Control EES68 Advanced Computer Architecture EE569 Formal Languages & Automata Department of Mechanical Engineering ME404 Mathematical Programming I ME5S1 Mathematical Programming II

SubJects offered by other Faculties

Department of Mathematics as Programming & Algorithms as Data Structures· & Programming

Mathematics III, Topic Z Department of Commeree

Commercial Programming

57

UnitJ

1 1 1 1 2

or 2

1 1 1 1 2 1 1

c. Engineering Materials Department of Civil En&ineering CES26 Advanced Properties of Materials CES27 Concrete Technology CES28 Soil Mechanics CES29 Foundation Engineering CES74 Transportation Planning CE674 Traffic Engineering

Department of MechanJeal EnaJneerlnl ME404 Mathematical Programming I ME419 Bulk Materials Handling Systems Analysis and Design ME503 Design of Experiments for Engineering Research ME511 Experimental and Theoretical Stress Analysis ME517 Materials Handling and Transportation Systems ME581 Mathematical Programming II

Department of Metallul1lY MetS41 Applications of Fracture Mechanics MetSSI Electron Metallography Met552 Physical MetaJlurgy MetSS3 MetaJIography MetS71 Materials Selection Met582 Metal Physics

Units

I I I I 1

I 1 2 I 1

I 1 1 1 1 ,1

Together with approved topics and subjects which may be offered from the Faculty of Science.

D. Environmental Studies/Environmental Engineering Departmeut nf Chemical Englueering ChE501 Chemical Process Principles' for Effluent Control 1 ChES13 Advanced Combustion 2 ChES21 Air PoJlution Effluent Control 2 ChES22 Control of Industrial Liquid Effluents 2 ChE623 Advanced Topics in Effluent Control or 2

Department of Civil Engineering CES43 Water Quality Management CE643 Water PoJlution & Water Quality Management CE644 Water & Wastewater Treatment CE64SJ Microbiology of Water Resources CE646 Public Health Science CE647 Unit Operations in Public Health Engineering

Department of Mechanical Engineering ME401 Systems Analysis

1 1 2 2 1

ME404 Mathematical Programming 1 ME407 Environmental Engineering 1 ME409 Introduction to Noise PoJlution Control 1 MES03 Design of Experiments for Engineering Research 1 ME50S Systems Analysis, Organisation and Control 1 ME508 Air Pollution Studies II 1 ME53S Vibration and Noise Problems in Industry 1 ME554 Computation of Fluid Flows and Heat Transfer MES81 Mathematical Programming II

Interdepartmental Subjects GESOIG /\ir Pollution Studies I

Together with approved topics or subjects which may be offered by other Faculties.

58

E. Fluid Mechanics/ Water Resources Engineering Department of Civil Engineering CE533 Theoretical Hydrodynamics CES34 Open Channel Flow CE535 River & Coastal Engineering CES43 Water Quality Management CE634 Advanced Fluid Mechanics CE635 River & Coastal Engineering II CE636 Water Reticulation & Wastewater Collection CE643 Water Pollution & Water Quality Management CE644 Water & Wastewater Treatment CE645J Microbiology of Water Resources CE646 Public Health Science CE647 Unit Operations in Public Health Engineering

F. Furnace Engineering Department of ChemleaI Enllineering CheS02 Reaction Engineering ChE511/S12 Advanced Heat Transfer ChES13 Advanced Combustion ChE514 Furnace Engineering ChE521 Air Pollution Effluent Control ChES42 Comminution

Department of Electrical Enlineerinl EES42 Modern Control EE546 Modern Control EE641 Multivariable Control Systems EE642 Stochastic Control

Department of Meehanfcal Engineerinl ME404 Mathematical Programming I MES03 Design of Experiments for Engineering Research ME5S4 Computation of Fluid Flows and Heat Transfer MESSI Mathematical Programming II Department of Metallurgy Met521 Metallurgical Thermodynamics Met531 Heat Transfer MetS33 MetaJIurgical Rate Processes MetS71 Materials Selection

G. Operations Research/Management Science Department of Chemical EUllneerlnl ChE531 Process Optimization Department of Civil Englneerinl CESS4 Civil Engineering Systems II CE654 Construction Management

Department of Mechanical EnglDeerlnl ME401 Systems Analysis ME404 Mathematical Programming I ME487 Operations Research - Deterministic Models ME488 Operations Research - Probablllstic Models MESOS Systems Analysis, Organisation and Control MES81 Mathematical Programming II MES82 Probablistic Models in Operation Research MESS3 Model!ing in Management Problems MES84 Simulation ME68S Advanced Operations Research

59

Units

1 or

1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 I

2 2 2 2 2 2

I 1 1

2

1 1 1

Subjects offered by other Faculties

Department of Mathematics Selected Topics in Mathematics IV.

Department of Commerce Selected topics from Diploma in Business Studies.

H. Mineral Process Engineering Department of Chemical Enaloeerln, ChE502 Reaction Engineering ChE513 Advanced Combustion ChE514 Furnace Engineering ChE523 Particulate Separations ChE531 Process Optimization ChE542 Comminution ChE603 Advanced Problems in Mass Transfer & Reaction

Engineering

Department of Electrical Engineerina EE542 Modern Control EE546 Modern Control EE641 Multivariable Control Systems EE642 Stochastic Control

Department of Mechanical Englneering ME404 Mathematical Programming ME487 Operations Research - Detenninistic Models ME488 Operations Research - Probabilistic Models ME503 Design of Experiments for Engineering Research ME581 Mathematical Programming II ME685 Advanced Operations Research

Department of Metallul'llY Met521 Metallurgical Thennodynamics Met531 Heat Transfer Met533 Metallurgical Rate Processes Met541 Fracture Mechanics Met561 Extraction Metallurgy Met562 Reactor Analysis

1. Systems Department of Civil Engloeerlng CE555 Civil Engineering Systems II

Department of Electrical Engineerinl EE541 Sample Data Control Systems EE542 Modern Control EE543 Optimization Techniques EE545 Communication Systems EE546 Modern Control £E547 Digital Communications EE552 Advanced Topics in Communication Systems EE562 Advanced Switching & Logic Design , EE567 Computer Process Control EE641 Multivariable Control Systems EE642 Stochastic Control Department of Mechanical Enalneerlnl ME401 Systems Analysis ME404 Mathematical Programming I ME505 Systems Analysis, Organisation and Control MES81 Mathematical Programming II

60

Units

2 2 2

or 2 2

or 2

or 2

1 1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1 1 1

l' j r~

tJ.

J

'* .. ~

~ ~

I

SubJeets olfered by other Facnltles

Department of Mathematics Stochastic Processes Signal Detection

Units

General Statement Before preparing their course for any, year, students should check in, the Departmental lists which subjects are to be offered in that year. Approval for any course chosen from the subjects listings must be gi:ven !'y the Head of the Department concerned and the Dean of the Faculty of Engmeenng. "

General Prerequisites The general prerequisite for all subjects is graduate level in appropriate subi!'Cts. However specific prerequisites are necessary for certain subjects and these are listed in the s~bject description where applicable.

Approved M;Eng.Sci. Subjects

Thie following subjelclts hiave been 'lIPprovrti for inclusion in the M.EngSci. oourse ptogrlal1lJl1e. Not aD subje/c:t9 willi be ofl'elred: in! Mo/ 000 ~. For detlri1S of which subjects will be offe!fedl inI 1979 consult the Departmenit ooneerned. Department of Chemical Engineering ChE501 Chemical Process Principles for Emuent ,Control' ChE503 Computational Methods in Chemical Engineering ChE511 Advanced Heat Transfer ChE512 Advanced Heat Transfer ChE513 Advanced Combustion'" ChE514 Furnace Engineering'" ChES15 Energy Management ChE516 Reaction Engineering ChE521 Air Pollution Emuent Control'" (P) ChE522 Control of Industrial Liquid Effluents'" (P)

Tutorial Toplcs ChE523 Particulate Separations ChE524 Comminution ChE611 Advanced Problems in Mass Transfer &

ChE612 ChE621

Reaction Engineering Advanced Topics in Heat Transfer Advanced Topics in Emuent Control

Department of Civil Engloeerinll CE515 Blastic Continua CES16 Plastic Frame Design CE517 Steel Beams. Columns and Frames CE519 Engineering Seismology CES26 Advanced Properties of Materials CE527 Concrete Technology CES28 Soil Mechanics CE529 Foundation Engineering CE533 Theoretical Hydrodynamics CES34 Open Channel Flow CE535 River and Coastal Engineering CE543 Water Quality Management CE554 Civil Engineering Systems II CE574 Transportation Planning CES75 Highway , Engineering CE617 Prestressed Concrete Design CE626 Theoretical Aspects of Fracture Mechanics CE634 Advanced Fluid Mechanics C;El635 River and Coastal Engineering II CE636 Water Reticulation and Wastewater Collection

61

1 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2

1 or 2 1 or 2

1 or 2 1 or 2 1 or 2

1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1

CE643 Water Pollution and Water Quality Management CE644 Water and Wastewater Treatment CE645J Microbiology of Water Resources CE646 Public Health Science CE647 Unit Operations in Public Health Engineering CE6S4 Construction Management CE674 Traffic Engineering Department of Electrical Engineering EE516 Computer-Aided Analysis of Power Systems EE541 Sample Data Control Systems' EE542 Modern Control" EE543 Optimization Techniques' EE54S Communication Systems * EES46 Modern Control" EES47 Digital Communications' EESS2 Advanced Topic in Communications Systems" EESS3 High Frequency Circuits and Devices" EE562 Advanced Switching Theory and Logic Design' EES63 Computer Operating Systems" EE564 Compiler Construction' EE565 Pattern Recognition" EES66 Automata and Computing Machines EES67 Computer Process Control EES68 Advanced Computer Architecture" EES69 Formal Languages and Automata' EES80 Thesis/Project (by arrangement) EES90 Seminar EES91 Seminar EES92 Seminar EES93 Seminar EE641 ~u1tivariable Control Systems EE642 Stochastic Control Department of Mechanical Engineering

Systems Analysis Mathematical Programming Advanced Engineering Computations Environmental Engineering Introduction to Noise Pollution Control Advanced Design Concepts I

Units 1 2 2 1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

ME401 ME404 ME405 ME407 ME409 ME410 ME419 ME444 ME484 ME487 ME488 MES03 ME505 MES08 MES11 ME515 MESI7 ME535 ME554 MES81 MES82 ME583 MES84 MES97 ME685

Bulk Materials Handling Systems Analysis and Design Properties of Materials Engineering Economics II Operations Research - Deterministic Models Opera tions Research - Probabilistic Models Design of Experiments for Engineering Research 1 Systems Analysis, Organisation and Control 1 Air Pollution Studies II 1 Experimental and Theoretical Stress and Analysis 2 Advanced Design Concepts II 1 Materials Handling and Transportation Systems 1 Vibration and Noise Problems in Industry 1 Computation of Fluid Flows and Heat TranSfer 1 Mathematical Programming II I Probabilistic Models in Operations Research 1 Modelling of Management Problems Simulation Project/Seminar Advanced Operations Research

62

2, 3 or 4 1

Department of Metalllll'lY MetS21 MetS31 MetS32 MetS33 MetS41 MetSS1 MetSS2 MetSS3 MetS61 MetS62 MetS71 MetS72 MetS81 MetS82

Metallurgical Thermodynamics Heat Transfer Fluld Mechanics Metallurgical Rate Processes Fracture Mechanics Electron Metallography Physical Metallurgy Metallography Extraction Metallurgy Reactor Analysis Materials Selection Welding and Non-Destructive Testing Dislocation Theory Metal Physics

63

Units

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

(0) REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF ENGINEERING ...

1. An application to register as a candidate for the. degree of Master shall be made on the prescribed form whlch shall be lodged with the Secretary at least one full calendar month. before the com­mencement of the term in which the candidate desires to register.

2. A person may register for the degree of Master if-(a) he is a graduate or graduand of the University of Newcastle

or other approved university with Honours in the subject to be studied for that degree; or

(b) he is a graduate or graduand of the University of Newcastle or other approved university; or

(c) in exceptional cases he produces evidence of such academic and professional attainments as may be approved by the Senate, on the recommendation of the Faculty Board.

3. In the case of applicants desiring to register under provision 2 (b) , and (c), the Faculty Board may require the applicants to carry out such work and pass such examinations as the Board may determine before registration as a candidate for the degree of Master is confirmed.

4. In every case, before permitting an applicant to register as a can­didate, the Faculty Board shall be satisfied that adequate super­vision and facilities are available.

5. An applicant approved by the Faculty Board shall register in one of the following categories:-(i) Student in full-time attendance at the University.

(ii) Student in part-time attendance at the University.

6. (i) Every candidate for the degree shall be required to submit a thesis embodying the results of an investigation or design, to take such examinations and to perform such other work as may be prescribed by the Faculty Board. The candidate may submit also for examination any work he has published, whether or not such work is related to the thesis.

(ii) The investigation or design and other work as provided in paragraph 6 (i) shall be conducted under the direction of a supervisor appointed by the Faculty Board or under such conditions as the Faculty Board may determine.

(iii) A part-time candidate shall, except in special circumstances-i. conduct the major proportion of the research or design

work in the University; and ii. take part in research seminars within the department in

which he is working.

64

(iv) Every candidate shall submit annually a report on his work to his supervisor for transmission to the Higher Degree Committee. .

(v) Every candidate shall submit three copies of the thesis as pro­vided under paragraph 6 (i). All copies of the thesis shall be double-spaced typescript, shall include a summary of approx­imately 200 words, and a certificate signed by the candidate to the effect that the work is his own and has not been sub­mitted for a higher degree to any other university or instit­ution. The ORIGINAL copy of the thesis for deposit in the Library shall be prepared and bound in a form approved by the University. The other two copies of the thesis shall be bound in such manner as allows their transmission to the examiners without possibility of their disarrangement.

(vi) It shall be understood that the University retains the three copies of the thesis and is free to allow the thesis to be con­sulted or borrowed. Subject to the provisions of the Copy­right Act (1968) the University may issue the thesis in whole or in part in photostat or microfilm or other copying medium.

7. No candidate shall be considered for the award of the degree until the lapse of six complete terms from the date from which the registration becomes effective, save that in the case of a can­didate who has obtained the degree of Bachelor with Honours or a qualification deemed by the Faculty Board to be equivalent or who has had previous research experience, this period may, with the approval of the Faculty Board, be reduced by up to three terms.

8. For each candidate there shall be two examiners appointed by Senate, one of whom shall be an external examiner.

9. A candidate who fails to satisfy the examiners may be permitted to resubmit his thesis in an amended form. Such a resubmission must take place within twelve months from the date on which the candidate is advised of the result of the first examination. No further resubmission shall be permitted.

65

(d) REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF SCIENCE

1. An application to register as a candidate for the degree of Master of Science shall be made on the prescribed form which shall be lodged with the Secretary at least one full calendar month before the commencement of the term in which the candidate desires to register.

2. A person may register for the degree of Master of Science if­(a) he is a graduate or graduand of the University of Newcastle

or other approved university with Honours in the subject to be studied for that degree; or

(b) he is a graduate or graduand of the University of Newcastle or other approved university; or

(c) in exceptional cases he produces evidence of such academic and professional attainments as may be approved by the Senate on the recommendation of the Faculty Board.

3. Before registration as a candidate for the degree is confirmed, an applicant desiring to register under Clause 2 (b) or 2 (c) above, shall be required to carry out such work and to sit for such examinations as the Faculty Board may determine and to achieve a standard at least equivalent to that required for the award of a bachelor's degree with second class honours in an appropriate subject.

4. In every case, before permitting an applicant to register as a candidate, the Faculty Board shall be satisfied that adequate supervision and facilities are available.

5. An applicant approved by the Faculty Board shall register in one of the following categories:-(i) Student in full-time attendance at the University.

(ii) Student in part-time attendance at the University.

6. (i) Every candidate for the degree shall be required to submit a thesis embodying the results of an investigation or design, to take such examinations and to perform such other work as may be prescribed by the Faculty Board. The candidate may submit also for examination any work he has published, whether or not such work is related to the thesis.

(ii) The investigation or design and other work as provided in paragraph 6 (i) shall be conducted under the direction of a supervisor appointed by the Faculty Board or under such conditions as the Faculty Board may determine.

(iii) A part-time candidate shall, except in special circumstances­(a) conduct the major proportion of the research or design

work in the University; and (b) take part in research seminars within the Department

in which he is working.

66

(iv) Every candidate shall submit annually a report on his work to his supervisor for transmission to the Higher Degree Committee.

(v) Every candidate shall submit three copies of the thesis as provided under paragraph 6 (i). All copies of the thesis shall be double-spaced typescript, shall include a summary of approximately 200 words, and a certificate signed by the candidate to the effect that the work has not been submitted for a higher degree to any other university or institution. The ORIGINAL copy of the thesis for deposit in the Library shall be prepared and bound in a form approved by the Universityl. The other two copies of the thesis shall be bound in such a manner as allows their transmission to the examiners without possibility of their disarrangement.

(vi) It shall be understood that the University retains the three copies of the thesis and is free to allow the thesis to be consulted or borrowed. Subject to the provisions of the Copyright Act (1968) the University may issue the thesis. in whole or in part in photostat or microfilm or other copymg medium.

7. No candidate shall be considered for the award of the degree until the lapse of six complete terms from the date from whic~ the registration becomes effective, save that in the case of a candidate who has obtained the degree of Bachelor with Honours or a qualification deemed by the Faculty. Board ~o be. equivalent .or who has had previous research experIence, this perIod may, WIth the approval of the Faculty Board, be reduced by up to three terms.

8. For each candidate there shall be two examiners appointed by Senate, one of whom shall be an external examiner.

9. A candidate who fails to satisfy the examiners may be permitted to resubmit his thesis in an amended form. Such a resubmission must take place within twelve months from the date on which the candidate is advised of the result of the first examination. No further resubmission shall be permitted.

I Separate sheet on the preparation and blndinl of hflher delree theaea Is available on application.

67

III-POLICIES DETERMINED BY FACULTY BOARD UNDER DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

The following policies have been determined by Faculty Board under the provisions of the Degree Requirements.

(a) Award of Merit and HODours

Th following policy on the grading of degrees was determined under Section 2 of Part I of the Requirements. The Award of Merit and Honours in the Degrees of Bachelor of Engineering, Bachelor of Science (Engineering), Bachelor of Metal­lurgy, Bachelor of Science (Metallurgy) and Bachelor of Surveying is based on the complete record of the candidates over the entire course. Faculty.Board awards Honours and Merit gradings to students who have met ,the requirements for their respective degrees on the recom­mendation of the appropriate Head of Department. The following has been 'approved by Faculty Board as a guide to the method to be followed in the award of Honours and Merit gradings.

Honours Gradings in Bacllelor of Engineering, Bachelor of Metallurgy and Bachelor of Surveying Degrees

1. The subjects taken in the degree are divided into four groups based on the years in which they would normally have been taken according to the full-time programmes as set out in the degree schedules.

2. Grade points are assigned to subjects on the basis of the grades obtained in that subject, as follows:

HD=4 D = 3 C=2

PandP*=l FF, WF, AF and EF = 0

3. The product of the grade points assigned to a subject and the unit value of that subject yields the unit grade point product of each subject.

That is W.D. = Unit grade point product for subject i 1 1

Where W. = Grade points assigned to subject i 1

n. = Unit value for subject i 1

4. The grade point average is calculated for each group of subjects as follows:

( X W.n.) lit

GPA(t) = -X=---( ni)t

68

Where GPA(t) = Grade point average of subjects grouped in year t

( xw.n.) = Sum of unit grade point products for subjects grouped in lit

year t

(X ni) t = Sum of unit values for subjects grouped in year t

5. The unweighted overall grade point average (GPA) is calculated thus

GPA X GPA(t)

4

6. The weighted overall grade point average (WGPA) is calculated thus

1 ' .'. WGPA = '7 (GPA(I) + GPA(2) + 2GPA(3) + 3GPA(4»

7. The weighted overall grade point average calculated above'is used as J guide for'the recommendation of honours gradings on the basis of

WGPA 2: 2.5 Honours Oass I 2.0 S; WGPA < 2.5 Honours Oass II (Division I) : 1.5 S; WGPA < 2.0 Honours Class II (Division 2).

: 8. In making their recommendation Heads of Departmentssh~iud p~nt to the Faculty Board the complete record of each candidate being recommended for an honours grading, together with the grade point average for each yearly grouping of subjects as well as both the weighted and unweighted overall grade point averages. ' '. ,

: 9;' Note (i) The fdllowing are excluded from the above calculation: ! (a) Subjects for which a full range of grades are n06l.warcled; (b) Subjects in which a student has beeii grantedstatiding; (c) Subjects from which a student has withdrawn without

penalty. " ,.' : (ii) Repe;tts in a subject after a grade of FF, WF, AF' orEF has

been 'awarded are treated as an extra subject taken in the year in which the previously failed subject is normally til~en;

Merit Gradings in BaChelor of &ience (Engineering) and, ': . Bacllelor of Science (Metallurgy) Degrees

he procedure to be followed fo~ the calcritation of grade point aver~ges for the recommendation of merit grades is siInilar to that for the recommendatio~ of honours grades except that: .. . 1.' The subjecls taken in the degree are divided into groups based on a three

year full-time progriunme. ' 2. The weighted overall grade point average is calculated thus

WGPA = ~ (GPA(l) + GPA(2) + 2GPA(3»

3. The unweighted overall grade point average is calculated thus 1

GPA ="3 X GPA(t)

4. The weighted overall grade point average to be used as a guide for the recommendation of a merit grade is WGPA ;;:: 2.

69

Bumple

Subject Grade W. , Year I

Engineering I C 2 Mathematics I C 2 Physics IA C 2 Chemistry IS P 1 MEl21 P 1 MEI22 P 1 Metl51 p 1

YearD Mathematics DB p 1 EE203 C 2 EE204 C 2 ME201 C 2 ME202 P 1 ME212 C 2 ME213 C 2 ME214 P 1 ME223 P 1 ME232 C 2 ME241 P 1 ME2S1 C 2 ME271 C 2

70

n ;

4 4 4 2 1 1 1

-1: 17

4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

-1: 16

Wli

8 8 8 2 1 1 1

-1:29

4 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 2 2

-1:24

GPA(t)

1.70

1.50

I I

I I

Subject Grade Wi n. W.n. GPA(t) , , , Yearm

ME301 p 1 1 1 ME313 FF 0 1 0 ME333 P 1 1 1 ME342 C 2 1 2 ME343 P 1 1 1 ME361 P 1 1 1 ME381 P 1 1 1 ME383 D 3 1 3 ME384 D 3 1 3 ME487 C 2 1 2 ME488 P 1 1 1 GE350 C 2 1 2

Electives Microeconomics C 2 2 4 EM2A P 1 1 1 EM2I C 2 1 2 ME313 (Repeat) C 2 1 2

- -1: 17 X27 1.59

Year IV ME385 FF 0 2 0 ME681 FF 0 2 0 ME496 C 2 4 8

Electives ME401 HD 4 1 4 ME402 HD 4 1 4 ME489 C 2 1 2 ME535G D 3 2 6 EM3U C 2 1 2 ME385 (Repeat) p 1 2 2 ME681 (Repeat) p 1 2 2

- -1: 18 1:30 1.67

GPA 1.70 + 1.50 + 1.59 + 1.67 . --..:...--4------ = 1.61

WGPA 1.70 + 1.50 + 2 x 1.59 + 3 x 1.67 = 7. = 1.62

Based on WGPA = 1.62 recommend award of Honours Class n Division 2.

(b) InterpretatioD of the Aaulemlc Progress By-Laws

The following policy on academic progress was determined under Section 10 of Part I of the Requirements. By-Law 5.4.1 (2) leaves it open to each particular faculty to decide what constitutes unsatisfactory progress calling for action under sub­headings (a), (b) or (c) of the By-Law. The Faculty Board, Faculty of Engineering, has resolved that the following guidelines shall be applied to students enrolled in the Faculty.

71

(_) First Year full·time or first two years part·time Failure to pass at least one quarter of the approved programme in the first year of enrolment as a full·time student, or the first two years of enrolment as a part-time student, shall constitute unsatisfactory pro­gress, to be acted on under sub·heading (c) of the By-Law. "Approved programme" means the student's programme for the whole period in question, and the fraction one-quarter is to be measured by the "units" defined on page 77.

(b) First two years full·time or first four years part·time Students must meet the requirements of By-law 5.4.2.

(c) Later years of the course A student will be expected to pass at least one third of the subjects attempted each year and maintain an overall average pass rate of at least 50% of the normal programme for the whole period of enrol­ment. The progress of any student who fails to meet this standard wiU be reviewed by the Faculty Board which may recommend to the Admissions Committee that the student be excluded from the Faculty. A student will be required to Show Cause for a second failure in any subject (By-law 5.4.2.).

(c) Mutually Exclusive Subjects (See Section 14 oj the Requirements)

The Faculty Board ,has deemed the following subjects or part subjects to be mutually exclusive under Section 14 of Part I of the Require­ments. ' . (1) Mathematics II Topic H, EM2H Probability & Statistics, Introductory Quantitative

Methods. (2) Mathematics II Topic F, EM2F Nurnerical Analysis & Computing, ME301 Engineer-

ing Computations. , (3) ME482 Engineering Economics I, Accounting & Financial Sjudies. (4) Accounting & Financial Studies & Accounting I.

(d) Years/Stage Classification

Full-time students are classified by year. Part-time students are classified by stage. Qassification is' determined by the number of units passed in accord­ance with the following table:-B.E. FoB-tlme

& .. B.Surv.

Units Year 0-15 - 1

16-31 - II 32-47 - III 48+ - IV

B.Met

Units Year 0-17 - 1

18-33 - II 34-49 - III 50+ - IV

B.E. Part·tlme

Units 'Stage 0-7 - 1 8-16 - 2

17-25 - 3 26-34 - 4 35-43 - 5 44-52 - 6 53+ - 7

B.Sc.(Ena.) & B.Sc.(Met.)

Units Stage 0-7 - 1 8-15 - 2

16-23 - 3 24-31 - 4 32-39 - 5 40+ - 6

Students enrolled for the final year of any classified as Year V.

combined course will be

72

(e) Alternative Subjects

The Faculty Board has deemed the following groups of subjects to be acceptable alternatives under Section 15 of Part I of the Requirements. (1) CS12 Mechanics of Solids & ME214 Mechanics of Solids I. (2) CE221 Properties of Materials I & ME241 Properties of Materials I. (3) ChE211 Fluid Statics & Dynamics, CE231 Fluid Mechanics & ME251 Fluid

Mechanics I. (4) ChE212 Heat & ME372 Heat Transfer. (5) Met213 Applied Statistics & ME582D Industrial Computations. (6) ME122 Process Technology & ME271 Fabrication Metallurgy. (7) Met312 Modelling & Control of MetalIurgiclll Processes. & ChE314 Process

Control. (8f Met341 Fracture & Failure Analysis & ME342 Properties of Materials II.

(f) Standing and Exemption Examinations for Holders of Tecbnical College' Certificates

Faculty Board has agreed on the following with respect to the granting of standing tQ holders of Technical College Certificates under the provisions Section 12 of Part I of the Requirements. ' A student may apply for standing in any subject. The Head of the appropriate Department will decide whether standing shall be recom­mended immediately on the basis of qualifications held or whether the student shall be required to sit for an exemption examination. As a guide to students the holder of a Technical College Certificate containing appropriate subjects may be granted standing in the sub­jects or subject units as follows:

SUBJECT OR SUBJEGr UNITS Mechanica1Engineering Certificate

Land & Engineering Survey & Drafting Certificate '

Survey Certificate

Engineering Survey Certificate

MEli1 Graphics and Engineering Drawing ME12I Workshop Practice GE112 Introduction to Engineering Design ME223 Engineering Technology MettSlMicrostructure of Materials Surveying I Town Planning A Property & Survey Law Survey Camp I Surveying I Surveying II Survey Camp I Survey Camp Jl Town Planning A Property & Survey Law Land Valuation Surveying I Surveying II Survey Camp I Survey Camp II

if passed appropriate elective in certificate

course

} if passe, d appro, priate elective in certificate

course

Examination exernptions rnay be granted in the following subjects: CElll ME131 ME212

Statics Dynamics Engineering Design I

13

(g) Industrial TraiDing

Faculty Board has agreed on the following as its policy with respect to industrial training under Parts 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 of the Require­ments.

1. General For the degrees of Bachelor of Engineering and Bachelor of Metallurgy, students will normally be required to complete a total of at least 20 weeks of practical work of a nature acceptable to the Faculty Board. This practical experience may be either gained during long vacations or as part of an Industrial Experience elective.

2. Full-time Students Full-time students will normally gain their practical experience during vacation employment. Students are required to write a report outlining the experience gained during each period of practical work. This report must be submitted to the appropriate Department by the 31 st M arch following the period of employment. Students experiencing difficulty in obtaining suitable employment during long vacations may be able to obtain assistance in finding such employment by contacting the University's Careers and Student Employment Office.

3. Part-time and Sandwich Pattern Students

3 (i) Industrial Experience Units 0) Students enrolled in the degree of Bachelor of Engineering on a part-time basis may choose to take Industrial Experience units as part of their elective programmes. To be eligible for an Industrial Experience unit, the student must be in approved employment on the 1st November preceding the year in which the unit is to be taken. This approved employment must continue for one calendar year, that is, until the 31st October of the year in which the unit is to be counted. Students enrolled in Industrial Experience units must attend such lectures, seminars etc. and submit such reports as the relevant Head of Department may require. Normally no Industrial Experience unit will be allowed in the first year of enrolment. The following is a list of the maximum number of Industrial Experience units that may be counted towards the degree in the various courses offered.

Mechanical Engineering­Chemical Engineering­Civil Engineering Computer Engineering -Electrical Engineering Industrial Engineering -

74

4 units 3 units 5 units 5 units 5 units 4 units

I

I I t

I

Students !ollowing the san~wich patterns offered by the Departments of Electncal and Mechamcal Engineering should consult with the Heads of those Departments before enrolling in Industrial Experience units. NOTE-The University can accept no responsibility for finding suitable employment for students wishing to enrol for Industrial Experience units. The successful completion of one Industrial Experience unit satisfies the requirement that students complete 20 weeks practical experience.

30i) Part-time Students Who Do Not Enrol in Industrial Experience Electives A student who has been attending on a part-time basis and who during this attendance has been employed in work of a suitable nature but who ha~ not C?~pleted a? Industrial Experience unit may satisfy the Industnal Trammg reqUirement by submitting a report on the experience gained during this period of part-time attendance.

4 B.Sc(Eng) and B.Sc(Met) Students 4(i) For the degrees of Bachelor of Science (Engineering) and Bachelor of Science (Metallurgy) students must complete at least three years of practical experience before the 31st January in the year in which the student is to be admitted to the Degree. If this require­ment is not met admission to the degree may be deferred. 4(ii) Students transferring from the degree of Bachelor of Science (Metallurgy) to the degree of Bachelor of Metallurgy may claim up to five Industrial Experience units at Met. 400 subjects.

75

Section 4

SUBJECT DESCRIPTIONS

.76

Guide to Subject Entries

1. Units In undergraduate courses, a unit is approximately one-sixteenth of a full-time yea~ or one-eighth of a part-time year. In e.ngineering subjects, one unit involves a total of 42 hours per year (1 t hours per week for the whole year, or 3 hours per week for half a year) of lectures, laboratories, and tutorials. Where subjects from other faculties form part of an Engineering course, the unit value is assessed on the basis of the work-load required for that subject as part of a normal year's programme. Normally, Part I subjects each count as 4 units while complete Part II and Part III subjects have a higher unit value. However, the unit value specified for subjects in other faculties is determined from time to time by the Faculty Board. For further information· students should consillt the Dean of the Faculty. In the Master of Engineering Science Requirements a unit is defined as exactly one-twelfth of a full-time year, and in all postgraduate courses, including the Master of Engineering and Doctor of Philosophy the unit is understood to have the same value. This "postgraduate unit" is also defined as a programme which involves a student in a total of ap­proximately 120 hours' work. This total includes all formal course work plus assignments and study. If the "unit" is a formal instructional course the 120-hour total inCludes 42 hours of lectures or the equivalent. . What the two "units" - undergraduate and postgraduate - have in common is therefore the same 42 "contact-hours" per year. The postgraduate unit is a larger fraction of the year's work than the undergraduate unit because in postgraduate work the student is ex­pected to do more work per contact-hour than he is in undergraduate work.

2. Nomenclature The six digit number which precedes the name is the Computer Code Number for the subject.

3. Subject Number Each subject has an identification number with prefixed letters indicat­ing the Department responsible for the subject -OlE Chemical Engineering CE Civil Engineering EE Electrical Engineering ME Mecbanical Engineering Met Metallurgy GE Interdepartmental Subjects SV Surveying

The first numeral generally indicates the Year of the full-time course in which the subject is normally taken; the second numeral indicates the field of study; the third numeral for undergraduate courses indicates the level, or sequence in the field.

77

The fields of study in each Department are shown in the table below.

Indlratlng N raIs ume Field of Study

Chemical Engineering ChE-O- General ChE-I- Chemical Engineering Science ChE-2- Unit Operations ChE-3- Engineering Practice

Electrical Eugineering EE-()- General Electrical

Engineering BE-I- Electrical Machines or

Power Systems EE-2- Electronics EE-3- Electrical Circuit Theory

ot Measurements EE-4- Control or

Communication Systems EE-S- Field Theory EE-6- Computet Science or

Automata Theory EE-S- Project/Directed Reading EE-9- Seminar

Metallurgy Met-()- General Met-t- Computations Met-2- Physical Chemistry Met-3- Transport Met-4- Mechanical Met-S- Physical Metallurgy

and Metallography Met-6- Extraction Met-7- Fabrication and Materials Met-S- Structure and Metal Physics Met-9- Laboratory

Subject Name

Indlcatinll Field of StudJ Numerals

Civil Engineering CE-()- Service Courses CE-I- Structures CE-2- Material~

CE-3- Fluid Mechanics CE-4- Water Resources CE-5- Civil Engineering Practice CE-6- Surveying-Specialist Courses CE-7- SurveY.ing and Transportation CE-9- Special Topics

Mechanical Engineering ME-()- General courses ME-I- AnalYsis and Design ME-2- Mechanical Engineering

Practice ME-3- Machens ME-4- Materials ME-S- Fluid Mechanics ME-6- Automatic Control ME-7- Thermodynamics ME-S- Industrial Engineering ME-9- Project and Seminar

Surveying SY-O- Servicing Course SY-t- General Surveying SY-2- Survey Camps SY-3- Survey Computations SY-4- Astronomy SY-5- Geodesy SV-6- Photogrammetry SY-7- Land Studies SV-8- Project and Seminars SV-9- SpecialCourses

The name shown is the official name which should be used on all enrolment, re-enrolment and variation forms.

PrereqUisites and Corequisites Prerequisites are those subjects which the student must have already passed before enrolling in the subject. Corequisites are those subjects in which the student must enrol con­currently unless he has already passed them.

78

The Dean, on the recommendation of the Head of Department, may relax pre- and corequisites. Prerequisites in the Department of Mechanical Engineering marked thus t may with the approval of the Head of Department be read concurrently with the subject unit named.

Hours All subjects in the Faculty of Engineering are based on units of 42 contact hours each. The 42 contact hours are spread over a whole year (1-1/2 hours per week for 28 weeks) or over a half year (3 hours per week for 14 weeks). As far as possible this information has been given in the entries but students should check with Departments before completing their timetables.

Examinations and Assessment Progressive Assessment based on assignments, practical work etc. is used throughout the FacuIty and in some subjects the final grade is based entirely on progressive assessment. The hours shown for examin­ations refer to final examinations only. However, the method of examination as set out under the various subject headings is tentative and may be varied at the discretion of the Lecturer concerned. Students will be advised of any such variations before the end of 4th week of first term.

Content This section gives a general description of the content of the subject and indicates the broad areas covered. Preliminary Reading is included where applicable. Students should make every effort to complete the preliminary reading before starting the subject.

Texts Essential books which are recommended for purchase.

References

Students should not restrict their reading to the texts and other references are listed to cover various aspects of the subject. Students may need to read all or part of a reference to gain an appreciation of a particular topic.

79

I SUBJECTS OFFERED BY DEPARTMENTS COMPRISING THE FACULTY OF ENGINEERING

Chemical EogineeriDg Field Excursions Inspections of Chemical Engineering plants of particular technical interest or relevance to course material are an integral part of the Chemical Engineering subjects. Normally students are expected to take part in several half day or full day inspections of plants in the Newcastle area for Chemical Engineering I, Chemical Engineering IJA, Chemical Engineering IIB. In addition, an excursion to the Sydney area of about four days duration is arranged in Year III (Stage 5).

511101 ChEI0l Industrial Process Principles

Hours

Examination

Content

1 i hours per week

One 3-hour paper

The preparation of process flowsheets. Engineering calculations illus­trating material and energy balances, together with pressure, tempera­ture and volume conditions involved in physical or chemical changes. Balancing chemical equations and elementary stoichiometry. Phase rule applications. These principles will be illustrated from such pro­cesses as water treatment, metallurgical ore smelting and steel production, cement manufacture, combustion of coal and oil, pro­duction of tonnage oxygen, ammonia 'and acids.

Text Wall, T. F.

References Himmelblau, J.

Hougen, O. A. et a1.

Mayhew, T. R. & Rogers, G. F. C.

Perry, J. H. & Chilton, C. H.

A.n Outline 01 Industrial Process Principles (Dept of Chemical Engineering, Univ. of Newcastle)

Basic Principles and Calculations in Chemical Engineering (Van Nostrand 1973)

Chemical Process Principles Part I 2nd edn (Wiley 1954)

Thermodynamic and Transport Properties of Fluids (S.1. units) 2nd edn (Blackwall 1972)

Chemical Engineer's Handbook Sth edn (McGraw-Hill 1973)

512200 Chemical EugineeriDg 1

Prerequisites Maths I & Physics IA or IB

Hours 9 hours per week

80

Examination

Content Part I

Two 3-hcur final papers & term tests.

(i) & (ii) ChE241l/20l Fuels & Processes

Part n (iii) ChE203 Laboratory (iV) & (v) CbE211/1 Fluids & Beat (Vi) ChE22'1 Stage Separation Processes (vii) ChE231 Design

Part-time students may take the subject in two parts as indicated. ,"

Pilrtl

(I) 512201 ChE201 Fuels & CombustioD

Hours Approx. 42 hours

Content Origin and composition 'Of the major fossil fuels: processing 'Of natural fuels for gaseous and liquid secondary fuels; the technical requirements of a fuel, specification and testing. Behaviour 'Of fuels on pyrolysis; the nature of flame, flame speed and temperature, explosive mixture limits, ignition temperatures; premix and diffusion flames; excess air. requirements and losses; the requirements of mixing and reaction time; burner and combustion chamber construction to meet fuel flame and heat transfer requirements. Combustion 'Of solid fuel; gmtes and gas producers; pulverised fuel. Calculation of quantities; thermal efficiency.

f~~i ~~er, J. H. &. Fuel Science (Oliver & Boyd 1972) '[AU,~ D. A. ';'~.ili;; i; ..

·00 512202 ChE10l IndusCrial Chemical Processes & EqnipmeDt

Content Chemical engineering principles of chemical processing, chemical equilibrium and process selection, process equipment and materials of construction. Major chemical industries discussed include: Water and· waste water treatment, Coal chemicals, Industrial gases, Ammonia and methanol, Acids and Chlcro-Alkali industries, Phosphate fer­h1isers, Petroleum refining and Petrochemicals.

. Text Shreve & Brink

!t,elerf!nce K~:J:A. .~o:,;.il' ".

Chemical Process lndu~tries 4th edn (McGraw­Hill)

Riegeis Handbook of Industrial Chemistry 7th edn (Van Nostrand 1973)

81

Part n (iii) 512203

Hours

CbE203 Laboratory

84 hours

Content A set of experiments covering measurement and character of fluid flow, heat transfer measurements, gas and fuel properties, gas burner characteristics, and measurement of temperature, viscosity, refractive index, etc. This includes a minor project in which the student is expected to take the initiative in designing an experiment. Introductory lectures on statistical methods and computer use will be given and throughout the assignments, elementary statistical treatment and interpretation of data are required together with an error analysis.

Text Crow, et al.

Reference Anderson, et al.

Statistics Manual (Dover 1972)

Thesis and Assignment Writing (Wiley 1970)

(Iv) & (v) ChE211/2 FluIds & Heat

Hours Approx 42 hours for each course

Examination One 3-hour paper in November & term tests

(Iv) 512204 ChE211 Fluid Statics & Dynamics

Content ~oncept o~ a fluid, real fluids and ideal fluids, compressible and Inco?Ipresslble flow. The barometric equation, two fluid manometer, contInUOUS decanter. Concept of streamline and streamtube con~ tinuity, energy equation and momentum equation for fluids. Bo~dary layer equations for streamline flow. Flow through pipes and fittings, fluid meters, fans and pumps.

Text Kay, J. M. &

Nedderman, R.

Reference Streeter, V. L. &

Wylie, E. B.

Introduction to Fluid Mechanics & Heat Transfer (Cambridge)

Fluid Mechanics 6th edn (McGraw-Hill)

(v) 512205 ChE212 Heat

Content Conduction of heat; Fouriers equation, steady state undirectional and uniform radial flow, surface transfer coefficients, extended surfaces.

82

Heat exchangers, mean convection coefficients. Convection transfel', dimensionless numbers and their significance; natural convection. Relationships between mass, momentum and heat transfer. Conden~ sation film theory; effect of surfaces, of n()n~ndensible gases; boiling nucleate and film; condensers and evaporations. The nature and spectral distribution of thermal radiation; optical and total radiation pyrometery, corrections for grey emitters; exchange areas between black surfaces; simple systems with grey and adiabatic surfaces.

Texts Coulson, J. M. &

Richardson, J. P. Kay, J. M. &

Nedderman, R. Perry, J. H. &

Chilton, C. H.

Chemical Engineering Vol. I 2nd edn (Pergamon 1970)

Introduction to Fluid Mechanics and Heat Transfer 3rd edn (Cambridge U.P. 1974)

Chemical Engineers' Handbook 5th eOO (McGraw-Hill 1973)

(n) 512208 ChE221 Separation Proee&geS

Hours Approx. 21 hours

Content Introduction to the concept of single and multi~stage separation pro­cesses. Definition of an ideal equilibrium stage, stage efficiency and introduction to methods for determining the number of ideal stages required for a given separation. Solid liquid extraction will be used to illustrate the above.

Text Treyball, R. E. Mass Transfer Operations (McGraw~Hi111972)

(tII),: 512207 ChE231 Design (Chemical Engineering I)

Hours P,i.,h/.

q(JfJte"t

21 hours

Unfired pressure vessels to code design, design of simple structures and piping systems. Elementary instrumentation.

7rittts' SAA Code

SAA Code ~Code Nash, W. A.

Engineering Drawing Practice AS CuI Pti 1976

Unfired Pressure Vessels AS 1210~1972 Steel Structures Code AS 1250-1972 Theory and Problems 01 Strength of Material3

(Schaum 1957)

83'

513100 Chemical Engineering llA

Prerequisites· Chemical Engineering I and Chemistry I

Hours

Examinati(Jn

Content Part I

lOt hours per week

Four 3-hour papers and progressive assess­ment

(i) CbE301 Computations (iii) ChE311 Thermodynamics (iv) ChE312 Reaction Engineering

Part II (ii) ChE302 Unit Operations Laboratory (v) ChE313 Transport Principles

(vi) CbE321 Continuons Contacting Processes (vii) CbE322 Particulate Systems

(I) 513101 CbE301 Computations

Hours Approx. 21 hours

Content Computations for heat and mass transfer, thermodynamic functions and data processing will be used as an introduction to numerical methods emphasising iterative techniques. Extensive use of FORTRAN IV and Input/Output operations, sub-programs, subroutines, ICL computer packages and efficient programming in FORTRAN will be made.

Topic outlines Curve fitting by classical graphical methods. Curve fitting with data transforms by least squares polynomial approximation, mini-max polynomials; coefficient errors. Iterative solution of algebraic and transcendental single-simultaneous equations by first or second order methods, weighting factors on convergence efficiency. Matrix methods in solving sets of equations. Solution of singlet simultaneous ditIerential equations of first or higher order. ICL Analogue Simulation package.

Text Dom,W.&

McCracken, D.

References Kemeny, J. C. &

Kurtz, T. E.

Numerical Methods for FORTRAN IV Case Studies (Wiley 1972)

Basic Programming 2nd edn (Wiley 1971)

84

Scheid, F. Smith,G.D.

Numerical Analysis (McGraw-Hill 1968) Numerical Methods for Partial Differential

Equations (Oxford D.P. 1965)

(11) 513102 ChE302 Unit Operations Laboratory

Hours Approx. 84 hours

'content A number of experiments study in depth the principles of lecture topics. Applied statistical techniques are used to obtain the maximum amount <?f useful ~~rmation ~rom raw ~ata. Techniques include curve fittmgs of empmcal equations; analysts of variance and error analyses.

Text Crowetal. Statistics Manual (Dover 1972)

(HI) 513103 ChEll1 Thermodynamics

Hours Approx. 42 hours

Content The~o~ynamics ~pplied to the ~escription of the properties of gases and liqutds both tdeal and non tdeal cases; the expansion and com­pression processes leading to power generation and cryogenics to solution· equilibria leading to phase and chemical reaction equilibria, to. the application of reaction equilibria to corrosion and electrolytic solutions.

Reference Smith, J. M. &

Van Ness, H. C. Introduction to Chemical Engineering

Thermodynamics 3rd edn (McGraw-Hill 1975)

Ov) 513104 ChE312 Reaction Engineering

Hours Approx. 42 hoUl"l

E.~~.tent MCSi~ and operation of chemical reactors for homogeneous and 1l~1;Qgeneous. reacting sys~ems. Elementary reaction kinetics leading t@ ~retation of expenmental data needed to design batch and jNJlUPqous reactors •. Effect of heat of reaction and changes of tem­J.Hml~e and pressure on design, use of catalysts and residence time "~on. An introduction to design for heterogeneous reacting ~ .. 'iJt," uvenspiel, O. Chemical Reaction Erlgineering 2nd edn

(W"lley 1972)

85

(v) 513105 ChE313 Transport Principles

Hours Approx. 42 hours

Content Heat and mass transfer in unsteady state conditions, transport theory for momentum heat and mass transfer in laminar and turbulent flow conditions. Bo~dary layer theory. The course stresses the applicati?n of mathematics to the solution of engineering problems. AnalOgies between heat mass and momentum transfer.

Text Bird, R. B., Transport Phenomena (Wiley)

Stewart, W. E. & Lightfoot, E. L.

(n) 513106 ChE321 Continuous Contacting Processes

Hours Approx. 42 hours

eontent Continuous contact separation processes applied to humidification, gas absorption, distillation and liquid-liquid extraction processes.

Text Coulson, J. M. &

Richardson, J. F.

Reference Treyball, R. E.

Chemical Engineering Vol. II 2nd edn (Pergamon 1970)

Mass Transfer Operations (McGraw-Hill 1972)

(vii) 513107 CbE322 Particulate Systems

Hours Approx. 42 hours

Examination To be advised

Content Definition of size and shape of solid particles, laws of breakage, analytical description of size distributions,. matrix d~sc?ption .of breakage and classification operations, crushing and gnndmg eqUip­ment, separation of solids; partition curves; pressur~ and. flow. of granular material. Drying operations, movement of mOisture lD soli~s; drying systems, drying equipment; design methods. Furnace and kiln analysis by heat and mass balance on well-stirred and parallel flow reactors. Size and solids separation in gas or liquids; action of gravitational and centrifugal fields, design and perfo~B;Dce of sepa;a­tion and pollution control equipment under these conditions - settllDg

86

chambers, gas and liquid cyclones, centrifuges; flocculation, hindered settling, sludge thickening; Flow through fixed beds-Fluidisation­Filtration-analytical and design methods. Agitation and mixing scale-up and shape considerations; Evaporation and crystallisation. Dust and gas removal for environmental control.

Text McCabe, H. L. &

Smith, S. C.

References Foust et aI. Perry, J. H. & " Chilton, C. H.

Unit Operations of Chemical Engineering 3rd edn (McGraw-Hill)

Unit Operations 2nd edn (Wiley) Chemical Engineer's Handbook -5th edn

(McGraw-Hill)

513100 Cbemical Engineering lIB

Prerequisites Chemical Engineering I

Pte-' or Corequisite

Ho.urs

Examination

Content

Chemical Engineering llA

41 hours per week

One 3-hour paper & one 8-hour paper

(i)CbE314 Process CODtroi (0') ChEl31 Process Economics (iii) ChE33l EquipmeDt DesIgn - including materials a.n4 corrosioJl

(1)513111 CbE314 Process Confrol

Hours Approx. 42 hours

Content

Introduction to process dynamics, the well stirred vessel, treatment of t'xperimental data, Laplace Transform Applications. Block diagram iibthtion, open loop and closed loop systems, the transfer function IJIfplication and limitations. Control modes. Stability of closed loop ~~t¢m~elementary root locus., Bode diagram. Feed forward. Control, cDCaqe -control with applications to control of temperature, flow p'~s~ and composition. Laboratory exercises.

TtCXt qrusanowr, D. R. Process Systems Analysis and Control I~[~i{oppel, L. B. (McGraw-Hill 1965)

CtW513Ul ChE331 Process Economics

Approx. 21 hours

87

Examination To be advised

Content 1. Process plant costs - fixed, varia.ble, direct, indirect - review ?f cost

eccounting procedun:s applied to above. Balance sheet and Income statements.

2. Cost estimation procedures - cost indices - six tenths rule and economy of scale.

3. Economic production charts (break even analysis) Capacity factors, incremental costs.

4. Depreciation - Purpose of depreciation studies in pr~ costs - typ~ and requirements of depreciation methods - taxation allowances In process plant 'and equipment - economic life.

S. Project profitability-Concept of equivrue~~e ~d dis~ounted cash flows _ methods for measuring project profitabIlity IncludIng rate of retum, payout .time, interest rate o! return .(DCF). net present value, annual cost and capitalised cost - continuous discounting.

6. Economic balances - General considerations. for economic ~a1ance­brief introduction to optimisatioDl-~nomlc ~a1~s applied to sel­ected operations, i.e. mass transfer, cyclic operatIOn, YIeld and recovery operation.

7. FeasibiUty studies - selected examples.

Text Jelen, F. C.

Reference Thuesen, et a1.

Cost and Optimization Engineering (McGraw-Hill 1970)

Engineering Economy (McGraw-Hill)

(Dl) 513123

Hours

ChE332 Equipment Design

Approx. 42 hours

Content .Process and engineering flow sheets Process Heat Exchange - Prooess a!1d detail design of. !ario!ls .classes of heat exchangers for liquids, condenSIng vapours and boilIng lIqwds. Process Vessels-Process and detail design of tray and packed process vessels _ design of process vessels as free standing vessels - design of simple storage vessels to relevant codes; instrumentation of process vessels. Materials and Corrosion - The chemistry and physics of C?rrosion; select· ion of materials ,and design methods for corrOSIve materials and atmos· pheres. Other factors iI1!lluencing selection of materials. MecbanlcaI Drives - Design and selection of bearings, shafts, pulleys and belt drives, seals and glands etc. ' MIscellaneous _ Outline of types, applioation design and selection of the following:-Electrio motors, turbines, vacuum systems and process refrigeration systems.

RR

Texts Kern,D.Q. SAA Code.

SAA Code SAA Code

Reference Rase,H.R.&

Barrow, M. H.

Process Heat Transfer (McGraw-Hill 1950) Engineering Drawing Practice ASCZl PI I

1976 Unfired Pressure Vessels AS1210-1972 Steel Structures Code AS 1250-1972

ProJect Engineering for Process Plants (Wiley 1957)

General Elective Subjects

513224 ChE341 Fuel Technology I - 1 unJiIt

Prerequisites

Hours

Content

1st courses in Engineering of Metallurgical Chemistry and Fluid Mechanics

Approx. 1 t hours per week

Fuel and energy resources and demand. Properties and testing for combustion purposes of common fuels, particularly coal, coke, petroleum products and natui'al gas. Air quantities for combustion, heat losses in products of combustion, thermodynamics of combustion "stems. Gas, oil and pulverized coal flames; burner systems to control Stability, flame position and 1Iame shape. Solid fuel ,combustion and re<,tuction; fixed beds, gas producers, and blast furnac~s. Abridged bed combustion systems.

References Beer,J.M.&

Chigier, N. A. Brame, J. S. S. &

King,J.G.

Combustion Aerodynamics (Applied Science 1972)

Fuel (Arnold)

513U5 Cb'E342 Furnace Heat Transfer - 1 unWt

Prerequisites

Hours

Content

1st courses in heat transfer & fluid mechanics

Approx. 1 t hours per week

Pomace type and uses; high temperature heat transfer mechanisms. Generalised model of furnace efficiency and losses. Convective heat transfer on large surfaces, from impinging jets; heat transfer in packed beds. Conductive thermal storage losses. Radiative exchange between surfaces; exchange area concept; direct and total interchange in 8

closed system. Gas radiation; the grey gas model for real gases; gas ~issivity and exchange areas.

89

Models for furnace systems, well-stirred, speckled; plug flow.

Heat exchange characteristics of the model. Steam boiler furnaces and reheating furnaces as two zone systems.

Introduction to zoning methods for more complete systems.

Texts Hottel, H. C. &

Sarofim, A. F. Trinka, W.&

McWhinney

Radiative Transfer (McGraw-Hill 1967)

Industrial Furnaces (Wiley)

514100 Chemical EngineeriDg ill

Prerequisites

Hours

Examination

Chemical Engineering IIA and lIB

7 hours per week

Three 3-hour papers in November & progres­sive assessment.

Content CbE402 Seminar CbE431 Proce&I EDlineering Together with not less than six topics selected from:-

CbE411 Advanced Combustion (or ChE341 Fuel Technology I 1 or 2 topics)

CbE412 Radiant Heat Transfer (or ChE342 Furnace Heat Transfer - 2

CbE413 CbE414 CbE415 CbE416 CbE421 CbE422 CbE432 ChE433 CbE403

Texts

topiCS) Selected topics in Heat & Mass Transfer Advanced Reaction Engineering Advanced Transport Theory Advanced Process Control MuIticomponent Separations Particle Mechanics Enviromnental Control Process EvaluatiOD & OptimlzatioD Advanced ComputatiOJ18

Eckenfelder, W. W.

As for Level 3 subjects except Ch'E432

Industrial Water Pollution Control (McGraw-Hill 1966)

References To be advised

514111 CbE402 Seoduar

Hours Approx. 42 hours

90

Content Regula~ two hour seminar sessions will be held during the year for diSCUSSIon of literature reviews, chemical engineering practice and of research within the department. Each student will present not less than tWO half-hour papers in the course of the year.

514112 ChE431 Process Engineering

Hours

Content

Approx. 42 hours

1. P~t LocatiOD - Factors influencing: .the location of process plants with particular reference to Australian conditions - Pollution requirements.

2. Plant Layout - Outline of requirements, i.e. safety, operation and maintenance D.L.I. regulations - use of models - selected examples in plant layollit for process equipment, utilities and instrumentation.

3. Project Engineering - Introduction to the organisation and Ilcheduling of a complete chemical' plant - project control- tendering and con­tracting p~dures - Critical path techniques - Drawing office practice, Construction and erection procedures - equipment specification.

4. Safety iD Plant Design - Hazards, plant layout, mechanical design, Ventilation, pressure relieving devices, Relief and blow down systemll, Fire fighting. Safety en.gineering, the "no loss" concept.

5. Plant ReHabiIity -Introduction to concept of reliability engineering. 6. power and Process Reticulation - Design of process piping systems for

!Iteam, air, gas and process fluids - trapping and dr·ainage - design of supports and trestles - insulation - introductory piping flexural analysis.

7. Materials Handling- Review of relevant theory, design and selection of ,the following:-Process weighing, process storage, conveyor and elevator systemll.

8. Engineering responsibilities in environmental and safety control and labour relationships.

514200 Projects D (comprIsiDg CbE40l/434)

Hours 6 units require 20 hours per week

Content ChE401: An 'assigned task of experimental investigation, or of design, construction and testing of experimental equipment to be reported formally in a thesis. ChE432: Preparation of a fonnal design report for a, specified pIant for Che.mical production, including process flow sheets, full mass and energy 1?alances and the detailed design of one or more specified items of equip­lJ1ent.

91

509100 Elective I

Content Units

1 1

At least 5 units taken from:­EE131 Circuit Fundameotals EE211 Energy Conversion CbE341 Fuel Techoology I ChE342 Furnace Heat Tranlfer 11 GE471 Energy 1 . Chemistry Advanced Topics (from lIB, IlIA, rrm, to not more than 3 Ulllts)

GE3S0 Seminar GE472 Energy may be available for students who have completed

GFA71 EDel'IY or GE 472 Energy. Energy I or II may not be credited at more than 1 unit (2 ropiest as a 4th Year Advanc:e(i Topic Mathematics Advanced Topics (to not more than 3 units) Metallurgy Advanced Topics (to not more than 3 units) ME361 Automatie CODtrol MFAOI Systems ADaIysIs MESOS Systems Planning, Organisation & Control ME481 EngineeriDg.AdmlnistraUon ME482 Engineering Economics I ME487 Operations Research-DetermloisUc Models II' ME488 Operations Research-Probabilistic Models . 1 . Other preferred 1 or 2 unit courses in Arts or ~noID1~ Fll;CultIes should be discussed: with Head of Department of ChemIcal ~ngmeermg .. Up to 4 units of Industrial Experience may be credIted to ElectIVe II.

509101 Elective IA

Content Elective IA consists of six units to be taken between Stage 5 a~d Stage 6. It may include topics from the Elective I l!st ~r four U~l1ts either from the Arts Faculty or of advanced tOPICS III Che~mcal Engineering III for students who wish to specialise in some. partIcular field of Process Engineering. Each Year IV advanced tO~)Jc rates at t unit. In the latter case the remaining units of this electIve must be selected appropriately by consultation with the Head of Dep'artment of Chemical Engineering. Subject to sufficient enrolment the following will be offered: :, ChE 411 Advanced Combustion (alt.ChE341 Fuel Technology 1- ;

one unit) ChE 412 Radiant Heat Transfer (alt. ChE342 Furnace Heat Transfer-

one unit) Che 416 Advanced Process Control ChE 421 Multicomponent (vap-Uq) Separations CbE 422 Particle Mechanics (coal washing & ore dressing fundamentals) ChE 432 Environmental control ChE 433 Process evaluation ChE 403 Advanced Computations

92

509200 Elective D

Content Elective II is normally a full 1st year level subject or equivalent material taken in breadth and depth. A broad non-professional subject in Languages or Social Science is recommended. Alternatives to this unit may be made up of 4 units as approved by the Head of the Department of Chemical Engineering.

Note: Not all units for either Elective I or Elective II necessarily have to be taken in the same year.

510128 ChESOl Chemical Process PrInciples for Emnent Control

H()urs Approx. 42 hours for course

Content This is primarily a bridging course for students in the field of environ­mental control who have not had a chemical engineering back­ground, and deals with specific problems in stoichiometry, particle separation and reaction rate related to gas and water treatment methods.

Texts

References Himmelblau, D. M.

Levenspiel, O.

~f:Ca~e, H, L. & w~ith, S. C.

\c' -~i(f

Nil

Basic Principles and Calculations in Chemical Engineering 2nd edn (Prentice" Hall 1967)· .

Chemical Reaction Engineering 2nd edn (Wiley 1972)

Unit Operations 0/ Chemical Engineering 2nd edn (McGraw-Hill 1967)

5t0129 ChE503 ComputaUonaI Methods In Chemical Engineering

Hours

, Examination

Approx. 84 hours for course

To be advised

·.qp,,!~ent _ ,~the advent of digital computers has changed the approach of chemical ':-engineers to design and analysis. The course is aimed at illustrating .21iOW'mathematics may be applied to chemical engineering problems ~yvhen it is realised that the resulting model can be solved on com­IPU~. Examples will be taken from statistics, fiuid mechanics, stage "C?perations, reaction engineering, automatic control and optimization, f -~'-

93

Texts Jensen, K. A. &

Jeffries, G. U.

Mathematical Methods for Chemical Engineers (Academic 1965)

Fortran IV Manual

510117 ChE511 Advanced Heat Tnmsfer }

510118 ChE512 Advanced Heat Transfer

Hours ChE512 - 42 hours ChE511 - 42 hours for course

Content ChE511 d' . A study of fundamentals of and computational methods for ra ~atlve transfer, particularly for grey lambert surfaces and non-lumlDoUS

gases. Methods of representing real gases by grey gas components. Matrix methods of solving for non-isothermal systems.

ChE512 Studies in heat transfer in packed beds (e.g. blast furnaces, catalytic reactors) and in unsteady conditions.

Text ChE511 Hottel, H. C. &

Sarofim, A. C. Radiative Transfer (McGraw-Hill 1968)

510122 ChE513 Advanced Combustion

Hours Approx. 84 hours for course

Content A detailed study of the nature of industrial flames and their beha~i~ur in furnace enclosures - the chemical reaction involved~ ~l1xmg aerodynamics of jets, flames and combustion systems; predlchon of flame length, shape and radiative properties.

Texts Beer, J. &

Chigier, N. Field, M. A. et al.

R.eferences Lewis, B. &

Von Elbe, G. Thring, M. W.

Aerodynamics of Combustion (Academic 1972)

Combustion of Pulverized Coal (BCURA 1967)

Combustion Flames and Explosions in Gases (Academic 1961)

Science of Flames and Furnaces (Chapman & Hall 1962)

94

510126 ChE514 Furnace Engineering

Prerequisites

Hours

Content

Advanced Heat Transfer desirable but not essential

Approx. 84 hours for course

The design and operation of furnaces; heat balances, calculation of losses, insulation, gas recuperation and regeneration; approximate methods of heat-transfer computation; temperature distribution; re­fractories; physical construction; control; fuels and firing methods; economics of fuel selection and waste-heat recovery; effluent pollution control.

Texts Thring, M. W.

Trinck, W. & MacWhinney

Science of Flames and Furnaces (Chapman & Hall 1962)

Industrial Furnaces (Wiley)

510'135 ChESIS Energy Management

Hours

Content

3 hours per week

The cost-price structure of energy supply; factors influencing relative costs of coal-oil gas-electricty. Technical possibilities and limitations in change of fuel and energy sources for existing equipment. Primary fuel conversion; liquid fuels from coal and gas. Energy economy in process plant; the thermodynamics of heating and power generation. Methods of loss assessment and management of in plant energy use; loss control by furnace inculation,· sensible heat recuperation and regeneration. Combustion control. Steam economy; the high cost of steam, the sensible use of latent heat; heat exchangers for low level heat recovery. Energy losses in mech­anical and fluid-flow systems. Efficient and inefficient speed and flow control systems. Combined power and process heat systems; the gas turbine in process plant; reversed cycles; the heat pump for distillation and other process systems. Energy storage, in hot water, as latent heat, in solid storage systems, as chemical energy in cells or in intermediate products. The international resource situation. Energy resources for the future. (Nuclear, solar direct and vegetable growth, etc.)

Text Hottel, H. C. &

Howard, J. B. New Energy Technology (M.I.T. 1971)

95

Refer.ences To be advised

510125 ChE516 Reaction Engineering

Hours Approx. 84 hours for course

Content Kinetics of reactions involving mass transfer with chemical reaction and their application to the design of reactors for gas-solid catalytie reactions.

510123 ChE521 Air Pollution EftIuent Control

Hours Approx. 84 hours for course

Content The general problem; legislative controls; combustion and other pro­cesses producing gaseous or gas carried effiuents; control methods; practice and fundamental prin~iples o~ ~as .washing, settleme~t filt!at­ion cycloning and electrostatIc precIpItatIOn. Process modIficatIon, by-product recovery, removal of pollutants by reaction, costs and economics.

Text Strauss,W.

References Dept of Health

Education & Welfare

Stern, A. C.

Industrial Gas Cleaning (Pergamon 1967)

Air Pollution Engineering Manual Publication No. 99 - AP-40

Air Pollution (Pergamon 1965)

510124 CbE522 Control of Industrial Uquid Emuents

Part I: The General Problem; chemical processes Part II: Unit Operations

Part I:

Hours Approx. 42 hours for course

Content The general problem; statutory requirements; practice and fundamental principles. By-product recovery. Background on liquid pollution overseas and in Australia. Effe~t ?f pollution on the ecosphere-basic principles of ecology,. effects. of ~IqU1d pollution toxicity of certain materials. Water pollutIOn leglslatIon­overseas'developments and research, Australian State requireme~ts. Sampling and analysis of polutants-standard methods of samphng,

96

instrumental methods and monitoring equipment. Chemistry of react­ions in solution-acid base equalibria, complex ion equalibria, dist­ribution diagrams, oxidation-reduction equalibria. Diagrams collodial behaviour, Zeta potential. Physical properties of solutions/ suspensions -gas solubility, rate of gas absorption, rate of solution and solubility. Cooling water-make up and draw off cycles, treatment chemicals and their recovery or disposal. Sour water strippers-gas or steam stripping of sulphides, phenols.

Part D: Unit operations In Water and Wastewater EDgfneerIDg

Content Theory of treatment processes dealt with as various Unit Operations, together with practical aspects of overall treatment plants and costs of alternatives.

Topic outlines Introduction-Sources and characteristics of waters to be processed. Unit Operations and Treatment Kinetics. Aeration and Gas Transfer-Oxygenation or degassing. Flocculation-Zeta Potential and Coagulation: Precipitation, Neutral­ization pH Control. Settling-Sedimentation and Thickening; Settling Tanks-rect. or circular. Solids removal by filtration-CT machines or Hydrocyclones. Filter aids. Introduction to Biological Treatment Methods. Design of Biological Treatment Systems for Activated Sludge, Trick­ling Filters, Lagoons, Stabilisation Ponds, to reduce BOD, COD. Design of Biological Treatment Systems for full nitrification/ denitrifi­cation tertiary treatment. Physicochemical Methods for tertiary treatment including Ion exchange and Adsorption processes.

Texts For Parts I & II Fair, G. M. et al. Water and Waste Water Engineering Vol. 2

Reference Nemerow, N. L.

(Wiley 1968)

Liquid Waste of Industry (Addison-Wesley 1971)

97

Clvll EngIneering

Industrial Experience - Electives Part-time students in suitable employment may receive credit of one unit for one year's industrial experience provided approval is obtained from the Head of the Department before October 31 in the year prior to that in which credit is sought. To obtain a pass in each unit, a satisfactory report on that year's industrial experience must be sub­mitted before October 31 of the year in question.

521101 CE111 Statics

Prerequisites

Hours

Examination

Content

Nil

1 lecture hour & t tutorial hour per week

One 3-hour paper

Two-dimensional force systems; eqUilibrium funicular polygon; rigid bars, shear force, axial force, bending moment; pin-jointed frames, analytical and graphical treatment; eqUilibrium of three-dimensional force systems, cables.

Text Hall, A. S. &

Archer, F.

References Beer & Johnston

Meriam, J. L.

Principles of Statics (Univ. of New South Wales Students' Union)

Vector Mechanics for Engineers: Statics 2nd edn (McGraw-Hill)

Statics 2nd edn (S.I.) (Wiley 1975)

521104 CE171 Engineering Surveying It

Prerequisites Nil

Hours

Examination

Content

U lecture hours, t tutorial hour, 1 fieldwork hour per week & a 3 day survey camp during the last week of the August vacation.

One 3-hour paper

Basic measurement techniques and instruments, transversing, plane tabling, tacheometry; contours, areas, volumes, route surveys and associated calculations; hydrographic and underground surveys; introduction to photogrammetry; controlling and setting out small engineering projects.

Text Bannister, A. &

Raymond, S. Surveying (Pitman)

98

References Barry, B. A. Clark, D.

Construction Measurements (Wiley) Plane and Geodetic Surveying Vol. I (Plane

Surveying) (Constable) t Part I of this subject may bo taken as a one unit elective in the Department of

Mechanical Engineering.

522408 CElOl Clvll Engioeedug IS

Prerequisite

Hours

Examination

Content

Nil

2 lecture hours & 1 tutorial hour per week

Progressive assessment

Statics: force sysrems, equilibrium, frameworb Dynamics: kinemratics, !isid body motiolll, momentum and elIIel'gy Properties of Materials: beihlavioor of materirals UlIder slJallic lIIIld dynJamic

!loads Mechanics of SoUcls: stre6s and strain, internal forces. m.omeniIB and sI:re88e&,

deflection of beams.

Texts McLean, W. G. &

Nelson, E. W. Nash, W. A.

Engineering Mechanics 2nd edn (Schaum 1962)

Strength of Materials 2nd edn (Schaum 1972)

522107 CE212 Mechanics of SoUds

Prerequisites CElll and Maths I

Hours

Examination

Content

1 t lecture hours & t tutorial hour per week

One 3-hour paper

Uniaxial loading, states of stress and strain, stress and strain relation­ships; internal forces, internal stresses, deflexion of beams, torsion, buckling.

Text Hall, A. S.

References

An Introduction to the Mechanics of Solids S.I. edn (Wiley 1973)

Crandall, S. H. et a1. An Introduction to the Mechanics of Solids 2nd edn (McGraw-Hili 1972)

Popov, E. P. Mechanics of Materials 2nd edn (Prentice Hall 1976)

99

522106 CEllI Properties of Materials

Prerequisites

Hours

Examination

Content

Engineering I

I lecture hour & t lab. tutorial hour per week

One 3-hour paper

Basic structure and properties of metals, ceramics 'and po~ymers. Behaviour of materials under s·tatic and dynamic loads. Ment~ ~d selection of engineering materials. Strength and failure cnten'll. Elements of plasticity, creep, fracture and fatigue. ViscoeIasticity of polymers.

Suggested Preliminary Reading Gordon, J. E. The New Science of Strong Materials (Pelican

References Davis, H. E. et al.

McClintock, F. A. & Argon, A. S.

Richards, C. W.

Whyatt, O. H. & Dew-Hughes, D.

A920-1968)

The Testing and Inspection of Engineering Materials 3rd edn (McGraw-Hill 1964)

Mechanical Behaviour of Materials (Addison­Wesley 1966)

Engineering Material Science (Chapman-Hall 1961)

Metals, Ceramics and Polymers (Cambridge V.P. 1974)

521I05 CE222 Materials Teclmologyl

Hours

Examination

Content

1 t lecture hours & 1 t laboratory & tutorial hours per week.

Two 3-hour papers, the first at mid-year.

Metallurgy: basic struoture of metals. BriekwOl"k, timber, eenunies, pJutia: basic properties and uses. Concrete teclmology: materials in concrete; concrete mix design; properties of plastic and hardened concrete; manufacturing and field cowol.

Texts As for CE22I Properties of Materials plus Design Control and Characteristics of Concrete

(Cement & Concrete Assn) SAA Methods for Sampling and Testing Aggregates

AS1l41 (Standards Assn of Australia) SAA Dense Natural Aggregates for Concrete

AS1465

100

References Lea,F. M.&

Desch, C. H. Taylor, W. H.

The Chemistry oj Cement and Concrete (Arnold)

Concrete Technology and Practice (Angus & Robertson)

Basic Guide to Concrete Construction (Cement & Concrete Assn)

1 Part of this subject may be taken as a one unit electivo in tho Departmont of Mechanical Engineering.

731900 CEl131 Eogineerfng Geology (for students In EngIneerlDg)

Hours

Examination

Content

1 lecture hour & 2 laboratory hours per week for 14 weeks & 2 days field work.

One 2-hour paper

Introduction to principles of geology and their application to engin­eering problems.

Text Krynine & Judd Principles of Engineering Geology and

Geotechnics

512101 CE131 Fluid Mechanics I

Prerequisites Maths I, ME131 Dynamics

Hours

Examination

Content

I lecture hour & t tutorial/laboratory hour per week

One 3-hour paper

Fluid properties and definitions. Fluid statics:-statics of moving systems, forces on surfaces, bUQyant forces, stability of floating and submerged bodies. Fluid flow concepts:-Types of flow, continuity equations, Euler's equation of motion along a streamline. Bernoulli equation, energy equation. Linear momentum equation. The moment of Momentum equation. Linear and angular . IDementum applications. Introduction to dimensional analysis. Viscous effects:-fluid resistance, laminar and turbulent flow, flow in pipes and conduits. Fluid measure­ment.

Text Streeter, V. L. &

Wylie, E. B. Fluid Mechanics 6th edn (McGraw-Hill

1975)

101'

References Dougherty, R. L. &

Franzini, J. B. Vennard, J. K. &

Street, R. L.

Fluid Mechanics with Engineering Applica­tions (McGraw-Hill)

Elementary Fluid Mechanics 5th edn (Wiley 1975)

5lZ203 CE241 Water Resources Engineering

Hours

Examination

Content

2 lecture hours & 1 tutorial hour per week

One 3-hour paper

The hydrological cycle. Analysis of precipitation and stream flow data. Flood estimation. Storm synthesis. Probability concepts in hydro­logical design. Flood routing. Synthetic hydrographs. Ground water. Irrigation. Water resources development. Elements of microbiology. Self purification of natural waters. Water quality management. Muni­cipal water supply and sewerage systems.

Texts Linsley, R. K. &

Franzini, J. B.

Tebbutt, T. H. Y.

References Chow, V. T.

Fair, G. M. et al.

McGauchey, P. H.

Metcalf & Eddy J r

Water Resources Engineering (McGraw-Hill 1973)

Australian Rainfall and Runoff (Inst. of Engineers. Aust. Stormwater Standards Committee)

Principles of Water Quality Control (Pergamon 1971)

Handbook of Applied Hydrology (McGraw­Hill)

Water and Wastewater Engineering Vol. II (Wiley 1968)

Engineering Managem.entof Water Quality (McGraw-Hill 1968)

Wastewater Engineering (McGraw-Hill 1972)

523332 CE301 Engineering for Surveyors

Prerequisite

. Hours

Examination

Content

Engineering I

2 lecture hours & 1 tutorial hour per week

Progressive assessment

Materials, structures and design of instruments. Aspects of hydraulics, hydrology and soil mechanics.

102

References Lambe, T. W. &

Whitman, R. V. Linsley, R. K. et al. Shanley, F. R. Streeter, V. L.

Soil Mechanics (Wiley 1969)

Hydrology for Engineers (McGraw-Hill 1958) Mechanics of Materials (McGraw-Hill 1967) Fluid Mechanics 5th edn (McGraw-Hill 1971)

523333 CE302 Civil EogIneeriDe US

Prerequisite

Hours

Examination

Content

CE201

2 lecture hours and 1 tutorial hour per week

Progressive assessment

Fluid Mecbanlcs: fluid ProptJl1tiiee. hydtoslJailics. fluid dyDamics, CIOOiIiinuity .energy ~. Flow in pipes, conduits and open obamJiels. •

Hydrology: hydrological cycle. Precipitation and streIam flow. Flood s­m8lllion. ProbabiJlity COI1CepIs in bydrological design.

Soil ~echauics: SoU p~pel1Ilies" ~page. soil stresses. set'tbnelll't. compac­iliOD, streDgth8llld fuilure crlten'a.

Text Giles, R. V. Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulics 2nd edn

(Schaum 1962)

523304 CE303 Stmctural Design

Prerequisites CE212 or ME214 & CE221 or ME241

Hours

Examination

Content

2 lecture hours & 1 tutorial hour per week

Two 3-hour papers (i) R. C. Design (ii) Steel Design

Design of steel and reinforced concrete structures for students not following the Civil Engineering course.

Texts

References } As for CE313 (Design)

523101 CE313 Stmctural Analysis and DesIgn I

Prerequisites CE212 & CE221

Hours 4 lecture hours & 2 tutorial hours per week

Examination . Three 3-hour papers (i) (Analysis) (ii) (R.C. Design) (iii) (Steel Design)

Content Analysis of elastic statically determinate and indeterminate systems by classical methods; limit analysis; basic design of steel and reinforced concrete structures.

Texts AJ&ysls Design B.H.P.-A.I.S.

Bresler, B. et al. 01'

McGuire, W. or Gorenc, B. E. &

nnyou, R. Lay,M.G.

Warner, R. F. et al. SAA SAA

SAA

SAA

References Analysis Baker & Heyman, J.

Coates, R. C. et al. Horoe,M.R. Norris, C. H. &

Wilber, J. B. Raz, S. A.

DesIun Bennett, E. W.

Ferguson, P. M.

Gray; C. S. Sachs, P.

Hot Rolled Carbon Steel Sections and Plates (B.H~P. Co. Ltd)

Design of Steel Structures (Wiley)

Steel Structures (Prentice-Hall)

Steel Designer's Handbook (N.S.W. U.P.)

Source Book for the Australian Steel Structures Code AS1250 (AISC)

Reinforced Concrete (Pitman 1976) Steel Structures Code AS1250 -1975 Code for Concrete in Buildings AS1480-

1973 Code for Welding in Building AS1554, Pt I

Manual Welding -1974 Loading Code AS1170 Pt 1 Dead and Live

Load-1971 & AS 1170 Pt II Wind Loads-1975

Plastic Design of Frames Vols 1 & 2 (Cambridge U.P.)

Structural Analysis (Nelson 1972) Plastic Theory of Structures (Nelson 1971) Elementary Structural Analysis (McGraw-Hill

1960) Analytical Methods in Structural Engineering

(Wiley 1974)

Structural Concrete Elements (Chapman Hall 1973)

Reinforced Concrete Fundamentals 3rd edn (Wiley)

Steel Designer's Manual (Lockwood) Wind Forces in Engineering (Pergamon)

SAA

ASll00 SAA

SAA

Aust. Engineering Drawing Handbook, Structural Drawing-AS CZl, Part 2-1977

Metric Drawing Standard Code for High Strength Bolts-AS1511-

1973 Code for Welding in Building AS1554 Pt. 11

-1972 A utomatic and Semi-automatic Welding

523105 CE313A Struetural Aaalysls I (Topic in avn Enigim:rinc DIM ill 1Ihe Faculty of M8IthemaJI:ic&)

Prerequisites

Hours

Examination

Content

CE212 & Maths I

2 lecture hours & 1 tutorial hour per week

One 3-hour paper

Analysis component of CE313 Analysis of elastic statically determinate and indeterminate systems by classical methods; limit analysis.

Texts

References } As for CE313 (Analysis Component)

523182 CE324 SOU Meebaokst

Prerequisite CE212

Pre- or Corequisite

Hours

Exomination

Content

CE332

2 lecture hours & 1 tutorial hour per week

One 2-hour paper

Index properties, classification of soils; permeability, capillarity. seep­age and flow nets; stresses in soils; settlement and consolidation; compaction, shear strength and failure criteria; stability of retaining walls.

Text Scott, C. R.

References \ .. Capper, P. L. & "

Cassie, W. F. Lambe. T. W.

An Introduction to Soil Mechanics and Foun­dations 2nd edn (AppIieg Science 1974)

The Mechanics of Engineering Soils 6th edn (Spon 1976)

Soil Testing for Engineers (Wiley)

lOS

SAA Methods of Testing Soils for Engineering Purposes AS1289

Wu, T. H. Soil Mechanics 2nd edn (Allyn & Bacon 1966) t Part I of this subject may be taken as a one unit elective in tbe Department of

Mecbauical Bnllneerinl.

523301 CE331 Fluid Mecbanlcs n Prerequisite CE231

Hours

EXIlminatlon

2 lecture hours & 1 tutorialllaboratory hour per week.

One 3-nour paper

Content .. Similitude' flow nets boundary layers; closed conduit flow; pIpe net­works; u~steadY fl~w; waterhammer, hydraulic machinery, ~pen channel hydraulics, backwater curves.

. Preliminary Reading R H & I S History of Hydraulics (Dover 1963) ouse, . nce,.

Texts Henderson, F. M. Streeter, V. L. &

Wylie, E. B.

References Davis, C. V. &

Sorenson Morris, H. M.

Rouse, H.' Streeter, V.

Vallentine, H. R.

Open Channel Flow (Collier-Macmillan 1966) Fluid Mechanics 6th edn (McGraw-Hill

1975)

~:.:. {f ,"_-., l " ' ' Handbook of Applied Hydraulics 3rd edn

(McGraw-Hill) Applied Hydraulic~ in Engineering

(Ronald 1963) . Engineering Hydraulics (Wiley 1951) Handbo()k of Fluid Dynamics (McGraw~Hill

1961) .. Applied Hydrodynamics (Butterworthsf

523202 GE350 Seminar Hours 2 seminar hours per week for 21 weeks

Content Preparation and presentation by students·of lectures. and .dis~ussions on a range of'topics of historical, social'and technologIcal significance.

523107 CEl51 ClvU EngiDeering Sfst~mlT Hours 1 lectq~e hoJr &:1 tutorial ho~r per week

1106

EXIlmination

Content

Two H~hour term papers & one3-hour . final

General introduction to the systems approach. Techniques available as aids to the identification of optimal policies-mathematical model­ling, computer simulation, various mathematical programming tech­niques, heuristics. Choice .of techniques, problem formulation. Example applications of the systems approach to civil engineering problems.

Text de NeufviIle, R. &

Stafford~ J. H.

References Baumol, W. J.

Systems Analysis for Engineers and Managers (McGraw-Hill)

Economic Theory and Operations Analysis (Prentice-Hall)

Meredith, D. D. et al. Design and Planning of Engineering Systems (Prentice-Hall 1973)

Wagner, H. M. Principles of Operations R.esearch (Prentice­Hall)

523108 CE372 Transportation EnglneeriDg

Hours

Examination

Content

1 t lecture hours per week

One 3-hour paper

Elements of regional planning, land-use/transport interaction; trans­portation modes and system characteristics; transporta-tion demand estimates, data collection, highway engineering; driver, vehicle and road characteristics, road geometrics; traffic engineering; road con­struction, drainage, pavements, maintenance.

Preliminary Reading Hay, W. W.

Texts Oglesby, C. H. &

Hewes, L. I.

References Blunden, W. R. Yoder, E. J.

An Introduction to Transportation Engineering (Wiley)

Highway Engineering (Wiley)

Geometric Design of Rural Roads (NAASRA)

Traffic Engine.ering Practice (NAASRA)

The Land-Use/ Transport System (Pergamon) Principles of Pavement Design (Wiley)

1107

524101 CE414 Structural Analysis and Design n Prerequisites CE313, Maths lIB

Hours

Examination

Content

3t lecture-hours & 2t tutorial hours per week

One 3-hour paper

Matrix displacement method of analysis, stability of frames, dynamic behaviour of beams and frames, influence lines in indeterminate structures, non-uniplanar bending and torsion. Advanced reinforced concrete design - special structures~ design of prestressed concrete structures, plastic design of portal frames. Laboratory tests of pre­stressed and reinforced concrete beams. Architectural aspects of structural design.

Text SAA

References Coates, R. C. et al. Horne,M.R.&

Merchant, W. Lay, M. G.

Lin, T. Y.

Martin, H. C.

Norris, C. H. & Wilbur, I. B.

Warner, R. F. et al.

Prestressed Concrete Code AS1481 -1974

Structural Analysis (Nelson 1972) The Stability of Frames (Pergamon 1965)

SOllrce Book for the Australian Steel Structures Code AS1250 (A.I.S.C.)

Design of Prestressed Concrete Structures (Wiley)

Introduction to Matrix Methods of Structural Analysis (McGraw-Hill 1966)

Elementary Structural Analysis 2nd edn (McGraw-Hill 1960)

Reinforced Concrete (Pitman 1976)

524103 CE414A Structural Analysis n Prerequisites CE313 or CE313A & Maths lIB

Hours

Examination

Content

1 t lecture hours & 1 t tutorial hours per week

One 3-hour paper

Analysis component of CE414.

References Coates, R. C. et al. Home, M. R.&

Merchant, W.

Structural Analysis (Nelson 1972) The Stability of Frames (Pergamon 1965)

108

Martin, H. C.

Norris, C. H. & Wilbur, I. B.

Introduction to Matrix Methods of Structural Analysis (McGraw-HilI 1966)

Elementary Structural Analysis 2nd edn (McGraw-Hill 1960)

524104 CE414B Structural Desip n Prerequisite CE313

Hours

Examination

Content

1 t lecture hours & 1 t tutorial hours per week

Progressive assessment

Design component of CE414.

Text SAA

References Lay, M. G.

Lin, T. Y.

Warner, R. F. et a1.

Prestressed Concrete Code AS1481-1974

Source Book for the Australian Steel Structures Code AS1250 (A.I.S.C.)

Design of Prestressed Concrete Structures (Wiley)

Reinforced Concrete (Pitman 1976)

524029 CE415 Elastic Continua

Pre(Co-)requisite CE414 or CE414A

Hours

Examination

Content

1 lecture hour & t tutorial hour per week

One 2-hour final paper

Equi~ibrium and .comp~tibility in solids, plane stress and plane strain, solutIOns for solIds WIth rectangular and circular boundaries, finite elem~nt method of so.lution, study of a simple finite element program. BendIng of plates WIth rectangular boundaries, plate bending finite elements.

References Desai, C. S. &

Abel, I. F. Timoshenko, S. P. &

Goodier, I. N. Timoshenko, S. P. &

Woinowsky­Krieger, S.

Introduction to the Finite Element Method (Van Nostrand-Reinholt 1972)

Theory of Elasticity 3rd edn (McGraw-HilI 1970)

Theory of Plates and Shells 2nd edn (McGraw­Hill 1965)

109

524030 CE416 Plastic Frame Design

Pre(Co-)requisite CE414 or CE414A

Hours

Examination

Content

1 lecture hour & t tutorial hour per week

One 2-hour final paper

Review of upper and lower bound theorems, beams, columns, con­nections, design of braced frames, column deflection curves, subassem­blages, unbraced frames.

References Heyman, J.

Lehigh University

Plastic Design of Frames Vol. 2 (Cambridge U.P.1971)

Plastic Design of Multi-story Frames (1965)

524031 CE417 Steel Beams, Columns and Frames

Pre(Co-)requisite CE414

Hours

Examination

Content

1 lecture hour & t tutorial hour per week

One 3-hour paper

Instability of beams, columns and frames, including analysis of thin­walled sections in torsion; box girder analysis.

R.eferences Croll, J. G. A. &

Walker, A. C. Galambos, T. V.

Elements of Structural Stability (Macmillan 1972)

Structural Members and Frames (Prentice-Hall 1968)

524031 CE418 Brickwork and Timber Design

Pre(Co-)requisite CE414

Hours

Examination

Content

1 lecture hour & t tutorial hour per week

Progressive assessment

The properties and behaviour of brickwork and its components. The design of brickwork structures including recent developments in high rise construction. The properties and behaviour of timber. The design of timber structures.

110

Text Pearson, R. G. et al.

R.eferences

SAA SAA

Timber Engineering Design Handbook (Jacaranda)

Recommended Practice for Engineered Brick Masonry (Structural Clay Products Institute, U.S.A.)

Brickwork Code AS1640 -1974 Timber Engineering Code - AS1720 -1975

524033 CE419 Engineering Seismology - oot otfe.te(t in 1979

524403 CE425 Earth and Rock Engineering

Prerequisite CE324

Hours

Examination

Content

1 lecture hour & t tutorial hour per week

One 2-hour paper

Site. investigation, d~sign ~f spread footings, strip and combined foot~ngs, raft foundatIOns, pIled foundations, design of embankments, cuttmgs, earth and rockli1I dams, introductory rock mechanics.

Text

Peck, R. B. et al. Foundation Engineering 2nd edn (Wiley 1974)

R.eferences Lee, 1. K. (ed.)

McCarthy, D. F.

Terzaghi, K. & Peck, R. B.

Soil Mechanics, New Horizons (Butterworths 1974)

Essentials of Soil Mechanics and Foundations (Reston 1917)

Soil Mechanics in Engineering Practice 2nd edn (Wiley 1967)

524034 CE426 AdYanced Properties of Materials

Prerequisites CE212, CE221

Hours

Examination

Content

1 lecture hour & t tutorial hour per week

On~ 3-hour paper

Micr?-and Macroplasti~ity, creep of materials viscoelasticity of plastI~s and concretes. Bnttle and ductile fracture, Fatigue. Composite matenals.

Texts

R.eferences } To be advised.

111

524035 CE427 Concrete Technology

Prerequisite CE222

Hours

Examination

Content

1 t lecture hours per week for 20 weeks & 1 t laboratory hours per week for 8 weeks.

One 2-hour paper

Characteristics of special concretes. Use of high alumina, slag, fly ash and other special cements; gap-graded mixes; lightweight aggregate; fibre reinforcement; small scale concrete models.

Texts

R,eferences } To be advised.

524036 CE428 Soli Meclumics

Prerequisite CE324

Hours

Examination

Content

1 lecture hour & t tutorial hour per week

Progressive assessment

Advanced numerical analyses applied to soil mechanics problems, including slip circle analysis, finite difference solutions to problems of consolidation and flow, and finite element solutions to problems of flow, stress analysis and consolidation.

Text

References Zienkiewicz, O. C.

Desai, C. S. & Abel, J. F.

Wu, T. H.

Nil

The Finite Element Method 3rd edn (McGraw­Hill)

Introduction to the Finite Element Method (Van Nostrand Reinhold Co. 1972)

Soil Mechanics 2nd edn (Allyn & Bacon 1976)

524037 CFA29 Foundation Engineering (not offered in 1979)

524038 CE433 Theoretical Hydrodyuamlcs

Prerequisite CE332

Hours

Examination

1 lecture hour & t tutorial hour per week

One 3-hour paper

'112

Content Proof and applications of the Navier Stokes equations and the vor­ticity equation; irrotational flow and the use of complex variable methods to solve some of the basic engineering problems such as airfoil lift and percolation under dams.

Text Vallentine, H. R.

Reference Milne-Thompson,

L. M.

Applied Hydrodynamics (Butterworths)

Theoretical Hydrodynamics (Macmillan)

524039 CE434 Open Channel Flow

Prerequisite CE332

Hours

Examination

Content

1 lecture hour & t tutorial hour per week

One 3-hour paper

Further methods of plotting longitudinal profiles, ancJ solution of more difficult problems involving channel transitions and controls. Introduction to unsteady flow; the method of characteristics, and the principles of flood routing.

Text Henderson, F. M.

References

Open Channel Fow (Collier-Macmillan 1966)

As for CE332

524040 CE435 River and Coastal Engineering I

Prerequisite CE332

HOllrs

Examination

Content

1 lecture hour & t tutorial hour per week

Progressive assessment

Soil erosion by currents, waves, rainfall and overland flow. Sediment transportation by streams. Measuring devices. Fluvial morphology, river training. Scour protection at artificial river constrictions. Tides and currents. Waves. Reflection, refraction and diffraction. Movement of material by the sea, littoral drift. Coastal protection. River and coastal models.

Text Henderson, F. M. Open Channel Flow (Collier-Macmillan 1966)

113

References Ippen, A. T. (ed.)

Leopold, L. B. et al.

Leliavsky, S.

Muir Wood, A. M. Wiegel, R. L.

Estuary and Coastline Hydrodynamics (McGraw-Hill 1966)

Fluvial Processes in Geomorphology (Freeman 1964)

An Introduction to Fluvial Hydraulics (Dover 1966)

Coastal Hydraulics (Macmillan 1969) Oceanographical Engineering (Prentice-Hall

1964)

514041 CE442 Water Resources Engineering

Prerequisite CE241

Hours

Contem

Texts { 1 lecture hour & t tutorial hour per week

To be advised.

524042 CE443 Water Quality MaDagement

Prerequisite CE241

Hours

Examination

Content

1 lecture hour & t tutori'al hour per week

One 3-hour paper

The nature of waste discharges and their effects on receiving waters. Self purification of organic microbial an~ ;radioac,tive wastes. H~at dissipation in receiving waters. Estuaries. The relation of water qualIty to water uses. Managing waste loads and the assimilative oapacity of receiving waters. Case studies.

Preliminary Reading Imhoff, K. et al.

Text Nemerow, N. L.

References Kneese, A. V. &

Bower, B. T.

Velz, C. J.

Disposal of Sewage' and Other Waterborne Wastes 2nd edn (Butterworths 1971)

Scientific Water Pollution Analysis (McGraw­Hill 1974)

Managing Water Quality, Economics, Technology, Institutions (Johns Hopkins U.P. 1968)

Applied Stream Sanitation (Wiley 1970)

514102 CE452 Engineering Construction

Hours 2 lecture hours & 1 tutorial hour per week

1114

Examination One 3-hourpaper

Content Management: Construction company failures and the need for efficient management; principles of management, management functions and tech­niques; nature and type of organisations structure. Administration: Costing; estimating; engineering contracts; drawings and specifications; tendering. Project PJannlng and Control: Planning; constructing and analysing net­works; resource levelling; cost minimization; presentation of information; control. Construction Plant: Classification, selection 'and use of plant; plant organiz­ation; plant costs, purchase or hire; site establishment and temporary works. Construction Methods and Equipment: Earthmoving; drilling and blasting; tunnelling; foundation drilling; piling; bridge and building construction.

Texts Antill, J. M. Civil Engineering Management (Angus &

Antill, J. M. & Ryan, P. W. S.

R.eferences Carson, A. B. McFadand, D. E.

Peurifoy, R. L.

524404 CE453 Project

Prerequisites & Corequisites

Hours

Content

Robertson 1973) Civil Engineering Construction (Angus &

Robertson 1973)

Foundation Construction (McGraw-Hill) Management Principles and Practices

(Macmillan) Construction, Planning, Equipment and

Methods (McGraw-Hill)

According to the nature of Topic.

Personal contact with superVisor. Minimum work load of 3 hours per week

Literature review, analytical and/or experimental investigation, or one or more civil engineering design problems. Presentation of seminar.

524050 CE454 Civil Eugineerin3 Systems n Hours

Examination

Content

1 lecture hour & t tutorial hour per week

One 3-hour paper

Mathematical programming and optimisation techniques, applications to problems in structural design, engineering management, water re­source systems and transportation.

115

References de Neufville, R. &

Stafford, J. H. Stark, R. M. &

Nicholls, R. L. Wagner, H. M.

Systems Analysis for Engineers and Managers (McGraw-Hill 1971)

Mathematical Foundations for Design: Civil Engineering Systems (McGraw-Hill 1972)

Principles of Operations Research (Prentice­Hall 1969)

524045 CE473 Engineering SlJl'Yeying II

Prerequisite CE 171 Engineering Surveying I

Hours

Content

84

Precise levelling, plane triangulation with single second theodolites. Topics from underground surveying, hydrographic surveying, trigo­nometrical levelling, reciprocal levelling and barometric levelling.

Texts Bannister, A. &

Raymond, S. Clarke, D.

Clarke, D.

References Cooper, M. A. R.

Hodges, D. J. & Greenwood, J. B.

Ingham, A. E.

Surveying 3rd edn (Pitman 1972)

Plane and Geodetic Surveying Vol. 16th edn (Constable 1969)

Plane and Geodetic Surv.eying for Engineers Vol. II 6th edn (Constable 1973)

Modern Theodolites and Levels (Crosby Lockwood 1971)

Optical Distance Measurement (Butterworths 1971)

Hydrographic Surv.eying for the Surveyor and Engineer (Crosby Lockwood 1974)

524046 CE474 Transportation PIaDDing

Prerequisite CE372

Hours

Examination

Content

1 t lecture hours per week

One 2-hour paper

Transportation in the national economy; sociological, environmental and economic requirements of transportation systems; demands for travel; land use/transport interaction. Transportation planning; data collection, trip generation; trip distribution; traffic assignment; modal split; economic evaluation. Recent innovations in transportation systems.

116

Text Bruton, M. J. In.troduction to Transportation Planning

(Hutchinson 1970)

524047 CE475 Highway Engineering

Prerequisite CE372

Hours

Content

1 t lecture hours per week

Structure of road pavements; failure modes; pavement design methods. Material requirements, strength, strain at failure, fatigue, skid resist­ance. Testing of materials, subgrade, granular and sabilized bases, bituminous materials.

Texts O'Flaherty, C. A. Highways Vol. 2 Highway Engineering

(Edward Arnold 1974)

524048 CE490 Special Topic } 524049 CE491 Special Topic

Hours 1 t lecture hours per week

520115 CE515 Elastic Continua - nIOt offere<li i.nJ 1979

520116 CE516 Plastic Frame Design - not offered! in 1979

520117 CE517 Steel Beams, CollIDUII and Frames See CE417 Steel Btiams, Columns am FI1arnes

520118 CE519 Engineering ~ismology-no1l offered in 1979

520131 CE526 Advanced Properties of Materials

Hours

Examination

Content

1 lecture hour & t tutorial hour per week

One 3-hour paper

Principles of materials selection. Construction materials. Steel: metal­urgy, precautions in fabrication, corrosion protection, brittle fracture prevention, structural properties and uses. Structural aluminium: types of alloys and their properties, fabrication, typical uses. Composite materials.

Texts

References } To be advised

117

520120 CE527 Concrete Technology :See CE427 ConoreIte Tech!OOlogy

520121 CE528 Soil Medumics iSe\l CE428 Soil MeclIMics

52t122 CE529 Foundation Engineering - not offered in! 1979

520123 CE533 lbeoretlc:al Hydrodynamics See CE433 Theore'llioail Hydrodynamics

520124 CE534 Open Channel Flow i~ CE434 Open Cha11l11el Flow

510125 CE535 River and Coastal Engineering I See CE435 RiVeT 000 Co~ Engine!erinlg I

520126 CE543 Water Quality Management See CE443 WaiI:e>r Quality Management

520133 CE554 CivU Engineering Systems n SOO OE454 Oivil Engineeving Sysl\Jems II

520129 CE574 Transportation Planning See CE474 Tra'1lSpOIltation Planlnling

520136 CE575 Highway Engineering Se'eI CE475 Highway BIl'ginWring

520600 CE617 Prestressed Concrete Design

Hours 2 lecture hours & 1 tutorial hour per week

Examination One 3-hour paper

Content Review of design procedures of statically determinate prestressed concrete structures, design of indeterminate prestressed concrete structures. Study of the effects of creep and shrinkage. Detailed study of anchorage zones in pre- and post-tensioned members. Fatigue strength of prestressed concrete beams. Statistical basis of structural safety.

Text SAA

References Bennett, W.

Prestressed Concrete Code AS1481-1974 (Standards Assn of Australia)

Structural Concrete Elements (Chapman-Hall)

Guyon, Y.

Leonhardt, W.

Limit State Design of Prestressed Concrete Vols 1 & 2 (Applied Science 1974)

Prestressed Concrete Design and Construction (Wilhelm Ernst)

520611 CE626 Theoretlc:al Aspects of Fracture Mechanics

Hours

Examination

Contents

2 lecture hours & 1 tutorial hour per week

One 3-hour paper

Mathematical preliminaries and stress distribution around holes and cracks under tensile, in-plane shear and anti-plane shear conditions. Crack modelling by dislocations. Plastic rel~ation at cracks. Equiv­alence of Griffith, Barenblatt and Dugdale crack growth theories. Fully plastic crack growth-use of finite element technique. Energy methods in Fracture Mechanics-use of J-integral. Theory of fatigue crack growth. Useful applications of brittle fracture in mining.

Texts

References Liebowitz, H. (ed.)

Muskhelishvili, N. I.

Sneddon, I. N. & Lowengrub, M.

Nil

Practure (An Advanced Treatise) Vols I & II (Academic 1968)

Some Basic Problems in the Mathematical Theory of Elasticity (Noordoff 1956)

Crack Problems in the Classical Theory of Elasticity (Wiley 1969)

520601 CE634 Advanced Fluid Mechanics

Hours

Examination

Content

1 lecture hour & t tutorial hour per week

One 3-hour paper

Treatment at an advanced level of selected topics that are relevant to civil engineering problems, for example in pipe systems and the design and performance of hydraulic structures.

TexIs

R.eferences } To be advised

520602 CE635 River and Coastal E_eerlng D

Hours

Examination

1 lecture hour & t tutorial hour per week

Progressive assessment

119

Content Hydrodynamics of fluid-particle systems. Dispersion in streams, est­uaries, the ocean. Application to wastewater outfalls. Stratified flow, density currents. Flow of solid-liquid mixtures in pipes.

References Graf, W. H. Hydraulics of Sediment Transport (McGraw­

Hill 1971) Ippen, A. T. (ed.) Estuary and Coastline Hydrodynamics

(McGraw-HilI 1966) Streeter, V. L. (ed.) Handbook of Fluid Dynamics (McGraw-Hill

1961) Wiegel, R. L. Oceanographical Engineering (Prentice-Hall

1964)

520603 CE636 Water Reticulation and Wastewater Collection - niOt offered in 1979

520604 CE643 Water Pollution and Water Quality Management

Hours

Examination

Content

1 lecture hour & t tutorial hour per week

One 3-hour paper

Water quality characteristics of rivers, lakes, estuaries and ground­water. Analysis of assimilative capacity of streams. Solid wastes management and disposal. Economic concepts and policies for con­trolling waste discharges. Case studies.

References Eckenfelder, W. W.

Imhoff, K. et al.

Klein, L.

Klein, L.

Kneesse, A. & Bower, B. T.

Water Quality Engineering (Barnes & Noble 1970)

Disposal of Sewag.e and other Waterborne Wastes 2nd edn (Butterworths 1971)

River Pollution Vol. 2 Causes and Effects (Butterworths 1962)

River Pol/ution Vol. 3 Control (Butterworths (1966)

Managing Water Quality: Economics, Technol­ogy, Institutions (Johns Hopkins U.P. 1968)

520605 CE644 Water and Wastewater Treatment

Hours

Examination

2 lecture hours & 1 tutorial hour per week

One 3-hour paper

120

Content

Development of drinking water standards. Sampling and testing pro­cedures. Developments and trends in wastewater engineering. Waste­water characteristics. Physical unit operations, chemical unit proced­ures, . biological unit processes. Design of facilities for physical and chemical treatment of water and wastewater. Design of biological wastewater treatment units. Rural water supply precautions. Small sewage treatment and disposal systems.

References

Fair, G. M. at aI.

Metcalf & Eddy

Water Treatment Plant Design (Amer. Water Works Assn 1969)

Manual of British Water Engineering Practice 4th edn (lnst. of Water Engineers 1969)

Water and Wastewater Engineering Vol. 2 (Wiley 1968)

Wastewater Engineering (McGraw-HilI 1972)

520606 CE6451 Microbiology of Water Resourees

Hours

Examination

Content

2 lecture hours & 1 tutorial hour per week

Progressive assessment & final examination

Taxonomy and nomenclature. Methods of microbiology. Microbial physiology. Virology. Cycles of matter in the biosphere. Immunology. Microorganisms and public health.

Texts To be advised

520607 CE646 Public Health Sdence

Hours

Examination

Content

1 lecture hour & t tutorial hour per week

Progressive assessment & final examination

~cien~e in public h~aIth engineering. Applications of chemistry, phys­ICS, biology and biochemistry to water and wastewater technology. Air pollution and solid wastes. Radioactive wastes.

Texts To be advised

520608 CE647 Unit OperatiollS In Public Health Eugiaeerlnc

Hours

Examination

1 lecture hour & t tutorial hour per week

Progressive assessment & final examination

'121

Content Theory of treatment processes used in municipal water and waste-water treatment works.

Texts " To be advised

520609 CE654 Construction Maoa&elDent

Hours

Examination

1 t lecture hours per week

Progressive assessment

Content .' F fons The civil engineering construction. industry I~ perspectJ~e. unc I _

of construction management, project evaluatIOn, planmng, cost est imating, bidding, construction supervis~on. Day-labour ~ersus contract organisations. Work study in constructIOn. Labour relatIOns.

Texts To be advised

520610 CE674 TratIlc EugIDeerIDa

Hours

Examination

1 t lecture hours per week

One 2-hour paper

~~ . . The relationship between speed, flow a.nd den~ity of a highway traff~c stream. Intersection design with and Without sIgnal control. EconomiC analysis for highways.

Texts Salter, R. J.

Winfrey, R.

Highway Traffic Analysis and Design (Macmillan 1974)

Economic Analysis jor Highways (Intext 1969)

122

Electrical EngI.oeeriug

531302·531306 EE092 to EE0961ndustria1 Esperlence

These subject units are designed to formalise the periods of Industrial Experience which may be studied in lieu of elective units by part­time students. Each of the Industrial Experience units is equivalent to one elective unit of 42 hours. A student who wishes to study one of ithese units will be required to contact his adviser regularly and to present a report answering questions set by the adviser giving a connected account and critical evaluation of his engineering activities and experience during the year.

531307 EE097 Industrial Esperlence D (2 llDiits)

This 2-unit elective is available to "sandwich" course students only. The student must be in appropriate full-time employment for one calendar year from 1st July in the year preceding enrolment to 30th June in the year of enrolment. A diary must be kept, a seminar pre­sented, and a detailed report submitted to the student's adviser. The report must indicate that the student has been engaged in a major engineering project.

531203 EEl31 Circuit Fundamentals

Prerequisites Nil

Hours

Examination

Content Part I (lntroduetJon)

1 t hours of lectures, tutorials & laboratory work per week

Progressive assessment & final examination

Introduction to Electrical Engineering, Model TheOl)" Units. Part 2 (ResIstive Cireuits) Ohms La'!!!. Kirchoff's Law, Parallel and Series resistive circuits. Nodal and Mesh Analysis.lnevenins and Norton's Theorems. Part 3 (Transient Clreults) Inductance and Capacitance, Natural and Forced Response, Transients in RL, RC Circuits. Part 4 (Sinusoidal Analysis) The Phasor Concept, Complex Impedance and Admittance, Phasor diagrams. Part 5 (Power In AC Circuits) Power, Volt-Amps, Reactive Power, Power Factor.

Text Hayt, W. H. &

Kennedy, J. E. Engineering Circuit Analysis (McGraw-Hill)

532106 EE211 Energy Conversion··

Prerequisite EE131

123

Hours

Examination

Content

3 hours of lectures & laboratory work per week

Progressive assessment & final examination

Magnets and electromagnets. Magnetic circuit laws. B.H. character­istics of ferromagnetic materials; hysteresis loss in magnetic materials. Faraday's law; Lenz's law; concept of motor and generator action. Eddy current losses in materials. . Concept of flux linkage and inductance; self, mutual and leakage inductance of coupled circuits, voltage equations for coupled circuits, the air core transformer; the practical iron cored transformer, equiv­alent circuits, phasor diagrams. Transformer testing. Electro-mechanical energy conversion; electro-mechanical transducers, law of conservation of energy and its application to singly-excited and doubly-excited systems.

Text Gourishanke, V.

Reference

Electromagnetic Energy Conversion (Intemat. Text)

Nil

532107 EE221 Semi-conductor Devices·

Prerequisites

Hours

Examination

Content

EE 131 & Physics IA or IB

3 hours of lectures & laboratory work per week

Progressive assessment & final examination

Electrical properties of semi conductors. PN junction diode: operation, static dynamic 'and incremental models. High frequency models, switching, noise. Diodes: avalanche, Zener, tunnel, signal, PIN, snap, schottky, LED. Applications. Junction transistor: operation, models, charge-control, Eber's-Moll, Hybrid-l1 and T. Switching, Noise. Drift transistor. Field-effect transistors: JFET, MOSFET, models, switching characteristics. Noise, MSI, LSI techniques CMOS, VMOS, LOCMOS. Inherent limitations of solid state devices. Negative resistance devices: UJT, SCR, avalanche transistor. Operation, characteristics and appli­cations.

Text Gray, P. E. &

Searle, C. L. Electronic Principles (Wiley)

124

Reference Gibbons, J. F.

Semi conductor Electronics SEEC Notes Vols I, II, IV

(McGraw-Hill)

532108 EE232 Electrical Circuits

Prerequisite EE131

Hours

Examination

Content

1 t hours of lectures, tutorials & I b work per week a oratory

Progressive assessment & final '. exammation

Fourier Series, Fourier Anal sis of W as limit of Fourier Series LapYlac T afveforms, Fourier Transforms

d ', ,e rans orms RLC C' . an Smusodlal Response Resona f S' . Ircmts Transient CirCUits, Poles and Zeros' of Netw::'; ~mes and Parallel RLC Response and Bode Diagrams T P u~ctions, General Frequency Transfer, Admittance and Imp' ed wo port etworks, Maximum POWer

ance arameters, Hybrid Parameters Texts .

Cooper, W. D.

Hayt, W. H.& Kemmerly, J. E.

References Balabanian, N.

Qose, C. M.

Skilling, H. H.

Electronic Instrumentation and Me T . asurement

echmques (Prentice-Hall) Engineering Circuit Analysis (McGraw-Hill)

Fundamentals of Circuit Theory (Allyn & Bacon)

The Analysis of Linear Circuits (Harcourt Brace & World) ,

Electrical Engineering Circuits (Wiley)

532113 EE262 SYstematic Programming

Prerequisite Mathematics I

Hours

Examination

Content

hI lecture hour and t tutorial or practical work our per week

One 2-hour paper

The case for high level programmin I of the syntax of high level I g anguages. The formal definition

. anguages. An overvIew and comparison f 1 h' ing FORTRAN ALGOL 60 0 p~~~ra Igh level languages, includ-compiler langua~es and' '. and COBOL. Comparison of to list processing languageIsnterPdrettve languages. A brief introduction

an macrogenerators.

125

· .·ts objectives and the techniques used to Structured programmtng

d, ! top-down programming, good coding hi 'V them Modular eSlgn, I .

ac e e roie of 'goto' constructs, conditional statements, OOPI?g, style, The ents The virtues and faults of existing programmmg 'case' statem ' languages. . ' . Procedures, co-routines, re-entrancy. RecursIve programmmg. Approp-riate and inappropriate uses of recursion.

Text Elson, M.

References Bates, F. &

Douglas, M. L. Dahl, O. J. et a1. Guttmann, A, J.

International Computers Ltd

International Computers Ltd

Katzan, H. Jr

Kernighan, B. W. PI auger, P. J.

Kreitzberg, C. B. & Shneiderman, B.

Wirth, N. Yourdan, E. J.

Concepts of Programming Languages (Science Research Associates 1973)

Programming Language/ One 3rd edn (Prentice-Hall 1975)

Structured Programming (Academic 1972) Programming and Algorithms (Heinemann

1977) ALGOL Programming Manual

1900 series COBOL Manual

Introduction to Computer Science (Petrocelli­Charter 1975)

Software Tools (Addison-Wesley 1976)

The Elements of FORTRAN Style (Harcourt, Brace, Jovanovich 1972)

Systematic Programming (Prentice-Hall 1973) Techniques of Program Structure and Design

(Prentice-Hall 1975)

5321'14 EE163 Introduction to Structuring of Information

Prerequisite

Corequisite

Hours

Examination

Content

Mathematics I

Topic SP

1 lecture hour per week and 1 tutorial hour per fortnight

One 2-hour paper

Influence of structuring of information on design of programming languages. . Data structures: lists, trees, queues, deques and stacks. Examples. of and methods for implementing these structures. Storage allocatIon

for complex data items. Scatter storage and hash addressing. Elemen­tary string processing, and list processing. Searching and sorting. A description of several sorting algorithms and comparison of their efficiencies.

Text Elson, M.

References Dahl, D. J. et a1. Horowitz, E. &

Sahni, S. Katzan, H. Jr

Knuth, D. E.

Wirth, N.

Data Structures (Science Research Associates 1975)

Structured Programming (Academic 1972) Fundamentals of Data Structures (Pitman

1977) Introduction to Computer Science (Petrocelli­

Charter 1975) The Art of Computer Programming Vols.

I-Fundamental Algorithms, II-Semi-numerical Algorithms,

III-Sorting and Searching Addison-Wesley 1968, 1969, 1973)

Algorithms + Data Structures = Programs

532115 EE164 Introduction to Logic Assembly Language

Prerequisite

Hours

Examination

Content

Mathematics I

1 t lecture and practical work hours per week

Progressive assessment and final examination

Number systems: representation and arithmetic. Boolean algebra: combinational logic, Karnaugh maps, flip flops, sequential logic, counters. Hardware components, processor structure, addressing modes. Assembly language. Instruction sets, pseudo ops, machine language macros, recursion, re-entry, linkers and loaders. Lectures will be supplemented with practical assignments using PDP-II computer.

Text Eckhouse, R. H. Jr

References Chu, Y. H.

Donovan, J. J.

Minicomput.er Systems Organisation and Programming (PDP-II) (Prentice-Hall 1975)

Computer Organization and Micro Program­ming (Prentice-Hall 1972)

Systems Programming (McGraw-Hill 1972)

127

Friedman, A D.

Stone, H. S.

Logical Design of Pigital Systems (Computer Science)

Introduction to Computer Organization and Data Structures (McGraw-Hill 1972)

533201 EEl13 Power Systems ••

Prerequisites EE211

Hours

Examination

Content

3 hours of lectures per week

Progressive assessment & final examination .

The fUnctions and constraints relating to a power system. Energy sourc:s: ~lUc1ear, fossil fuels, hydro. Review of .the power formula, electnc fIeld energy and magnetic field energy. D.C. versus AC. systems; single phase verus 3-phase transmission. The concept of complex power.

<?perational considerations: system structure; capacity of transmission lmes, load characteristics, the real and reactive power balances. The high energy line: Design considerations, line parameters, bundle conductors and transposition. The long line theory. Stability of synchronous systems: synchronising power, synchronising torque, transient stability of synchronous machines and equal area criterion.

The energy system in the steady state: introduction to optimum operational conditions and to load flow techniques. Text

Stevenson, W. D.

Reference Elgerd, O. I.

Elements of Power System Analysis 3rd edn (McGraw-HilI )

Electric Energy Systems Theory (McGraw-Hill)

533106 EE314 Electrical Macl1ines.

Prerequisites

Hours

Examination

Content

EE21I

3 hours of lectures, tutorials & laboratory work per week

Progressive assessment & final examination

~lachine features, windings etc. The production of rotating magnetic fIelds. Introduction to the generalized theory of machines. Torque production in rotating machines. Concentrated and distributed wind­ing inductances and their relationships. The analysis of Krons first

128

imitive machine. The derivation of equivalent ci~cuits for DC ~achines induction-machines and synchronous machmes from ~e Kron ma~hine. The practical DC induction an? synchronous machine and its performance under steady state operatIon.

Text O'Kelly, D. &

Simmons, S.

Reference Thaler, G. J. &

Wilcox, M. L.

Introduction to Generalized Electric Machine Theory (McGraw-Hill)

Electric Machines (Wiley)

533111 EE315 Power Electronics··

Prerequisites

Hours

Examination

EE232

3 hours of lectures, tutorials & laboratory work per week

Progressive assessment & final examination

Content . d TRIAC One Terminal characteristics of SCR power tr~nsIstor. an h t oi DC' two and four quadrant converters and theIr ~se m t e con r ., machines The cycloconverter and its applkatlOn to the s~eed. control of induction machines. Forced commutation in thyristor CIrCUIts. '!!~ series-commutated, parallel commutated, harmomc com~~tated r a impulse-commutated . invert,or. AC/DC converters and t elr app IC -

tion to battery-electnc vehicles.

Text Davis, R. M.

Reference Pelly, B. R.

Power Diode and Thyristor Circuits (lEE. Monograph Series 7) (Peter Peregrmus Ltd)

Thyristor Phase Controlled Converters and Cyc/oconverters (Wiley)

533107 EE323 Linear Eledronics·

Prerequisite EE22 I

Hours

Examination

3 hours of lectures & tutorials per week

Progres~ve assessment & final examination

~~ ... t~ Signal processing in electronic systems. Blasmg .r~qUlreD?en S II

h . f r BIT's and FET's. Single stage amplIfier desIgn, sma tec mques 0 ., . frequency signal and large signal effects. MultIstage deSign, gam,

<129

response linearity no' . d back. Di~ectly cou' led l:;~ Impe an~e interaction. Stability and feed­ance, design and ~scad' ges, the ddferential pair, frequency perform-

mg. Text

Gray, P. E. & El Searle, C. L. ectronic Principles (Wiley)

References Chirlian, P. M. Millman, J. &

Halkias, C. C.

Electronic Circuits (McGraw-Hill) Integrated Electronics (McGraw-HilI)

533108 EE324L ElectrouJes Laboratory ••

Prerequisite EE221, EE323

Hours

Examination

Content

3 hours of laboratory work per week

Progressive assessment

An essential practical cou . I . 1<abonrtory exercises re ui;:e t~mp em~ntJ~ the work of EE323. The to the solution of spec1' b~ applIcatIOn of active circuit theory electronic circuit desig~. IC pro ems. A strong emphasis is placed on

Text }

References As for EE323

533115 EEllS Infrodu ...... - to nI..I4_1 "UUU &I ..... Tedmoloc ••

Prerequisites Maths I, EE221 '

Hours 3 hours per week

Examination Progressive assessment & final examination

Content

~g.ic families; characteristic functio . . DI~tal measurements; AID' DI A us an~ Interfacing. latlonal encoders tim d 'f converslon, rotational and trans-Digital slTstem' 't e an . requency measurements. d. J' m erconnectIon' bus syst .

ilferential transmission ' ems, Interfacing, single and

Memory technology, sOlid state core m RA surface memory systems. ' emory, M, ROM, magnetic Random logic and programmed I . programmed systems microproce~gIc systems, IC, MSI, LSI, micro-Lectu '11 b' sor systems res WI e SUpplemented b . . . processor system. y practIcal assIgnments on a micro-

130

Text Peatman, J. B.

References Kohonen, T. Peatman, J. B.

Peatman, J. B.

Microcomputer Based Design (McGraw-HilI)

Digital Circuits and Devices (Prentice-Hall) The Design of Digital Systems (McGraw­

Hill) Microprocessor Based Systems (McGraw­

Hill)

533117 EEl33 Advanced Cfn:ult Aaalysis· Note People who hialve passed EE332 Electrioal CircuiJts will nOit be peim!ii,tted to enrol in EE333.

Prerequisite

Hours

Examination

Content

EE232 Electrical Circuits

3 hours of lectures, tutorials & laboratory work per week

Progressive assessment & final examination

Distributed systems; types of transmission systems; co-'axial cables, pairs, strip lines and waveguides. Telegraphers equations: lossy and lossless lines; attenuation and dispersion. Pulse transients on lines, reflections and terminations, A.C. analysis of lines, impedance, standing wave ratio, Smith charts, matching. Filter approximation; classical filters; constant-k; m-derived; All pass filters. Handpass, highpass, lowpass transformation. Modem filters; Chebyshev; Butterworth and elliptic filters. Miscellaneous; Notch, twin T, double tuned bandpass filters. R-c active filters; first and second order, bi-quad filters using operational amplifiers.

Text Potter, J. I. &

Fich, S.

References Johnson, W. C.

Moore, R. K.

Theory of Networks and Lines (Prentice­Hall)

Transmission Lines and Networks (McGraw­Hill)

Travelling Wave Engineering (Wiley)

533213 EE341 Automatic Control* (Also see ME361)

Prerequisites

Hours

Examination

Maths II, Topics CO, D, E

3 hours of lectures, tutorials & laboratory work per week

Progressive assessment & final examination

131

Content Mathematical models of systems equations, block diagrams La I and components: linear differential Tra?~ient response: cha~act~r~~7c transfonns, state-space formulation. stabilIty. Forced response' t t roots, transition matrix, system ponses, input-output stab·j.;ans er fUnctions, impulse and step res­comp~nsation: effects of ~~db steady-state behaviour. Feedback and technIque, NyqUist stabil't ~ck . on characteristic roots, root-locus sation. I Y cntena, series and feedback com pen-

Text

Fortmann, T. E. & Hitz, K. L.

References Chen, C. T.

Desoer, C. A.

Gupta, S. C. & Hasdorff, L.

Melsa, J. L. & Schultz, D. G.

Ogata, K. Raven, F. H.

Introduct' . L' . . IOn to '. mear Control SYstem Theory

(Dekker 1976) -

Introduction ~o Linear System Theory (Holt, Rmehart & Winston)

Notes ~or a Second Course in Linear Systems (\ an Nostrand Reinhold)

Fundamentals of Automatic Control (Wiley)

L' . mear Control Systems (McGraw-Hill)

Modern Control Engineering (Prentice-Hall) Automat' C

Hill)c antral Engineerng (McGraw-

533110 EE342 ' LiDear System Theory" Prerequisite EE341

Hours

Examination W3 hkours of lectures, tutorials & laboratory

or per week

Progressive assessment & final Content examination

Multivariable control s Co~tro~labi1ity. Observ:~fI~~s. Frequ~ncy domain design methods. realIsatIOns. Pole positionin/'b C~nonICal. decomposition. Minimal observers. The type 1 servoY sate .vanable feedback. Luenburger Kal~a~ filtering. Nonlinear :echallIsm problem. Introduction to descnbmg functions. ntrol systems. Popov criterion and

Text

References As for EE341

As for EE341

132

533113 EE344 Communications*·

Prerequisites

Hours

Examination

Content

EE331, Maths lIB

3 hours per week

To be determined

Introduction to common forms of analog modulation as well as pulse modulation systems including pulse code modulation. Performance in the presence of noise is considered.

Text Gregg, W. D.

Reference Carlson, A. B. Taub, H. &

Schilling, D. L.

Analog and Digital Communications: Concepts, Systems, Applications and Services (Wiley)

Communications Systems (McGraw-Hill 1975) Principles of Communication Systems

(McGraw-HilI 1971)

533116 EE345 Digital Sfgoal ProceasIngj**

Prerequisite

Hours

Examination

Content

EE341 or ME361

3 hours of lectures & tutorials per week

Progressive assessment & final examination

Z-transforms; realization of discrete time systems, steady state fre­quency response, Approximations and filter design. Classical frequency transformations, Butterworth and Chebysihev. Recursive design. Finite Impulse Response Filters, Classical Window design. Discrete Fourier Transforms. The Fast· Fourier Transform Algorithm. Discrete Random Signals, Power Spectrum Estimation; Application of Fast Fourier Transforms to Covariance and Sectrum estimation.

Text Stanley, W. D. Digital Signal Processing (Reston 1975)

References Gold, B. & Digital Signal Processing (McGraw-Hill 1969)

Rader, C. M. Oppenheim, A. V. & Digital Signal Processing (Prentice-Hall 1975)

Schafer, R. W.

533218 EE35! Electromagnetic Propagation and AuteDDaS** Note Stud:eDll9 whO passed BE4S1 in 1977 or elairlier wiUn/ot be ~ to elnl1101 in EE3S1.

,133

Prerequisite

Hours

Examination

Content

Ph 221 & Mathematics lIB

3 hours of lectures, laboratory & tutorials pet week

To be advised

Revision of Maxwell's equations. Solutions in various media, reflection, polarization. Poyntings power flow theorem, Attenuation and surface impedance.

Free space 'and guided wave propagation including coaxial, waveguide and strip line configurations.

Electromagnetic sources and potential functions, radiation and ele­mentary antenna theory. Techniques for obtaining the surface current distribution on 'anarbitrary -antenna by analytic and computational methods. Solutions of ,the potential equations, near and far field distributions.

Characteristics of common antenna configurations including primary source wire antennas, antenna arrays and secondary source antennas. Ground wave and ionospheric propagation.

Text Kraus, J. D. &

Carver, K. R.

Referenc.es Jordan, E. C.

Ramo, S. et al

Electromagnetics 2nd edn. (McGraw-Hill 1973)

Electromagnetic Waves and Radiating Systems (Prentice-Hall)

Fields and Waves in Communication Electronics

533222 EE362 Switching Theory and Logic DesJgn** Prerequisite

Hours

Examination

Content

Maths I

3 hours of lectures, tutorials & practical work per week

Progressive assessment & final examination

Boolean algebra, combinational logic, logical circuits, minimization techniques, threshold logic. Data representation, binary arithmetic, codes, error checking and correcting. Sequential logic, flip-flops, state diagrams, state reduction, races and hazards. Logic subsystems: registers, adders, counters, converters, coders, etc. Basic architecture of digital computers.

134

Text Nagle, Carrall &

Irwin

References Friedman, A. D.

Hill, F. J. & Peterson, G. R.

Kohavi, Z

Mano, M. M.

An Introduction to Computer Logic (Prentice­RaIl)

Logical Design of Digital Systems (Computer Science Press)

Introduction to Switching Theory and Logical Design (Wiley)

Switching and Finite Automata Theory (McGraw-RlIl)

Computer Logic Design (Prentice-Hall)

533208 EE380 Projed/Directed Readbag

Prerequisite

Hours

Examination

Content

Consent of Head of Dept

By arrangement

To be advised

Private work of laboratory, literature search or theor~tica~ nature requiring the preparation of a report. Taken unde.r the dIrectIOn of a supervisor with whom the topic should be negotIated.

534107 EE415 Power Systems··

Prerequisites EE313

Hours

Examination

Stevenson, W. D.

3 hours of lectures, tutorials & laboratory work per week

Progressive assessment & final examination

Elements oj Power System Analysis 3rd edn (McGraw-Hill)

135

Rejer,enCe Jones, D. Analysis and Protection of Electrical Power

Systems (Pitman) ~ Westinghous,e Transmission and Distribution

Reference Book

534144 EE416 Advanced Electrical Machine Theory'"

Prerequisite EE314

Hours 3 hours of lectures per week

Examination Progressive assessment & final examination

Content The practical 3-phase wound rotor and squirrel cage induction machines. Single phase induction motors. Aspects of the transient performances of synchronous and induction machines. Single phase commutator motors. Linear induction machines. More advanced techniques used in winding design. The imbricated pole generator, the self cascaded alternator, and the homopolar machine.

Text Thaler, G. J. & Electric Machines (Wiley)

Wilcox, M. L.

References O'Kelly, D. &

Simmons, S. Say, M. G.

Introduction to Generalized Machine Analysis (McGraw-HilI)

Design of Alternating Current Machines 3rd edn (Pitmans)

534109 EE421 EledroDics Design A'"

Prerequisite EE323

Hours

Examination

Content

3 hours of lectures & laboratory work per week

Progressive assessment & final examination

Operational amplifiers, design, characteristics and applications; dif­ferential amplifier, common mode response, input guarding, frequency compensation, Chopper stabilized amps, Comparators. Regulators; static switching, protection. Power stages; thermal stability, protection and techniques.

Text Gray, P. R. &

Meyer, R. G. Analysis and Design of Analog Integrated

Circuits (Wiley)

136

References Grebene, A. B. Analogue Integrated Circuit Design (Van

Nostrand) Hamilton, D. &

Howard, W. Basic Integrated Circuit Engineering

(McGraw-HilI) Tobey, G. E. et a1. Operational Amplifiers (McGraw-HilI 1971)

534110 EE422 ElectroDic Design B"'''' Note People wJ:liO h!avre p8SI1IeIdi EE423L Eleotronlics Laboral\lory and BE425 Digi,tJal Eleotron!ics win not be permitted to enrol in EE422.

Prerequisite EE323

Hours

Examination

3 hours of lectures & laboratory work per week

Progressive assessment & final examination

Content High frequency circuit layout and interconnections. Broadband amplifier design, video amplifiers. Bandpass amplifier design; neutralization, unilateralization, limiting action, a.g.c., stagger tuned stages, double tuned. Oscillators, V.C.O. and applications. Balanced modulator and applications. Highspeed digital circuits and interconnections.

Text As for EE421

References Thornton, R. D. et aI. SEEC Notes Volume I-Multistage

Circuits (Wiley 1965) RCA Solid State Power Circuits (1971)

534132 EE443 Optimization Tecbniques'"

Prerequisites Maths II, Topics CO, D, E

Hours 3 hours per week

Content

Transistor

Mathematical background to optimization. Comparison of 'optimization methods; engineering applications - such as to problems of identifi­cation, control, pattern recognition and resource allocation. .

Text LUenberger, D. G. Introduction to Linear and Non-Linear

Programming (Addison-Wesley 1973)

137

References Aoki, M.

Luenberger, D. G.

Introduction to Optimization Techniques (Macmillan 1971)

Optimization via Vector Space Methods (Wiley 1969)

534141 EE446 Linear Optimal Control"'''' _ oot o1feln;d in 1979

534134 EE447 Digital CommunicatiOM.

Prerequisite

Hours

Examination

Content

EE344 or Consent of Instructor

3 hours of lectures & tutorials per week

Progressive assessment & final examination

Pulse modulation schemes, including pulse code modulation, multi­plexing, matched filters.

Text

References Lucky, R. W. et ai.

Wozencraft, J. M. & Jacobs, 1. M.

As for EE344

Principles of Data Communication ( McGraw-Hill)

The Principles of Communication Engineering (Wiley)

534145 EE462 Topics in Switcbing Theory

Prerequisite

Hours

Content

EE362 or consent of instructor

Three hours of lectures and tutorials per week

Complete set of logic primitives, strong and weak complete sets. Post's theorem. Equivalence classes of functions. Decomposition. Cellular realization of combinational and sequential logic functions. Universal Logic Modules. Finite and infinite cellular arrays and their testing. Programmable cellular logic.

Text

References Breuer &

Frierman, A. D. Mukhopadhyay, A.

(ed.) Friedman, A. D. &

Menon, P. R.

Nil

Diagnosis and Reliable Design of Digital Systems (C.S.P.)

Recent Developments in Switching Theory (Academic Press)

Fault Detection in Digital Circuits (Prentice­Hall)

138

Kohavi, Z. Switching and Finite Automata Theory (McGraw-HilI)

534124 EE463 Computer Operating Systems**

Prerequisite

Hours

Examination

Content

EE361 or consent of instructor

3 hours of· lecture & tutorial work per week

Progressive assessment & final examination

Views of an operating system. Multiprogramming, interacting con­current processes, process control primitives. Processor management, memory management, name management. Protection.

Text Shaw, A. C.

References Coffman, E. G. &

Denning, P. J. Hansen, P. B. Madnick, S. E. &

DonoV'an, J. J.

The Logical Design of Operating Systems (Prentice~Hall)

Operating Systems Theory (Prentice-Hall)

Operating Systems Principles (Prentice Hall) Operating Systems (McGraw-HilI)

534143 EE464 CompHer Constructlon*

Prerequisite

Hours

Examination

Content

EE361

3 hours per week

Progressive assessment & final examination

The design of assemblers. Introduction to the theory of grammars, parsing techniques. Construction of compilers, object code generation. Construction of interpreters.

Text Gries, D.

References

Compiler Construction for Digital Computers (Wiley)

Aho, A. V. & The Theory of Parsing, Translation and Ullman, J. D. Compiling 2 Volumes (Prentice-Hall)

Donovan, J. J. Systems Programming (McGraw-Hill) Further references will be given in class.

139

534102 EE480 Project/Directed Reading

Content Topics to be arranged in the field of interest during first term. Full time students are normally required to undertake a project.

534106 EE481 Project/Directed Reading

Content Similar to EE480

534101 ~491 Se~·

Content Talks on various topics of general interest in engineering. EE480 and EE491 are taken together.

530100 EES16 Computer·Alded AaalysIa of Power Sy&tems (not offered in 1979)

530127 EE541 Sample Data Control Systems (Digital Signal ProcessIDg)· See EE345

530102 EES42 Modem Control*· (Nonlinear Optimal Control Theory) (not offered in 1979)

530120 EES43 Optimization Techniques.· See EE443

530123 EE545 Communication Systems * (not offered in 1979)

530128 EES46 Modem Control (LInear 0pdmaI Control Theory) (not offered in 1979)

536129 EES47 Digital Communication·· See EE447

530'130 EE552 Advanced Topics in Communications Systems·· (not offered in 1979)

530117 EE563 Computer Operating Systems· See EE463

530132 EES62 Advanced Switching Theory and I.oIlc DesIgn • (not offered in 1979)

530136 EE564 CompOer Construction·· See EE464

530108 EE565 Pattern Recognitlon*·

530119 ~566 Automata and Computing Machines

530125 ~567 Computer Process Control

530121 'EE568 Advanced Computer Architecture*·

530122 EE569 Formal Languages and Automata·

530110 EE580 Thesis/ProJect

(not offered in 1979)

Content Multiples of 1 unit. Topics to be arranged

140

"

530111 EES90 Senduar··· 530137 'EES91 Senduar··· 530138 EE592 Senduar*·· 530140 EES93 Seminar***

Content A series of seminars for full-time postgraduate students who each wiIl prepare approximately one seminar per semester on a technical or theoretical subject. Each student wiIl also attend EE491 seminars.

530133 EE641 Multivariable Control Systems } (not offered in

530134 EE642 Stochastic Control 1979)

141

Inter.Departmental Subjects

501101 GEl'l2 Introduction to Engineering Design

Prerequisites

Hours

Examination

Nil

42

Progressive assessment

Cont.ent . Philisophy and fundamentals of engineering desIgn. .

Australian Standard Engineering Drawzng Text 1976 (I t of Engineers Practice CZ1 ns .

References Levens, A. S. Luzadder, W. J. Svensson, N. L.

Harrisberger, L.

Australia)

Graphics (Wiley) Basic Graphics (Prentice.Hall) .' Introduction to Engineering Drawing (Unlv. of

New South Wales Press 1974) . A Ph'f ophy of Design Engineermanshlp-,- I os

(Brooks·Cole)

523202 GE350 Seminar

Prerequisites

Hours

Examination

Nil

42

Progressive assessment

Content ..' chosen by students A series of seminars and dlSCUSSlQns on tOPICS to ear The pur-within a general the~e which I will ~~ f~~n;h~e~~obk~ns in modern pose of the course IS to exp or~ s . 't At the same time, students soci~ty and the ~o.le t~clhnthOelo;lilfs a%: ~~r~al communication. obtam some trammg II

Texts

References } Nil

504101 GE471 Energy

Prerequisites

Hours

Examinations

Physics IA or IB, Maths lIB

3 hours per week

Progressive assessment

Content History, distribution and forecasts of energy usage. Overview of problems in energy management. Basics of energy transformations and the applicability of the laws of thermodynamics in energy conversion. Energy release from fundamental processes related to nuclear, solat, chemical, thermal, electrical and mechanical forms of energy. Environmental aspects of energy usage and control of thermal, audio, gas and other forms of pollution.

Texts To be advised

504102 GE472 ~rgy

Prerequisites

Hours

Examinations

Content

Physics JA or IB, Maths lIB

3 hours per week for 2nd t year

Progressive assessment

Energy conversion technology:-Conversion efficiencies and technical and economic constraints. Current technology-steam plants, combustion engines and turbines, nuclear reactors, hydro·electric plants etc. Possible future technology-solar power, m h d, fusion, fuel cells, the hydrogen economy, total energy etc. Energy management:-Planning of systems, increase·. in efficiency of usage, choice of energy sources and energy conservation.

Texts To be advised

500101 GE501 Air PoUution Studies I

Hours 42

143

Mechanical Eqineeriug

Prerequisites marked thus t may, with the consent of the Head of the Department of Mechanical Engineering, be read concurrently with the subject named.

541302 MEG92 541303 ME093 541304 ME094 541305 ME095

Examination

Content

Progressive assessment

These subject units are designed to formalise periods of Industrial Experience gained by part-time students only. Each of the Industrial Experience units is equivalent to one unit of 42 hours. Students who wish to study any or all of the Industrial Experience units ME092-095 will be required to attend nominated lecture and tutorial periods . which will deal with working and professional environments, essentials of communication and report writing. In addition, each student will be required to present a seminar relating to aspects of his experience and to report to his industrial experience tutor twice per term. Some assignments relating to employment and experience will be set. Stu­dents will also be required to present a report giving a connected account and critical evaluation of his engineering activities and experience during the year. Such units may be used by students in lieu of electives (see Elective Requirements-Appendix A).

541307 MEG97 } Industrial EIJ)erience Units 541308 ME098

Examination Progressive assessment

Content As above except that each of ME097-8 is the equivalent of two units. These Industrial Experience units are available to sandwich course students only and are designed to cover Industrial Experience gained over two years.

541104 MElli Graphics and Engineering DrawiDg

Prerequisites

Hours

Examination

Content

Nil

42

Progressive assessment plus examination.

A study in communication and analysis by pictorial means. Methods of projection covering orthagonal projection of points, lines, planes

144

and solids; lengths of lines, angles and intersection between r planes a~d .co~t<.>ured s~rf~;~rthographic projection, dimensio~~:S' and sechonmg, Isometnc prOJectIOn; prospective projection. g

Text I-To be advised.

References Levens, A. S. Luzadder, W. J.

2-Austr~lian Standard Engineering Drawing Pracflce CZI 1976 (lnst. of Engineers Australia)

Graphics (Wiley) Basic Graphics (Prentice-Hall)

541201 MElli Workshop Practice

Prerequisites Nil

Hours 54

Examination Progressive assessment Content

A. stu~y of b~sic metho~s and processes used in the engineering trades wIth .11:structIOn? prachce and assignments related to fitting and machlll~ng, ~el~lllg processes, boilermaking and steel fabrication, and the engmeenng mventory of materials and components.

Text Tech. Education

References DeGarmo, E. P.

Doyle, L. E. et al.

French & Vierck

H. Ford Trade School

Trade Technology Notes

Materials and Processes in Manufacturing (Macmillan)

Manufacturing Processes and Materials for Engineers (Prentice-Hall)

Graphics Science and Design (McGraw-Hill 1970)

Shop Theory (McGraW-Hill) Trade Catalogues

541103 ME131 Dynamlcs

Prerequisites NIl

Hours

Examination

Content

42

Progressive assessment and examination

Basic concepts required for study of motion: length time face and mass; Newton's laws of motion; systems of units; fri~tion. Motion of

145

point masses, rigid bodies and connected bodies in strai~t or curved paths, or in simple rotation. Relative motion using translatmg reference frames. General plane motion of rigid bodies. Momentum and impulse, both linear and angUlar, related to point masses and rigid bodies. Energy and the conservation principle applied to mechani~al work, strain energy, kinetic energy and friction "losses," for parbcles and rigid bodies.

Text Meriam, J. L.

Reference Beer, F. P. &

Johnston, E. R.

Dynamics 2nd edn S.I. Version (Wiley 1975)

Mechanics for Engineers: Mechanics 2nd edn (McGraw-Hill 1962)

542206 MEl01 Experimental Methods I.

Prerequisites tMaths I & tPhysics IA or IB

Hours 42

Examination Progressive assessment and examination

Content Fundamental units and quantities are discussed as well as. the m~ans by which they are measured. Variabi~it~ in .measured ?ata IS descnbed and an introduction to error analYSIS IS gIven. The Importance of a correct interpretation of experimental data is emphasised, and simple examples of regression analysis are explained. Basic methods using mechanical, optical or electrical systems or some combination of these which are used for the measurement of length, strain, area, pressure: temperature, force, torque, fluid ~ow, vibration, acceleration and other physical properties, are descnbed. Selected laboratory experiments are also provided.

Text Holman, J. P.

References Beckwith, T. G. &

Buck, W. L. Brinkworth, B. J.

Volk, W.

Experimental Methods for Engineers (McGraw-Hill 1966)

Mechanical Measurements (Addison-Wesley)

An Introduction to Experimentation (English U.P.)

Applied Statistics for Engineers (McGraw­Hill)

146

542104 ME202 Dynamics of Engineering Systems'"

Prerequisites Maths I, tME131, tCEl11

Hours

Examination

Content

42

Progressive 'assessment and examination

System Classification - Lumped parameter and distributed systems; discrete systems. Examples commonly occurring in engineering prob­lems. Linear Graph Analysis and Network Analysis; Block diagrams. Circuit diagrams for mechanical systems - "through" and "across" variables; eqUilibrium and compatibility analysis; system modelling; system function.

Concept of "state"; free and forced response; stability. Classical time domain analysis; frequency domain analysis of linear lumped and continuous systems.

Text Ogata, K.

References Haberman, C. M. Raven, F. H.

Cannon, R. H.

System Dynamics (Prentice-Hall 1978) Design of Engineering Systems Lecture Notes

Engineering Systems Analysis (Merril) , Mathematics of Engineering Systems

(McGraw-Hill) Dynamics of Physical Systems (McGraw-Hill)

542207 ME203 Experimental Methods 11**

Prerequisites ME201

Hours

Examination

Content

42

Progresive assessment

Selected engineering experiments designed to extend the concepts of experimental procedures and to complement formal subject matter in the course.

Text

Reference

To be advised.

To be advised.

542208 MElt2 Enginee~ Design 1**

Prerequisites tME121, MEllI, tME214 or CE212 CE1ll, tMaths I, GE112

Hours

Examination

Content

42

Progressive assessment

Design procedures for mechanical components. Load estimation. Typical allowable stress and factor of safety values. Stress calculations. Detail considerations of the design of shafts, bearings, couplings, bolted joints, welded connections, wall brackets, eccentric connections, levers, flat and vee belts, drives and springs. Horsepower, calculations for straight and helical spur gear reductions.

Text Spotts

References Black, P. H. &

Adams,O. E. Doughtie, V. L. &

Vallance, A. Faires, V. M. Hall, A. S. et aI.

Kent, W.

Phelan, R. M.

Shigley, J. E.

Design of Machine Elements 5th edn (Prentice-Hall 1978)

Machine Design (McGraw-Hill)

Design of Machine Members (McGraw-Hill)

Design of Machine Elements (Macmillan) Theory and Problems of Machine Design

(Schaum) Mechanical Engineers' Handbook Design and

Production (Wiley) Fundamentals of Mechanical Design (McGraw­

Hill) Mechanical Engineering Design (McGraw-HilI) Machine Cut Gears Helical and Straight Spur

AS.B. 61-1941

542105 .ME214 Mechanics of Solids 1*

Prerequisites

Hours

Examination

Content

Maths I, MElll, ME 131, CE11l, GE112

42

Progressive assessment and examination

Uniaxial loading, states of stress and strain, stress and strain relation­ships; internal forces, internal stresses, deflexion of beams, torsion, buckling.

Text Hall, A. S. An Introduction to the Mechanics of Solids

I.S. edn (Wiley 1973)

148

References Crandall, S. H. et al.

Higdon, A. et 'al. Popov, E. P.

Shanley, F. R.

An Introduction to the Mechanics of Solids 2nd edn (McGraw-Hill 1972)

Mechanics oj Materials (Wiley) Introduction to Mechanics of Solids

(Prentice-Hall 1968) Mechanics of Materials (McGraw-Hill 1967)

542209 .ME223 Engineering Technoiogy**

Prerequisite MEl21

Hours

Examination

Content

42

Progressive assessment

Mate~ials and processes in manufacture. Casting processes, metal formmg processes. Metal cutting processes. Fabrication processes Technology of machine tools. Numerical control. Dimensional accuracy and surface finish.

Texts Campbell, J. S.

DeGarmo, E. P.

Reference Doyle, L. E. et al.

Processes and Materials in Manufacturing (Wiley)

Materials Processes in Manufacturing (Macmillan)

Manufacturing Processes and Materials for Engineers (Prentice-Hall)

542305 .ME232 Dynamics of Machines 1**

Prerequisites

Hours

Examination

Content

Maths I, ME13I, MEllI, CEllI, GE112

42

One 3-hour paper

~sc:iption of ~lane and three-dimensional motion of particles in mertIal, translatmg 'and rotating reference frames. Kinematics of plane mechanisms. General three-dimensional motion of systems of particles and rigid bodies.

Text Meriam, J. L. Dynamics 2nd edn SI Version (Wiley 1975)

149

References Hirschhorn, J.

Hirschhorn, J. Holowenko, A. R. C.

Synge, J. L. & Griffith, B. A.

Kinematics and Dynamics of Plane Mechanisms (McGraw-Hill)

Dynamics of Machinery (Nelson) Kinematics and Dynamics of Plane Mechanisms

Wiley) Principles of Mechanics 3rd edn (McGraw-HilI

1959)

542106 ME241 Properties of Materials 1**

Prerequisites Maths I, MEllI, GE112, CEllI

Hours 42

Examination

Content

To be advised

Concepts of - nominal stress and strain - true stress and strain -elastic, plastic and viscoelastic behaviour. Generalised theories of creep, materiaJ. failure and yield. Design concepts with fa:tigue - frac­ture. Dislooations 'and dislocation theory. Plastic flow functions.

Text Nil

References D'Isa, F. Marin, J.

McClintock & Argon

Polakowski, N. H. & RipIing, E. M.

Whyatt, O. H. & Dew-Hughes, D.

Mechanics of Metals (Addison-Wesley 1968) Mechanical Behaviour of Engineering

Materials (Prentice-Hall 1962) Mechanical Behaviour of Materials

(Addison-Wesley ~966) Strength oj Structural and Engineering

Materials (Prentice-Hall 1966) Metals, Ceramics and Polymers

(Cambridge U.P. 1974)

542210 MEl51 Fluid Mechanics 1*

Prerequ4ites Maths I, ME131

Hours :'42

Examination Progressive assessment and e~amination

Content Fluid properties and, definitions ... Fluid statics:- statics! of moving systems, forces on surfaces, buoyant forces, stability of floating and submerged bodies. Fluid flow concepts:-

150

Types of flow, continuity equation, Euler's equation of motion along a streamline. Bernouilli equation, energy equation. Linear momentum equation. The moment of momentum equation. Linear and angular momentum applications. Introduction to dimensional analysis. Vjsc,ous effects:- fluid resistance, laminar and turbulent flow, flow in pipes and conduits. Fluid measurement.

Text Streeter, V. L. &

Wylie, E. B.

References Dougherty, R. L. &

Franzini, J. B. Streeter, V. L.

Fluid Mechanics 6th edn (McGmw-HilI)

Fluid Mechanics with Engineering Applications (McGraw-HilI)

Fluid Mechanics 5th edn (McGraw-HilI)

542205 ME271 Thermodynamics 1*

Prerequisites

Hours

Examination

Content

Maths I,Physics IA or m 42

Progressive assessment

Fundamental thermodynamic concepts, first and second laws and corollaries. Reversible and irreversible processes. Properties of perfect gases, liquids and vapours. Calculation of property changes and energy flows for non-flow, steady flow and unsteady flow processes using various working substances. Examination of various energy conversion systems as examples of the above calculations - Carnot cycle, Rankine cycle, reheat cycle, regenerative feed heating, Otto cycle, Diesel and mixed cycles, Stirling and Ericsson cycles, gas turbine cycles, refrigeration cycles. Introduction to combustion -processes.

Texts Haywood, R. W. Thermodynamic Tables in S I (Metric) Units

Rogers, G. F. C., & Mahew, R.

References Cole, E. H.

Wallace, F. J. & Linning, W. A,

(Cambridge U.P.1972) Engineering Thermodynamics Work andHeat·

Transfer, S I Units (Longmans 1972)

Engineering Thermodynamics (Edward ArnOld 1973) .,'."

Basic Engineering Thermodynamics (SI Units) (Pitman 1970)

:," ,

lSJ

543101 ME301 Engineering ComputatioDfi

Prerequisite

Hours

Examination

Maths I

42

Progressive assessment

Content Brief revision of programming languages BASIC and FORTRAN, use of terminals and batch processing. Numerical solution of complex algebraic and transendental equations. Numerical s?lution ~f sets .of linear equations by elimination and iteration techmq~es. Dlffer~ntIa­tion and integration using numerical methods. SOIUlO~ of ordmary differential equations using Runge-Kutta a~d pre.dIctor-.corr~ctor methods. Solution of partial difffferential equatIOns usmg fimte dIffer-ence techniques.

Texts Conte, S. D. &

de Boor, C. Duncan, A. K.

Elementary Numerical Analysis (McGraw­Hill 1972)

FORTRAN (ICL 1975) Computing Centre Handbook

543104 ME302 Experimental Methods m** Hours

Examination

42

Progressive assessment

Content Selected engineering laboratory experiments designed to extend .the concepts of experimental procedures and to complement formal subject matter in the course.

Text

Reference

To be advised.

To be advised.

543105 ME312 Engineering Design n* Prerequisite t ME212

Hours

Examination

Content

42

Progressive assessment.

The design of brakes, clutches, gear box reduction units and power screws for industrial applications. Modern developments in this area will be discussed.

Text As for ME212

1'52

References Black, P. H. &

Adams, A. F. Doughtie, V. L. &

Vallance, A. Faires, V. M. Hall, A. E. et aI.

Phelan, R. M.

Shigley, J. E.

Siegal, W. J. et al.

Stephenson, 1. & Callander, R. A.

Machine Design (McGraw-HiII)

Design of Machine Members (McGraw-Hill)

Design of Machine Elements (Macmillan) Theory and Problems of Machine Design

(Schaum) Fundamentals of. Mechanical Design

(McGraw-Hill) Mechanical Engineering Design I.S. edn

(McGraw-Hill) Mechanical Design of Machines (Intern at.

Textbook)

Engineering Design (Wiley)

543106 MEl13 Engineering Design m* Prerequisites ME312, ME214, ME232, Maths I

Hours 42

Examination Progressive assessment and examination

Content Th~ design of power unit cylinders, reciprocating power elements, ~yh.nder cl?sures, dynamic struts and dynamic levers using work or mdlcator. dIagrams as developed from thermodynamics, fluid mechanics or mac~me tool theory as the basis of horsepower, load and stress c~culatlOn. Effects of inertia, dead weight and centrifugal force on pI~t~n loads. Inertia be~ding of struts and bending induced by bearing fnctIon. Stre~s sum~atIOn ~nd factor of safety criteria. Special refer­ence to reCIprocating engme, compressor and power press units. Manufacturing techniques and material compatibility. Introduction to optimisation techniques and formalised decision making in design.

Text Siegel, W. J. et 'al.

References Howarth, M. H.

Lipson & Juvinall Matousek, R. Purday Seely & Smith

Mechanical Design of Machines (Internat. Textbook)

Design of High Speed Diesel Engines ( Constable)

Handbook of Stress and Strength (Macmillan) Engineering Design (Blackie) Diesel Engine Design (Constable) Advanced Mechanics of Materials (Wiley)

153

Shigley, J. E. Walshaw

Mechanical Engineering Design (McGraw-Hill) Diesel Engine Design (Newnes)

543107 ME333 Dynamics of Machines n* Prerequisites

Hours

Examination

Content

Maths lIB, ME202, ME232.

42

Progressive assessment and examination

Kinematics and dynamics of radial cams and toothed gearing. Balancing of machinery. Vibrations - Review of one degree of freedom systems. Multi degree-of-freedom systems. Vibrations of continuous systems.

Texts Hirschhorn, J.

Church, A. H.

References Anderson, R.A. Rothbart, H.B. Seto, W. W. Shigley, J. E.

Dynamics of Machinery (Nelson) or Mechanical Vibrations (Wiley)

Fundamentals of Vibrations (Macmillan) Cam Design and Accuracy (McGraw-Hill) Mechanical Vibrations (Schaum) Theory of Machines (McGraw-Hill)

543108 ME342 Properties of Materials n*

Prerequisite

Hours

Examination

ME241

42

Progressive assessment and examination

Content Elasticity of a network of long chain molecules - general stress-strain relations for rubber-like materials - Mooney's theory for large deformations - Rivlin - Sanders and Carmichael - Holderway applications to natural rubbers. Dynamic behaviour of rubber-like materials - spring dashpot model­ling of linear viscoelastic behaviour. Material characterisation methods _ solving field problems in linear viscoelastic behaviour with Laplace transforms and superposition integrals. Hasic course in fracture mechanics - temperature approach and the stress analysis approach - stress intensity factor; thickness, tempera­ture and fatigue effects - fracture toughness. Applications to design _ testing methods - C.O.D. (crack opening displacement) testing­relation of various tests to fracture toughness.

154

Text

References Broek, D. Christensen, R. M.

Knott, J. F.

Lawn, B. R. & Wilshaw, T. R.

Treloar, L. R. G.

Nil

Elementary Engineering Fracture Mech . Th f V· amcs eory 0 Iscoelasticity - An Int d .

(Academic 1971) ro uctlOn

Fundamentals oj Fracture Mechanics (Butterworths 1973) .

Fracture Of Brittle Solids (Camb'd 1975) n ge U.P.

The Physics of Rubber Elasticity 2nd edn (Oxford u.P. 1958)

543109 ME343 Mechanics of Solids 11**

Prerequisites CE212 or ME214

HourJ 42

Examination

Content Progressive assessment and examination

Theories of stress, strain and I ., , elasticity. Statically indeterminat: ~StlClty. Fb~rmulatlOn of problems in of prismatic bars _ membrane ~am pro ,ems. Sh~ar centre. Torsion Strain energy methods of a tn,a °iY' tor,s~on of thm-walled sections, columns under axial and :e~ys~s'l n~tablhty ,Problems. Buckling of instability, Plane stress and Planunta -~xlal lboladmg systems, Torsional

e s ram pro ems.

Texts Nil

References Crandall, S. H. et al.

D'Isa, F. A. Drucker, D, C.

JuvinalI, R. C. Long, R. R. McClintock, F. A. &

Argon, A. S. Shanley, F. R. Seely, F. B. &

Smith, A. M.

An Introduction to the Mechanics of Solids (MCGraw-HilI)

Mechanic.s of Metals (Addison-Wesley) Introduc.tlOn to Mechanics of Deformable

Solids (MCGraw-Hill) Stress, S~rain and Strength (MCGraw-Hill) Mechan~cs of Solids and Fluids (Prentice-Hall) Mechanical Behaviour of Materials (Add'

Wesley) Ison-

Mechanics of Materials (McGraw-Hill) Advanced Mechanics of Materials (Wiley)

543110 ME352 Fluid Mechanics D**

Prerequisite ME251

Hours 42

Examination Progressive assessment and examination

Content Kinematics of Fluids. Elements of the Dynamics of Incompressible Fluids. Similarity and the application of dimensional analysis. Lubrica­tion. Fluid-dynamic stability. Laminar and turbulent boundary layers, jets, wakes. Pumps and Turbines.

Text Duncan, W. J.,

Thorn, A. S. & Young, A. D.

Mechanics oj Fluids 2nd edn (SI Units 1970)

5432tl4 ME361 Automatic Control·

Prerequisite

Hours

Examination

Content

Maths lIB

42

Progressive assessment and examination

An introductory course in linear control systems. Mathematical models of systems and components; differential equations and transfer functions. Discussion of analog computers and their use in the sol­ution of equations and simulations of systems. Simple systems of first and second order. Analysis of steady state performance. System stab­ility and transient response by algebraic, root-locus and frequency response methods. Introduction to compensation techniques. Description of components of servo-mechanisms and process control systems.

Text Fortmann, T. E. &

Hitz, K. L.

References Desoer, C. A.

Gupta & Hasdorff Melsa & Schultz Raven, F. H.

Introduction to Linear Control Systems Theory (Dekker 1976)

Notes for a Second Course in Linear Systems (Van Nostrand Reinhold)

Fundamentals of Automatic Control (Wiley) Linear Control Systems (McGraw-Hill) Automatic Control Engineering (McGraw-Hill)

543202 ME372 Heat Transfer··

Prerequisite

Hours

tMaths IlB

42

156

Examination

Content Progressive assessment and exam' t'

IDa IOn

C?nduction; steady and unsteady one and tw . . WIthout internal heat generation ~nd 'ncl d' 0 dlmens!onal, with and Numerical and analogue solutions I u mg convectIOn boundaries. Convection; laminar and turbulen~ A I . Analogy between momentum and h'eatnt

a ytICfal and empirical solutions.

R d' . rans er a lat/on: development of rad' t' .

t . . la IOn networks Exch b ransmIttmg, reflecting and absorbin '. ange etween

heat transfer in heat exchangers. g surfaces. Combmed modes of

Text

Bayley, F. J. et al.

References Jakob, M. McAdams, W. H.

Heat Transfer (Thomas Nelson 1972)

Heat Transfer Vols 1 & 2 (Wiley) Heat Transmission (McGraw-HilI)

543111 ~373 Tbennodynanncs H** Prerequisite

Hours

Examination

Content

ME271

42

Progressive assessment

First and second law analysis of analysis of steam power plants fro~.esses and cycles. AdVanced plants. Air-vapour mixtures ,gahs ur me s~stems and refrigeration R '. , psyc rometry aIr cond'f . eactive mIxtures: equirb' .' - IlOnmg systems. Iibrium constants. Direct ~n:~ugym c~quat/~ns, first law analysis, equi­

nverSIOn systems. Texts

HaywOOd, R. W.

Goodger, E. M.

Analysis of Engineering Cycles (Pergamon 1975)

Combusion Calculations (MacMillan 1977)

543501 ~381 Methods Engineering**

Prerequisites Maths I, ME223

Hours 42

Examination

Content Progressive assessment

The integration of man machines and' . efficiency of operation' The '1' I mate~laI~ to achIeve maximum methods. Work study. 'Ergono:-~cIcaAq~e~tIOnlDg ~ttitude. Charting

s. CtIVlty samplmg. Case studies.

157

Text Niebel, B. W.

References Alford, L. P. &

Bangs, J. R. (eds) Barnes, R. M. Krick, E. V. Maynard, H. B. (ed)

Stevenson, M. G.

Motion and Time Study (Irwin)

Production Handbook (Ronald)

Motion and Time Study (Wiley) Methods Engineering (Wiley) Industrial Engineering Handbook (McGraw­

Hill) Methods Engineering (N.S.W. Univ. Press)

543502 ~83 ~ty E~eriDg**

Prerequisites

Hours

Examination

Maths liB, ME223

42

Progressive assessment and examination

cCoonntceenptts of quality. Sampling p.lan. s. Inspection by attributes, by curves, control charts. Design measurement. Operating char~ctenstlc

of experiments. Analysis of vanance.

Texts

References Amer. Soc. of Tool

& Mfg Engs Duncan, A. J.

Grant, E. L. Juran, J. M. &

Gryna, F. M. Kirkpatrick, E. G.

Maynard, E. G. (ed.)

Nil

Handbook of Industrial Metrology (Prentice-Hall) . .

Quality Control and Industrial Statistics (Irwin)

Statistical Quality Control (McGraw-Hill) . Quality Planning and Analysis (McGraw-Hill)

Quality Control fo'/ Managers and Engineers (Wiley)

Industrial Engineering Handbook (McGraw­Hill)

543503 ME384 Design for ProducdoD**

Prerequisites

Hours

Examination

ME312, ME223

42

Progressive assessment and examination

158

Contents

The application of economics, methods engineering, ergonomics and mechanical engineering to the development 'and design of products. Production, distribution and marketing of engineering products. Production, assembly and inspection methods in relation to scale of output. Principles of metrology and tool, jig and fixture design.

Texts

References Gladman, C. A.

Kempster, M. H. A. McCormick, E. J.

Nil

Geometric Analysis of Engineering Designs (Australian Trade Publications 1972)

Principles of Jig and Tool Design (English U.P.) Human Factors Engineering (McGraw-Hill

1964)

544451 ME401 Systems Analysis.

Prerequisites Maths lIB, ME361

Hours

Examination

Content

42

Progressive assessment and examination

System concepts and system classification. Mathematical modelling. Deterministic and probabilistic models, Stochastic models. Deter­ministic systems - Linear Graph theory and Network Analysis; Classical time and frequency domain analysis of continuous and discrete systems; Matrix methods in systems modelling and analysis. Stochastic Processes - Random data and signal analysis; Response of systems to random excitation; Systems identification.

Texts

References Bendat, J. S. &

Piersol, A. G. Busacker, R. G. &

Saaty, T. L. De Russo, P.M. et al. Machol, R.

McMillan, C. & Gonzalez, R. F.

Meredith, D. D. et al.

Raven, F. H.

Nil

Measurement and Analysis of Random Data (Wiley 1968)

Finite Graphs and Networks (McGraw-Hill 1965)

State Variables for Engineers (Wiley 1965) Systems Engineering Handbook (McGraw-Hill

1965) Systems Analysis: A Computer Approach to

Decision Models (Irwin Dorsey 1968) Design and Planning of Engineering Systems

(Wiley 1967) Mathematics of Engineering Systems

(McGraw-HilI 1966)

159

544427 ME404 Mathematical Programming I

Prerequisite Mathematics lIB

Hours 42

Examination Progressive assessment

Content Introduction to the solution of static optimisation problems. Dynamic programming; computational refinements of the bas~c algo~ithm. Linear programming; the Simplex algorithm and Its ~evlsed form; duality theory; sensitivity analysis; decomposition algonthms. Trans­portation and assignment problems.

Texts Gass, S. 1.

Nemhause, G. L.

References Bellman, R. E. &

Dreyfus, S. E. Kunzi, H. P. et al. McMillan, C. Taha, H. A.

Linear Programming 3rd edn Internat. Student (McGraw-Hill 1969)

introduction to Dynamic Programming (Wiley 1966)

Applied Dynamic Programming (Princeton V.P. 1962)

Non-Linear Programming (Blaisdell 1966) Operations Research (Macmillan 1971) Mathematical Programming (Wiley 1970)

544462 ME405 Advanced Engineering Computations (11OIt offered in 1979)

544453 ME407 EDviromnental Engineering (oot ofI'elred m 1979)

544424 ME409 Introduction to Noise Pollution Control$

Prerequisite Permission of Head of Department

Hours 42

Examination Progressive assessment

Content Introduction to problems of community noise, ind~strial noise a~d building acoustics. Behaviour of so~nd w~ve~. NOIse lev~ls. No~se measurement. Criteria for commumty, bUIldmg and vehIcle nOIse

standards.

Texts

References

Nil

International and National Codes on Noise pollution and Hearing Conservation

160

Beranek, L. L.

N.S.W. State Pollution Control Commission Regulations

N.S.W. Health Commission Regulations Noise and Vibration Control (McGraw-Hill

1971)

544426 ME410 Advanced DesIgn Concepts I

Hours 42

Examination Progressive assessment

Content The application of system analysis principles to the solution of problems associated with the design of mechanisms. Formalising of t?e design process. Computer approach for mechanical design applica­tions. The optimum design of typical mechanical components.

Texts

References Furman, T. T.

Johnson, R. C.

Matouseki, R. Morrison, D.

Nil

The Use of Computers in Engineering Design (English V.P.)

Optimum Design of Mechanical Elements (Wiley)

Engineering Design (Blackie) Engineering Design (McGraw-Hill)

544425 ME419 Bulk Material HandUug Systems Analysis and Design

Prerequisites ME313

Hours

Examination

Content

42

Progressive assessment

Principles of granular mechanics. Flow patterns and characteristics. Strength and flow of properties of bulk solids in relation to hopper design. Analysis and design of hoppers for "mass" flow and "funnel" flow conditions. Bin wall pressures. Design features and performance characteristics of conveyors and handling systems. Introduction to the optimum design of handling systems.

Text Arnold, P. C.,

McLean, A. G. & Roberts, A. W.

Bulk Solids: Storage, Flow and Handling (The Vniv. of Newcastle Research Associates Ltd. (TVRNA) 1978)

161

References Reisner, W.,

EIsenhart, V., Rothe, M. & Colijn, H.

Colijn, H.

Bins and Bunkers for Handling Bulk Materials (Trans Tech 1974)

Weighing and Proportioning of Bulk Solids (Trans Tech 1975)

544419 ME434 Advanced Kinematics and Dynamics of Machines ~nbIt offemi iDi 1979)

544401 ME444 Properiks of Materials (not offered in 1979)

544402 ME445 Mechanics of Solids

Prerequisite ME343

Hours

Examination

Content

42

To be advised

An introduction to the theory of plates and shells with extensions to thick pressure vessels and creep effects. Application of numerical (approximate) methods.

Texts Nil

References Timosheriko & .. Theory o/'Plates and Shells (McGraw-Hill)

Wainowsky-Krieger Zienkiewcz & Holister 8.tress Analysis (Wiley)

544416 ME448 An Introduction to Photomechamcs

Prerequisites

Hours

Examination

Content

ME342/3

42

Progressive assessment

Concepts of bi-refringence. Polarized light:plane, circular and el~iptical polarization. Fundamentals of photoelastic method-stress-optlc law in two dimensions. Isochromatics, isoclinics, isopachics-fundamental equations for linear and non-linear model materials. Model analysis for two or three dimensional problems which may involve static, dynamic or thermal loading conditions. Calibration of material and solution of disc problem

Texts Nil

/162

References Dally, J. W. &

Riley, W. F. Durelli, A. J. &

Riley, W. F. Frocht, M. M.

Experimental Stress Analysis (McGraw-Hill 1965)

Introduction to Photomechanics (Prentice-Hall 1965)

Photoelasticity Vols. 1 and 21st edns (Wiley)

544418 ME449 Reliability Analysis for Mechanical Systems

Prerequisites ME313, Mathematics lIB

Hours 42

Examination To be advised

Content

Some important probability concepts. Fundamental concepts of the theiry of reliability. Some quantitative aspects of reliability. Com­ponent reliability and reliability of assemblies of components, gradual and sudden failure. Matrix formulation of problems. Spectral method for calculation of reliability. Basic concepts of systems. Reliability analysis of systems. Methods for improving the reliability of systems. Cost-Benefit analysis. Reliability Case Studies. Automobile suspension, ignition systems, Measuring system.

Text Shooman, M. L.

References Haviland, R. P.

Polovko, A; M.

Probabilistic Reliability. An Engineering Approach (McGraw-Hill 1968)

Engineering Reliability and Long Life Design (Van Nostrand 1964)

Fundamentals for Reliability Theory (Academic 1968)

544411 ME453 Fluid Mechauics

ME352

42

Prerequisite

Hours

Examination To be advised

Content Lectures and laboratory work dealing with a selection from the following topics:-Application of hydrodynamics Hydraulic transients Fractional analysis application

163

Cavitation studies Topics in turbomachinery One-dimensiomil compressible flow.

Texts

References Brown, J. H.

Streeter, V. L. &

Nil

Hydro-electric Engineering Practice Vol. 2 (Blackie)

Hydraulic Transients (McGraw-Hill) Wylie, E. B.

Vallentine, H. R. Applied Hydrodynamics (Butterworths)

5444lZ ME473 Thermodynamics (rot 0ffuredJ in! 1979)

544413 ME474 Heat Transfer (niOIII offeredJ m 1979)

544423 ME476 Development in the Use of Solar Energy (not offered in 1979)

544101 ME48'1 EngineeriDg AdmiDisfration**

Prerequisite

Hours

Examination

Content

Maths I

42

Progressive assessment and examinations

The nature and functions of an industrial enterprise. Theories of organization. Behavioural aspects of work. Production management.

Text Nil

References Beach, D. S. Buffa, E. S.

Byrt, W. J.

Starr, M. K.

Managing People at Work (McMillan 1975) Modern Production Management (Wiley

1973) People and Organizations (McGraw-Hill

1971) Operations Management (Prentice-Hall 1978)

544433 ME482 Eugineel'in3 Economics 1*

Prerequisite

Hours

Examination

Content

Maths I

42

Progressive assessment and examination

Elementary accounting concepts. Time value of money, inte~est formulae. Comparison of alternatives, annual and present equivalent

164

rate of return. Depreciation and income tax effects. Projects financed from public funds. Replacement and retirement economics. Capital budgeting.

Text Smith, G. W.

References Braddock, G. R. &

Archbold, D. A. De Garmo, E. P. &

Canada, J. R. Fabrycky, W. J. &

Thuesen, G. J.

Engineering Economy: Analysis of Capital Expenditures 2nd edn(Iowa State U.P. 1973)

The Elements of Economic Analysis (McGraw-Hill 1970)

Engineering Economy 5th edn (McMillan 1973)

Economic Decision Analysis (Prentice-Hall 1974)

544463 ME483 Production Engineering

Prerequisites Maths I, ME223

Hours

Examination

Content

42

Progressive assessment and examination

Production systems; job shop, line production, group technology; computer aided manufacture, numerically controlled systems; materials handling. Produotion planning and control; forecasting, inventory, scheduling and sequencing.

Text

References Johnson, L. A. &

Montgomery, D. C.

Baker, K. R.

Simon, W.

Nil

Opera,tions Research in Production Planning, Scheduling and Inventory Control (Wiley 1974)

Introduction to Scheduling and Sequencing (Wiley 1974)

The Numerical Control of Machine Tools (Arnold 1973)

544464 ME484 Engineering Economics n* Prerequisite ME482

42 Hours

Examination Progressive assessment and examination

165

Content Accounting concepts, use of accounting data in decision making. Utility, risk and uncertainty. Expansion and economic package con­cepts. Capital expenditure programming. Effects of inflation. Applica­tion of mathematical programming to economic problems.

Text Smith, G. W.

References Colditz, B. T. &

Gibbons, R. W. Weingartner, H. M.

Engineering Economy: Analysis of Capital Expenditures 2nd edn (Iowa State U.P. 1973)

Australian Accounting: The Basis oj Business Decisions 2nd edn (McGraw·Hill)

Mathematical Programming and the Analysis of Capital Budgeting Problems (Prentice­Hall 1963)

544841 ME487 OperatioDS Researcla - DetermlDlsdc Modeis*

Prerequisite

Hours

Examination

Content

Maths lIB

42

Progressive assessment and examination

Concept of optimisation; Optimisation approaches;. Formulation of Models; Linear Programming; Allocation and assignment; Simplex Method; Duality; Theory of Games, Parametric Programming; Integer Programming; Zero-one Programming; Quadratic Programming; De­composition principle. Network theory; Dynamic Programming. Geometric Programming. Applications.

Texts Ackoff, R. L. &

Sasienj, M. W. Hillier, I. S. &

Lieberman, G. J. Taha,H. A.

References Vajda, S.

Wagner, H. W.

Fundamentals oj Operations Research (Wiley)

Introduction to Operations Research (Holden-Day)

OperationsReseatch (Macmillan)

Readings in' Mathematical .Programming (Pitman)

Principles of Operations Research (Prentice­Hall)

544842 ME488 OperatioDS Research - ProbabilfBtie Models··

Prerequisite Matbs 1m

166

Hours

Examination

Content

42

Progressive assessment

Statistic~ decision theory; Forecasting, methods moving avera e exp0Il:enbally smoothed average. Inventory control theory. Fixed ord:r quantI~y; fixed ord~r cycle systems; Production - inventory syste Queu~lDg t!teory; sunple queue Multi-server queues. Queues in seri~' TransIents lD qJleues; simulation of systems. Applications. .

Text

Saaty, T. L. Elements of Queueing Theory (Prentice-Hall) References Brown, R. G.

Dychman, T. R.et al.

Hadley, G. & Whitin, T. M.

Taha, H. A.

Smoothing, Forecasting and Prediction of Time . Series (Prentice-Hall)

Mancigement 'Decision Making under Uncertainty (Macmillan)

Analysis for Inventory Systems (Prentice-Hall)

Operations Research (Macmillan)

544465 ME492 Special Topic

In 1979 it is proposed to offer the Special Topic as follows:

Prerequisite

Hours

Examination

Content

Engineering Aspects of Biomedfcal Science

Permission of Head of Department of Mechanical Engineering

42

To be advised

An introduction to the bioengineering problems related to the human body. The course has been prepared along the following four topics: 1. Human locomotion and anatomy of limbs. 2. Properties and mechanics of bone fracture. 3. The design of human total-joint replacement. 4. Implant materials, their compatibility and the present trend of

research.

Text

References Institution of

Mechanical Engineers

Nil

Human Locomotor Engineering (London 1974)

167

Crouch, J. E. & McClintic, J. R.

Evans, F. G.

Liebowitz, H.

Human Anatomy and Physiology 2nd edn (Wiley 1971)

Mechanical Properties of Bone (Thomas 1973)

Fracture-An Advanced Treatise Vol. 3 (Academic Press 1972)

544203 ME496 Project/Seminar

Hours 126

Examination

Content

Progressive assessment

See Head of Department of Mechanical Engineering

540137 ME503 DesIgn of Experiments for Engineering Research

Prerequisites Maths lIB

Hours

Examination

42 hours of lectures, seminars and tutorials

Progressive assessment

Content A systematic approach to the analysis and design of experiments apd the interpretation of experimental results. The course has been divided into three approximately equal parts as follows:-( 1) Statistical methods for the design and evaluation of experiments. (2) Model analysis, use of true and distorted models as well as

analogues. Use of dimensional analysis. (3) Methods of measurement, mechanical, optical, electrical and

electronic instrumentation. Recording techniques and data pro­cessing. Use of computers. Planning of computer and laboratory operations.

Texts

Ref.erences Bright-Wilson

Cook & Rabinowicz

Ezekiel & Fox

Korn & Korn

Nil

Introduction to Scientific Research (McGraw­Hill)

Physical Measurements and Analysis (Addison-Wesley)

Methods of Correlation Analysis and Regression Analysis (Wiley)

Mathematics Handbook for Scientists and Engineers (McGraw-Hill)

Experimental Statistics Handbook 91 (U.S. Nat. Bur. of Standards)

168

540126 ME505 Systems Analysis, Orgauisatioo aDd Cootrol

Prerequisites ME301

Hours 42

Examination Progressive assessment & examination Content

TI. ypes dOf systems! .J'hys~cal and organizational. Mathematical d mg an system SImulatIOn S t f . mo el-

Optimization. Application' or s;~e~: ~:ha~ce cnte?a. Con.cepts of analysis and design. Examples of industrial nanlqduebs ~ orgaDlzational USIness systems. Texts Nil

References Acknoff, R. L.

Carzo, R. & Yanouzas, J. V.

Citron, S. J.

Deutsch, R.

Kuester, J. L. & Mize, J. H.

Macbol, R.

McMillan, C. & Gonzalez, R. F.

Taha, H. A. Wayne-Weymore, A.

A Concept oj Corporate Planning (Wiley 1970)

Formal D.rganisation, A Systems Approach (IrWIn-Dorsey 1965)

Elements .of Optimal Control (Holt, Rinehart & WInston 1969)

Systems Analysis Techniques (Prentice-Hall . 1969)

Optimization Techniques with Fortran (McGraw-HilI 1973)

System~ Engineering Handbook (McGraw­HIlI 1965)

Systems 1?alysis: A Computer Approach to DecIsIOn Models (Irwin-Dorsey 1968)

Operations Research (McMillan 1971) A Mc:thematical Theory oj Systems Engineer­

mg (Wiley 1967)

540127 MES08 ~ Pollution S~s n Prerequisite ME407

Hours 42

Content Atmospheric diffusion model d h . . the local and global I SA a~. p YSlco-chemlcal interactions on exhausts from motor v:~~c~~s. m lent measurement and control of

Text Seinfeld, J. H. Air Pol/ution-Physical and Chemical

Fundamentals (McGraw-HilI 1975)

169

References Deminger, A.

Stern, A. C.

Models for Environmental Pollution Control (Ann Arbor Science Publishers 1973)

Air Pollution 3 Vols (Academic 1968)

540128 ME511 Experimental and Theoretical Stress Analysis

Hours 84

Examination Progressive assessment

Content An introduction to the experimental and theoretical analysis of. com­plex components with emphasis on the use of computer te~hmques. Theoretical and experimental applications of the use of ~tralD gauge, photoelastic and modell~ng method~ will be covered. Certam aspects of simulation techniques will also be gIven.

Texts Nil

References Dalley, J. W. '&

Riley, W. F. Ourelli, A. J. et al.

Durelli, A. J. & Riley, W. F.

McMillan, C. Southwell, R. V.

Zienkiewiez, O. C.

Experimental Stress Analysis (McGraw-Hill 1965)

Analysis of Stress and Strain (McGraw-Hill 1958)

Introduction to Photomechanics (Prentice-Hall 1965)

Mathematical Programming (Wiley 1970) An introduction to the Theory of Elasticity

(Dover 1969) The Finite Element Method in Engineering

Science (McGraw-Hill 1971)

540129 ME515 Advanced Design Concepts n Prerequisite ME410

Hours

Examination

Content

42

Progressive assessment

The application of system analysis principle~ to the solut~o~ of prob­lems associated with the design of mechamsms. ~o~ahsIDg .of . t~e design process. Fundamental concep~s . <?f reliabIlity. Rehablhty analysis. Methods of improving .the reh~bll~ty of system~. Compu.ter programming for mechanical deSIgn appl.ICatlO~s. The optImum deSIgn of typical mechanical components. (ThIS subject contlDues on from ME410.)

170

Texts

References Furman, T. T.

Haviland, R. P.

Johnson, R. C.

Matouseki, R. Morrison, D. Polovko, R. M.

Sbooman, M. L.

Nil

The Use of Computers in Engineering Design (English U.P.)

Engineering Reliability and Long Life Design (Van Nostrand 1964)

Optimum Design of Mechanical Elements (Wiley)

Engineering Design (Blackie) . Engineering Design (McGraw-Hill) Fundamentals for Reliability Theory

(Academic 1968) Probablistic Reliability. An Engineering

Approach (McGraW-Hill 1968)

540138 ME517 Materials HandUng and Transportation Systems

Hours 42

Examination

Pr.erequisite

Content

Progressive assessment

ME419

Further studies in bulk solids handling. Analysis and optimization of materials handling and transportation systems. EXamination of technical characteristics and economic factors involved in various types of transport systems. Examples considered will be selected from various types of conveyor systems, pipeline systems (pneumatic and hydraulic), capsule systems, road, rail and sea transport systems. Other studies may include stockpiling, unit handling, packaging and cargo systems.

Texts

References Arnold, P. c.,

McLean, A. G. Roberts, A. W.

Brown, R. L. & Richards, J. C.

Hawk, M. C.

Hawk, M. C.

Nil

Bulk Solids: Siorage, Flow and Handling (TUNRA 1978) ISBN 0 7259 03031

Principles of Powder Mechanics (Pergamon)

Bulk Materials Handling Vol. 1 (Univ. of Pittsburgh, School of Engineering, No. 3 1971)

Bulk Materials Handling Vols. I (3) & II (8) (Univ. of Pittsburgh, School of Engineer­ing 1971)

171

Jenike, A. W.

Wasp, E. J., Kenny, J. P., Gandhi, R. LL.

Gravity Flow of Bulk Solids Bull. 108 (1961) & Bull. 123 (1964) .

(jtorage and Flow of Solids (Utah Engineermg Experiment Station)

Solid Liquid Flow Slurry Pipeline Transporta­tion (Trans Tech. Publications Vol. 1 1975177 No.4)

Selected Research Papers

540130 ME535 Vibration and Noise Problems in Industry

Prer,equisite ME409

Hours

Examination

42

Progressive assessment

Content "b' roblems which are A systematic study °cfe ?notl.hnd~~:;7alanp~n~~ ~~~o~~ctures. It is divided of common occurren I inW' 1 . (i) . Sound waves and their measurements .. Fun~amentals un:er y~n~

noise control. Criteria for noise and vibration control. ractlca

noise control. .' e-(ii) Basic vibration theory. Vibration sources, vlb~atiO~ ~easu.r

ment and analysis. Vibration control: shock and vlbratI?n Is?latIon in machines and vehicles. Effects of shock and Vibration on structures. (This subject continues on from ME409.)

Text, Anderson, R. A. Beranek

References Harris & Crede

Pestel, C. E. & Leckie, F. A.

Fundamentals of Vibrations (Macmillan) Noise Reduction (McGraw-Hill)

Shock and Vibration Handbook Vol. 2 (McGraw-Hill)

Matrix Methods in Elastomechanics (McGraw-Hill)

540131 ME554 Computation of Fluid Flows and Heat Trlmsfer

Hours 42

Examination

Content

To be advised

To be advised

540132 ME581 Mathematlatl Programming n Prerequisite ME404

172

"i.-

Hours 42

Examination To be advised

Content Linear programming in integers; cutting plane algorithms branch­and-bound methods; implicit enumeration; algorithms for binary integer programmes. Network, scheduling and other combinatorial problems. Introduction to the theory of convex nonlinear programmes; the Kuhn-Tucker theorem applications to quadratic programming and geometric programming. Dynamic programming methods.

Text, Gass, S. I. Linear Programming 3rd edn (McGraW-Hill

I.S. edn) Geoffrion, A. M, (ed.) Perspectives on Optimisation (Addison-Wesley

1972) Nemhauser, G. L.

References Bellman, R. E. &

Dreyfus, S. E. Duffin, R. J. et al. Hadley, G.

KUnzi, H. P. et al. Luenberger, D. G.

Taha, H. A. Wilde, D. J. &

BeightIer, C. S.

Introduction to Dynamic Programming (Wiley 1966)

Applied Dynamic Programming (Princeton 1962)

Geometric Programming (Wiley 1967) Linear Programming (World Student Series

Addison-Wesley 1969) Nonlinear Programming (Blaisdell 1966) Introduction to Linear and Nonlinear

Programming (Addison-Wesley 1973) Operations Research (Macmillan 1971) Foundations of Optimisation (Prentice-Hall

1967)

540133 MES82 Probabilistic Models in Operations Research

Prerequisite ME488

Hours

Examination

Content

42

Progressive assessment

Review of relevant, probability and statistics theory; utility theory; Bayes' theorem; decision trees; decision models under risk and un­certainty; queueing theory; Markov models, renewal theory; variable inventory models; forecasting; time series analysis; production-inventory· models; quality assurance models; reliability.

173

Texts

References Taha, H. A. Wagner, H. M.

Nil

Operations Research (Macmillan) Principles of Operations Research (Prentice­

Hall)

540152 ME582D Industrial Computations

Prerequisites Nil

Hours

Examination

Content

42

Progressive assessment and examination

A review and revision of probability theory, random variables and distributions. Sampling distributions. Confidence interval estimation. Standard tests of significance. Linear regression and least squares analysis of data.

Text Guttman, 1. &

Wilks, S. S.

References Moroney, M. J. Par'adine, C. G. &

Rivett, B. H. P. Wadsworth, G. P. &

Bryan, J. G. Walpole, R. E.

Introductory Engineering Statistics (Wiley)

Facts from Figures (Pelican) Statistical Methods for Technologists (English

u.P.) Probability and Random Variables (McGraw­

Hill) Introduction to Statistics (Macmillan)

540134 ME583 Modelling of Management Problems

Hours 42

Examination· Progressive assessment . ,

Content Principles of model building; classification of models; cause-effect structures; organizational objectives; problem formulation; manage­ment problems in industry and government; models for marketing, manpower, production, inventory, distribution, and investment; case studies of ~anagement problems.

Reference Rivett, B. H. P. Principles of Model Building (Wiley)

174

540135 ~84 Sbnulation

Prerequisite ME487

Hours 42

Examination

Content Progressive assessment

;:::a~~~ic a~~th~dologr ofifisimulation and its relationship to operations . I' e SCIent c method; analogue digital and hybrid Simu atIon; ,

~~th~1s~esentation of uncertainty in simulation models, sampling

::~led ex~mp~e ~f ~imulation of a queue to illustrate the problems and

d 'ff 0 S InVO ye In the construction of different models to answer 1 erent questIOns;

the general d.iscrete event network and its limitations; general s.olutions to the modelling of such networks; the claSSIcal 3 phase model' . programming languages fo; simulation' ~esign ~f simulation experiments; , SImulatIon project.

Nil Texts

References Naylor, T. H.

Naylor, T. H. et aI.

Tocher, K. D.

Computer Simulation Experiments with Models of Economics Systems (Wiley 1971)

Computer Simulation Techniques (Wiley 1966)

The Art of Simulation (English V.P. 1963)

540136 ME597 Project/Semluar

Hours

Examination

Content

84, 126 or 168

Progressive assessment

See Head of Department of Mechanical Engineering

433240 ME681D IndusDial Law

For subject entry see Industrial Law entry I'n Se this Handbook. ction 4 Part II of

540173 ME684D Project

Hou~ 84 -, ,;

Examination Progressive assessment

Content See Head of Department of Mechanical Engineering

540176 ME6S5 Advanced Operations Research

Prerequisite ME487/ 488

Hours

Examination

42

Progressive assessment

Content . The application of the Operational Research Metho~ and t:chmq?es to tactical and strategic industrial problems. AnalysIs and slm~lat1on of production - inventory control systems, 9-u~~emg systems, mvest­ment and replacement, quality control and reltablltty.

Reference Wagner, H. M. Principles of Operations Research (Prentice­

Hall)

176

Metallur3Y

11'1102-111106 Met092-6 Indusfrlal Experience 1 unit each

Prerequisites Nil

Examination By arrangement

Content These subject units are designed to formalise the period of Industrial Experience which may be studied in lieu of elective units by part· time students. Each of the Industrial Experience units is equivalent to one elective unit of 42 hours. Students who wish to study the Industrial Experience units Met092-096 will normally be required to attend nominated lecture and tutorial periods which wiII deal with working and professional environments, essentials of communication and report writing. In addition, each student will be required to present a seminar relating to aspects of his experience. Some assign· ments relating to employment and experience will be set. Students will also be required to present a report giving a connected account and critical evaluation of his industrial experience.

111122 Met121 Chemical Metallurgy 1 unit

Prerequisite

Hours

Examination

Content

Nil

About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial, demonstration & practical classes

One 1 t hour paper

Introduction to chemical thermodynamics and the rates of homogeneous and heterogeneous chemical reactions. Extension to electrochemical and photochemical reactions, thermo­dynamics and kinetics of chemical change illustrated by reference to the environmental degradation of materials. Wet and dry corrosion of metals. Chemical attack on refractories, ceramics and cement. Photo­chemical breakdown of polymers, Stress corrosion of metals and plastics. Internal chemical breakdown of materials.

Texts Chitton, J. P. Guggenheim, E. A.

Ives, D. J. G.

Reference Guy, A. G.

Principles of Metallic Corrosion (Chern. Soc.) Elements of Chemical Thermodynamics

(Chern. Soc.) Principles of Extraction of Metals (Chern.

Soc.)

Introduction to Materials Science

177

111141 Met141 Mechanical Properties of Materials 1 unit

Prerequisites

Hours

Examination

Content

Nil

About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial, demonstration & practical classes

One 1 t hour paper

Macroplasticity. The tension test, engineering stre.ss ::nd strain, true stresa and strain theories of strength, complex stresses, YIelding, flow and fracture, effect of' metallurgical variables. Visco-elastic beha!io~ of materi.als, classical models. Heating a cold worked metal, recrystallIzation, hot working. Microplasticity. Slip in single crystals, .work hardening, multiple. slip, deformation bands in polycrystals. TheoretIcal streIl'gth anomaly 1Wd dISloc­ations, edge and screw types, their interaction, multiplication and pile ups. Fracture. Types of. fracture ~nder. static l~g! duC?ille, brittle. Creep dynamic loading fatIgue. DuctIle-BrIttle transItion In mIld stec:l,the effects of variables, Mnle ratio. Creep Test, shape of curve, ID!crostructural aspects, creep rupture. Fatigue Test, S-N curve, effect of v1I1'1'ables.

Text Wulff, J. et al.

References Dieter, G. Polakowski, N. H. &

Ripling, E. Wyatt, O. H. &

Dew-Hughes, D.

Structure and Properties of Materials Vol. 3 (Wiley)

Mechanical Metallurgy (McGraw-Hill) Strength and Structure of Engineering

Materials (Prentice-Hall) Metals, Ceramics and Polymers (Cambridge

V.P.)

11'1151 Met151 Microstructure of Materials 1 unit

Prerequisites

Hours

Examination

Content

Nil

About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial, demonstration & practical classes

One 1 t hour paper

The generation of microstructure and its relationship with material properties. States of matter, bonding in solids, crystal structure, phases, surfaces, grain boundaries and interfaces, atom movement. Phase rule and microstructures in binary systems for equilibrium conditions and for near equilibrium transformations including: isomorphous, eutectic, peritectic and eutectoid types, the lever rule. Microstructures of ceramics and polymers. Technically important systems including iron­carbon, copper-zinc, aluminium-silicon, aluminium-copper. Modific­ation of eutectics, normalizing and annealing. Non-equilibrium microstructures, quenching, martensite and bainite, TIT diagrams, age hardening and tempering.

171J

Text Rollason, E. C.

References Rhines, F. N. Van Vlack, L. H.

Wulff, J. et al.

Wyatt, O. H. & DeW-Hughes, D.

Metallury for Engineers (Arnold)

Phase Diagrams in Metallury (McGraw-Hill) Elements of Materials Science (Addison

Wesley) Structure and Properties of Materials Vol. 1

(Wiley) Metals, Ceramics and Polymers (Cambridge

UP.)

111181 Metl81 Atomic Structure of Materials 1 unit Prerequisites

Hours

Examination

Content

Nil

About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial, demonstration & practical classes

One 1 t hour paper

Introductory crystallography; crystal systems, lattices and unit cells. Miller indices and stereographic projection. The periodic table and atomic bonding. The metallic structures, b.c.c., f.c.c., c.p.h. from stacking equal spheres. Metallic solid solutions, Hume-Rothery rules, short and long range order. Defects. Ionic structures, from stacking coordination polyhedra. Pauling's rules.' Covalent structures. Structures with more than one type of bond, silicates and polymers.

Text Wulff, J. et al.

References Cracknell, A. P. Van Vlack, L. H.

'itructure and Properties of Materials Vol. 1 (Wiley)

Crystals and their Structure (Pergamon) Elements of Materials Science (Addison

Wesley)

111'182 Met182 Electronic Structure of Materials 1 unit Prerequisites

HOllrs

Examination

Content

Nil

About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial, demonstration & practical classes

One 1 t hour paper

Atomic bonding and electron mobility. Electrons in a potential box, free ~~ectron model of a metal, effects of the lattice, alkali, noble and tranSItion metals, insulators and semi conductors. Specific heat and

179

thermal conductivity of electrons and lattices. Thermal and Electron!c properties of metals, i?sulators and. semi co~ductors. Ma~nettc properties of metals and lllsulators. Optlcal propertIes of metals, lllsul­ators and semi conductors.

Text Wulff, J. et al.

References

The Structure and Properties of Materials Vol. 4 (Wiley)

To be advised

112211 MetZll Metallurgical Computations 4 units

Prerequisite Maths I

Hours

Examination

Content

About 112 lecture hours & 56 tutorial hours

As determined by the Faculty of Mathematics

ConsIsts of Topics A, CO and F of Mathematics II.

112212 Met212 Metallurgical Stoichiometry

Prerequisites

1 unit

Hours

Examination

Content

About 21 lecture hours and 21 tutorial hours

One 1 t hour paper

The stoichiometry of metallurgical processes. Algebraic stoichiometry after Aris. Mass and Energy balances in industrial metallurgical pro­cesses and plants. Interactive computing techniques for industrial stoichiometry. Stoichiometric models for graphical and computer manipulation.

Text } To be advised References

112213 MetZ13 Applied Statistics 1 unit

Prerequisites Nil

Hours

Examination

Content

About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial, demonstration & practical classes

One 1 t hour paper

Distributions: Binomial, Poisson and Normal. Sampling distributions. Tests and confidence intervals for means, variances, proportions and distributions. Analysis of variance. Regression analysis.

180

Text

References

As for ME582D

To be advised

112221 MetZ21 Metallurgical Thennodynamlcs 1 unit Prerequisite Met121

Corequisite

Hours

Examination

Content

Met261

About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial, demonstration & practical classes

One 1 t hour paper

The Principle of Additivity. Enthalpy. Calorimetry. First postulate Gibbs free energy. Second and third postulates. Chemical potential. Equilibrium constants. Simple gaseous reactions. Gas/ solid reactions. The oxygen potential diagram, Ellingham diagrams. Simultaneous gas I solid reactions. Chemical equilibria in aqueous solutions. Graphical representation. Electro-chemical equilibria in aqueous solutions. E-pH diagrams.

Text Oates, W. A.

Reference Gaskell, D.

Introduction to Chemical Thermodynamics for Metallurgy Students

Introduction to Metallurgical Thermodynamics

112231 Met231 Rate Processes 1 unit Prerequisite

Hours

Examination

Content

Met121

About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial, demonstration & practical classes

One 1 t hour paper

Introduction to chemical kinetics and transport processes in gases, solids and liquids. Defects in solids, diffusion and defects. Homogeneous and hetero­geneous nucleation and the growth of particulate and lamellar second phases. Quasi-chemical equilibrium of defects and the Wagner theory of oxidation. The interpretation and use of rate data. Derivation of rates from experimental measurements. Models for the correlation of rate data.

Text To be advised

181

References Burke, J. Welty, J. R. et al.

Kinetics of Phas.e Transformations Fundamentals of Momentum, Heat and Mass

Transfer (Wiley)

112241 Met241 Microplasticity 1 unit

Prerequisites MetI41, MetI51, Met1S1

Hours

Examination

Content

About 21 lecture hours and 21 hours of tutorial, demonstration and practical classes

One 1 t hour paper

Metallography of the plastic deformation of single crystals, slip, twinning and clearage, stress strain curves of metal crystals. Dislocation theory, cross slip, climb, dissociation into partials, sessile dislocations, jogs. Theories of work hardening, deformation bands, kink bands, dislocation interactions with solutes and particles. Deformation and annealing of polycrystalline metals.

Text Honeycombe, R. W. K. The Plastic Deformation of Metals (Arnold)

References Hall, E. O. Tegart, W. J. McG.

Yield point phenomena (Macmillan) Elements of Mechanical Metallurgy

(Macmillan)

112251 Met2S1 Me~ogr.apby 1 unit

Prerequisites Met121, MetI51, MetIS1

Hours

Examination

Content

About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial, demonstration & practical classes

One I! hour paper

Physical examination of metals, optical microscopy qualitative and quantitative, D.T.A., Dilatometry and hardness. Thermodynamics of phase diagrams and transformation kinetics. Decomposition of austen­ites, characterization of pearlite, bainite and martensite. X-ray metallography, production of x-rays, uses of the Laue and powder techniques.

Texts Cullity, B. D. Elements of X -ray Diffraction

(Addison Wesley)

182

Reed-Hill, R.

References Cottrell, A. H. de Hoff, R. T. Kehl, G. H.

Samuels, L. H.

Physical Metallurgy Principles (Van Nostrand)

Theoretical Structural Metallurgy (Arnold) Quantitative Microscopy (McGraw-Hill) Metallographic Laboratory Practice

(McGraw-Hill) Metallographic Polishing by Mechanical

Methods (Pitman)

112261 Met261 Extraction Metallurgy 1 unit

Prerequisite Met121

Corequisite

Hours

Examination

Content

Met221

About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial demonstration & practical classes '

One I! hour paper

Comprehensive review of extraction metallurgy. Phase separation processes. Fuels. Ore preparation. Reduction of metal oxides. Volatile metal processes. Slags and refractories. Matte smelting. Refining processes. Rare and reactive metals. Ferro alloys. Hydrometallurgy and Electrometallurgy.

Text Rosenqvist, T.

References Gilchrist, J. D. Pehlke, R. D.

Principles of Extraction Metallurgy (McGraw-Hill )

Extraction Metallurgy (Pergamon) Unit Processes in Extraction Metallurgy

(Elsevier) .

112271 Met271 Fabrication Metallurgy 1 unit Prerequisites Met141, Met15I, MetISI

Hours

Examination

Content

About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial demonstration & practical classes '

One I! hour paper

An introduction to and a study of the common metal-working techniques. Rolling, forging, deep drawing, wire and tube drawing, casting, extrusion and powder metallurgy.

Text Dieter, G. E. Mechanical Metallurgy (McGraw-Hill)

183

References Flinn, R. A.

Rowe, G. W.

Fundamentals of Metal Casting (Addison Wesley)

Principles of Metal Working (Arnold)

113301 Met301 Communication Skills t unit

Prerequisites Nil

Hours About 21 lecture hours & a student seminar

Examination Progressive assessment

Content Preparation of written and oral reports.

Text Pauley, S.

References Mitchell, J. H.

Swanson, R.

Technical Report Writing Today (Houghton Mifflin)

A first course in technical writing (Chapman & HaIl)

For your information (Prentice-Hall)

113323 Met311 Statistical Design and Optimisation of Metallurgical Processes

1 unit

Prerequisites Met212, Met213

Hours

Examination

Content

About 21 lecture hours & 21 tutorial hours

Progressive assessment and one 1 t hour paper

Experimental design: Randomised and randomised-block, factorial and fractional factorial designs applied to metallurgical situations. Optimisation: Method of formulation, single variable and m~lti­variable techniques. Linear and non-linear problems, constramed problems, confidence regions.

Text

Reference Text Ray, W. H. &

Szekely, J.

To be advised

Process Optimisation with application in Metallurgy and Chemical Engineering (Wiley)

113313 Met312 Modelling and Control of Metall1U'gical Processes

1 unit

Prerequisites Met212, Met213

184

Hours

Examination

Content

About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial & practical classes

Progressive assessment and final examination

Construction of models, use of models in prediction, identification and simulation, validity of models using examples from current metallur­gical practice. Computer control systems, system components, advantages and justification of computer systems. Demonstration by use of simulation packages. Use of microcomputers in on line data logging and control. Application to a practical example in the laboratory.

References Pehlke, R. D.

As for Met311 and Unit Processes of Extractive Metallurgy

(American Elsevier)

113324 Met321 Heterogeneous Equilibria 1 unit Prerequisite Met221

Hours

Examination

Content

About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial, demonstration & practical classes

Progressive assessment and one 1 t hour paper

Condensed phase equilibria in ternary systems. Application to alloy steels, aluminium alloys, tungsten carbide and refractories. Gas/ condensed phase equilibria in muIticomponent systems. Applications to extraction metallurgy.

References Prince, A. Levin, E. M. &

Hall, F. D.

Alloy Phase Equilibria (Elsevier 1966) Phase Diagrams for Ceramists (Amer. Ceramic

Soc. 1956-69 3 vols) .

113322 Met322 Electrochemistry and Corrosion 1 unit

Prerequisite Met221

Hours

Examination

Content

About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial, demonstration & practical classes

One 1 t hour paper

Metals in equilibrium with aqueous solutions. Departures from equilib­rium. Kinetics of electrode processe·s. Corrosion.' Surface films and passivity. Corrosion prevention and control. Electrodeposition. Electro­polishing.

185

Text

References Denaro, A. R. Fontana, M. G. &

Greene, N. D. Potter, E. C.

Uhlig, H. H. West, J. M.

To be advised

Elementary Electrochemistry (Butterworth) Corrosion Engineering (McGraw-Hill)

Electrochemistry: Principles and Applications (Clever-Hume)

Corrosion and Corrosion Control (Wiley) Electrodeposition and Corrosion Processes

(Van Nostrand)

113331 Met331 Transport Processes in Metallurgical Systems 1 unit

Prerequisites Nil

Hours

Examination

Content

About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial, demonstration & practical classes

One 1 t hour paper

Viscosity and viscous flow with liquid metals and slags. Heat transfer with phase change. . ' Mass transfer in heterogeneous metallurgical systems. Simultaneous transfer processes, coupled transport phenomena. Single particle reaction systems.

Text

References } To be advised

113332 Met332 Fluid Mechanics of Metallurgical Processes 1 unit

Prerequisites Nil

Hours

Examination

Content

About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial, demonstration & practical classes

One 1 t hour paper

Flow systems in pyro metallurgical processes. Slag-metal flow. Gas­metal flow in vacuum processes. Melting packed bed flow. Jet flow in metallurgical reactors. Gas bubble flow in pyrometallurgy. Flow in ingots and castings. Flow at solidification interfaces.

Text

References } To be advised

,186

113341 Met341 Fracture and Failure Analysis 1 unit Prerequisite Met241

Hours

Examination

Content

About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial demonstration & practical classes '

One 1 t hour paper

The unique features of various modes of failure are described and explained from a metallurgical and metallographic view point. The stress-strain situation at a stationary crack tip is explored and the Griffith's criterion developed. Failure analysis and case histories.

Text

Reference 1.S.1. Publication

Nil

Fracture Toughness No. 121 (1969)

113351 Met351 Metallography

Prerequisite Met252 1 unit

Hours About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial, demonstration & practical classes

Examination One 1 t hour paper

Content

A practically oriented course of modern metallographic methods. Theory of operation, application and quantitative treatment of data from modern metallographic equipment. Transmission electron micro­scopy; scanning electron microscopy, Field ion microscopy, Quantimet, classimat. Element and compound identification and analysis from X-ray spectroscopy, microprobe analysis and X-ray diffraction methods. Particle size and texture analysis.

Texts Smallman, R. E. &

Ashbee, K. H. G. Cullity, B. D.

References Andrews, K. W.

Belk, J. A. & Davies, A. L.

Brandon, D. G.

Modern Metallography (Pergamon)

Elements of X-ray diffraction (Addison Wesley)

Physical metallurgy. Techniques and application (Allen & Unwin)

Electron microscopy and microanalysis of metals (Elsevier)

Modern techniques in metallography (Butterworths)

1187

Thomas, G. Transmission electron microscopy of metals (Wiley)

113352 Met352 Physical Metallurgy 1 unit

Prerequisites Met241, Met252

Hours

Examination

Content

About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial, demonstration & practical classes

One 1 t hour paper

Physical metallurgy of alloy steels, effect of alloying elements, harden­ability of alloy steels. Tempering and temper brittleness. Further topics in dislocation theory, yield point phenomena, fracture, age hardening, creep.

Texts Bain, E. C. & Alloying Elements in Steel (AS.M.)

Paxton, H. W. Honeycombe, R. W. K. Plastic Deformation of Metals (Arnold)

References Cottrell, A H.

Smallman, R. E. Wyatt, O. H. &

Dew-Hughes, D.

Dislocations and Plastic Flow ill Crystals (Oxford V.P.)

Modern Physical Metallurgy (Butterworths) Metals, Ceramics alld Polymers (Cambridge

V.P.)

113353 Met353 Solidification Processes 1 unit

Prerequisites

Hours

Examination

Content

Met151, MetI81

About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial, demonstration & practical classes

One 1 t hour paper

The structure of liquid metals and the solid-liquid interface. Theories of pure metal solidification and nucleation. Polyphase alloy growth, impurity effects, cellular growth, microsegregation, macro­segregation. Structures in castings and ingots. Gases and inclusions in steel ingots. Homogenization. Effect of cast structures and inclusions on mechanical properties.

Text Flemings, M. C. Solidification Processing (McGraw Hill)

188

References Chadwick, G. A

Davies, G. J.

Metallography of Phase Transformations (Butterworths)

Solidification and Casting (Halsted Press)

113354 Met354 X-ray and Electron Metallography 1 unit Prerequisites Met241, Met252

Hours About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tuto . I d t · & rIa, emons ratIon practical classes

Examination One 1 t hour paper

Content

~ mainly theoretical t~eatm~nt of the use of X-ray and electron beams III metallography. DIffractIOn and the reciprocal lattice C st I structure a?alysi~. Extinction and the dynamical theory of s'catt~n a Electron d~ffractlOn pattern, Image contrast, bright and dark field ~ electron mIcroscopy. '

Texts AZaroff, L. V.

Thomas, G.

References Hirsch, P. et al.

Thomas, G. & Washburn, J. eds.)

Elements of X-ray crystallography' (McGraw­Hill)

Transmission electron microscopy in metals (Wiley)

Electron microscopy of thin crystals (Butterworths)

Electron microscopy and the strength of crystals (Interscience)

113365 Met361 Extraction Metallurgy

Prerequisite Met261

Hours

Examination

Content

About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial demonstration & practical classes '

One 1 t hour paper

Review of current technology in the metallumy f f ferrous processes. ~ 0 errous and non-

Text

References Jones, M. J. (ed.) PeWke, R. D. (ed.)

To be advised

Copper Metallurgy (I.M.M.) B.o.F. Steelmaking (A.I.M.E.)

189

113362 Met362 Hydro- and Electro- Extraction MetaJlurgy 1 unit

Prerequisite Met261

Hours

Examination

Content

About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial, demonstration & practical classes

One It hour paper

Review of current technology in the hydro- and electro- metallurgy of ferrous and non-ferrous processes.

Text

References } To be advised

113366 Met363 Metallurgical Process Theory

Prerequisite

Hours

Examination

Content

Met212, Met261

About 21 leoture hours & 21 hours of tutorial, demonstration & practical classes

Progressive assessment and final examination

Shaft furnace modelling. Theory of steelmaking processes including models of continuous steelmaking processes. Multiport modelling of steel finishing processes. Mixing theory for batch and semi continuous pyrometallurgical reactors. Simulation of pyrometallurgical reactor systems.

References Alcock, C. B. Filippov, S.

Pehlke, R. D.

Pehlke, R. D.

Richardson, F. D.

Principles of Pyrometallurgy (Academic 1974) The Theory of Metallurgical Processes (MIR

Publishers 1975) Unit Processes of Extractive Metallurgy

(Elsevier 1973) BOF Steelmaking Vol. II-Theory (A.I.M.E.

1975) Physical Chemistry of Melts in Metallurgy

Vols I & II (Academic 1974)

113364 Met364 Refractories 1 unit

Prerequisite Met231

Hours About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial, demonstration & practical classes

190

Content Techniques for the investigation and testing of refractories. Phase equilibria and rates of reaction in complex oxide systems. The clay­water system and alumino-silicate refractories. The structure, properties and industrial applications of silica, magnesite, dolomite, chrome, alumina and carbon refractories. Special refractories, including in­sulating materials.

Text

References

Chesters, J. H. }

Grimshaw, R. W.

Nil

Refractories: Production and Properties Refractories in Iron & Steelmaking

(Iron & Steel Inst.) The Chemistry and Physics of Clays (Benn)

113371 Met371 Materials Selection

Prerequisites Met241, Met252, Met271

Hours

Examination

Content

About 84 hours of lectures, tutorials & practi­cal exercises

Progressive assessment and final examination

An introduction to the metallurgy, properties and applications of common metals and polymers of industrial significance. Emphasis is given to techniques for critical comparison and evaluation. Exten­sive use is made of case histories and on-plant studies.

Text Rollason, E. C. Metallurgy for Engineers (Arnold)

Referenc.e To be advised

113372 Met372 Fabrication Processes 1 unit

Prerequisite

Hours

Examination

Content

Met271

About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial, demonstration & practical classes

One H hour paper

Detailed examination of selected metal working fundamental and from a practical viewpoint.

processes from a

References

Text } To be advised

191

113373 Met373 Polymer Technology 1 unit

Prerequisites Met141, Met151

Hours

Examination

Content

About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial, demonstration & practical classes

One It hour paper

A description and analysis of the techniques for the production and forming of commercially important polymers.

Text Seymour, R. B. Modern Plastics Technology (Prentice-Hall)

113374 Met374 Welding and Non Destructive Testing 1 unit

Prerequisites Met141, Met151 or Engineering I

Hours

Examination

Content

About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial, demonstration & practical classes

One It hour paper

The basic principles and the techniques are introduced for the modern joining methods of: fusion welding brazing and soldering. The metal­lurgical changes which accompany these joining processes are discussed. However the main emphasis is on the arc welding of steels. Non destructive testing techniques and their applications are introduced.

Text Lancaster, J. F.

References Jackson, M. D. Kennedy, G. A AS.M.

The metallurgy of welding, brazing and soldering (Elsevier)

Welding methods and metallurgy (Griffin) Welding Technology (Sams) Metals Handbook Vol. 6, 8th edn

113381 Met381 Metal Physics 1 unit

Prerequisite MetI82

Hours

Examination

Content

About 21 elective hours & 21 hours of tutorial, demonstration & practical classes

One It hour paper

The topic will be introduced by consideration of the Brillouin zone theory and the reciprocal space representation of lattice and electron waves.

192

The cours.e will be comple~ed by considering such topics as: Stability of metalliC phases, electncal properties of materials. Magnetism Magnetic properties of materials. Semi conductors. .

To be advised

Bland theory of metals (Pergamon)

Text

References Altmann, S. L. Elliott, R. J. &

Gibson, A. E. An introduction to Solid State Physics and its

Applications (Macmillan) Kittel, C. Introduction to Solid State Physics (Wiley)

113391 Met391 Physical Metalluru Laboratory

Prerequisites

Hours

Examination

Content

Nil

3 hours per week

Progressive assessment

4 units

The pr~ctices of opt~cal, X-ray and electron metallography and the mecharucal and phYSical testing of metal components.

Texts } To be advised

References

113392 Met392' Chemical Metallurgy Laboratory

Prerequisites Nil

Hours

Examination

Content

3 hours per week

Progressive assessment'

2 units

E.xpe~ental work in chemical and electrochemical equilibria and kIDetl~s. Transport processes. Pyrometallurgical and hydrometallurgical expenments. . .

114405 Met401 Dlreded Readfug

Prerequisites

Hours

Examination

Content Topics to be arranged.

Nil

About 42 hours

By written report and seminar

193

2 units

Text

References } Nil

114406 Met402 Metallurgy Semlaar

Prerequisites Nil

Hours

Examination

Content

About 42 hours

By seminar

Topics in the general area .of metallurgy and materials.

Texts

References } Nil

114434 Met411 Metallargy CompufadoDt

Prerequisites

Hours

Examination

Content

Nil

About 42 hours

By written report and seminar

Topics to be arranged.

Text

References } Nil

114435 Met421 Heterogeneous EquUlbrJa

Prerequisite Met221

1 unil

1 unit

1 unit

Hours About 21 lecture h'Ours & 21 h'Ours of tut'Orial, demonstrati'On & practioal classes

Examination Progressive assessment and 1 t hour paper

Content Condensed phase equilibria in ternary sytems. Applicati'On to alloy steels, 'aluminium alloys, tungsten carbide lind refractories. Gas/ condensed phase equilibria in multicomponent systems. Applications to extraction metallurgy.

References Levin, E.M. &

Hall, F. D. Prince, A.

Phase Diagrams for Ceramists (Amer. Ceramic Soc. 1956-69 3 Vols)

Alloy Phase Equilibria (Elsevier 1966)

194

Richardson, F. D.

Wagner, C.

The Physical Chemistry of Melts in Metallurgy Vols I & II (Academic)

Thermodynamics of Alloys (Addison-Wesley)

114431 Met431 Heat l'nmIfer 1 unit

Prerequisite Met331

Hours

Examination

Content

About 21 lecture h'Ours & 21 hours of tut'Orial, dem'Onstrati'On & practical classes

One It h'Our paper

Heat transfer m'Odelling in casting and s'Olidificati'On, welding, pyr'O­metallurgical reacti'On systems, heat treatment and fabrication systems.

Text

Reference } To be advised

114436 Met432 Fluid Mecbanics of Metallurgical Processes 1 unll

Prerequisite Met332

Hours

Examination

Content

About 21 lecture hours & 21 h'Ours of tutorial, dem'Onstration & praotical classes

One 1 t h'Our paper

The solidifying interface with vari'Ous m'Orphol'Ogies. The impinging jet geometry in gas-liquid metal contacting in pryometallurgy. Melting packed beds.,

To be advised

114433 Met433 Metallurgical Rate Proceas 1 unit

Prerequisite Met231

Hours

Examination

Content

About 21 lecture hours & 21 h'Ours 'Of tut'Orial, demonstration & practical classes

One 1 t hour paper

Single particle reaction systems in pyrometallurgy. Solid particle-gas­slag systems, liquid metal drop-gas systems. Heterogeneous reaction kinetics, Fe-C-O reaction in a steelmaking environment._

195

Text

References } To be advised

11444Z Met441 AppDcatIous 01 Fradore MeclumIes 2 units

Prerequisite

Houra

Examination

Content

Met341

About 84 hours of lectures, tutorials & practi­cal exercises

Progressive assessment and final examination

Linear elastic and elastic-plaMic fracture mechanics, fracture criteria, specimen designs and testing methods data analysis, life predication techniques and fracture control plans, case histories.

Text Rolfe, S. T. &

Barsom, J. M.

Reference Knott, J. F.

Fracture and Fatigue Control in Structures (Application of Fracture Mechanics) (Prentice-Hall )

Fundamentals of Fracture Mechanics (Butterworths)

114451 Met451 Electron Metallography 1 unit

Prerequisites Met351, Met352, Met354

Hours

Examination

Content

About 21 leoture hours & 21 hours of tutorial, demonstration & practical classes

One 1 t hour paper

The interaction of electrons with crystalline materials and the develop­ment of image contrast. Characterization of structural defects.

Texts To be advised

References Hawkes, P. W.

Heidenreich, R. D.

Electron optics· and electron microscopy (Taylor & Francis)

Fundamentals of transmission electron microscopy (Wiley)

11445Z Met452 Physical Metallurgy 1 unit

Prerequisites Met351, Met352, Met353

Hours About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial, demonstration & practical classes

196

Examination One 1 t hour paper

Content Topics on the relation between mechanical properties and micro­structure. Strengthening mechanisms. Internal friction in metals.

Text To be advised

References Cahn, R. W. Kelly, A. Kelly, A. &

Nicholson, K. B. Nowick, A. S. &

Berry, B. S.

Physical Metallurgy (Elsevier) Strong Solids (Oxford U.P.) Strengthening Mechanisms in Crystals

(Elsevier) Anelastic Relaxation in Crystalline Solids

(Academic)

114453 Met453 Metallography 1 unit Prerequisites

Hours

Examination

Content

Met351, Met352, Met353

About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial, demonstration & practioal classes

One 1 t hour paper

Metallography of phase transformations in metals. Recrystallization, grain boundaries and interfaces.

Text

References Christian, J. W.

A.S.M.

To be advised

The Theory of Phase Transformations in Metals and Alloys (Pergamon)

Phase Transformations (Manchester Conference "The Mechanism of Phase Transformations in Crystalline Solids")

114461 Met461 Extraction Metallurgy 1 unit Prerequisites Met361, Met362

Hours

Examination

Content

About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial, demonstration & praotical classes

One It hour paper

Study in depth of selected topics in the current technology of extraction metallurgy from the field of: hydrometallurgy, pyrometallurgy and electrometallurgy .

197

Text

References } To be advised

114462 Met462 Reactor ~ 1 unit

Prerequisite Met363

Hours About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial, demonstration & practical classes

One 1 t hour paper Examination

Content Modelling and analysis of processes in extraction pyro-, hydro- and electro-metallurgy. Reactor kinetics of industrial reactors.

Text

References } To be advised

114471 Met471 MaterJala Selectloo 1 unit

Prerequisite

Hours

Examination

Content

Met371

About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial. demonstration & practical classes .

One 1 t hour paper

An examination of the important features and properties of the less common and more technically sophisticated materials, their applications and limitations.

Texts

References A.S.M.

To be advised

Metals Handbook Vol. 1, 8th edn

114472 Met471 Welding and NoJi·destrucdve TeItlDg 1 unit

Pr.erequisite Met374

Hours About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial, demonstration & practical classes

One 1 t hour paper Examination

Content The course covers the important details of welding power supplies, advanced techniques and controls. Welding of special metals and

,198

~oys. Hard facing and metal .cutting .processes .. Fundamental prin­ciples of modem non-destructive testmg. DetaIled examination of each process.

Text

References A.S.M. Kennedy, G. A.

To be advised

Metals Handbook Vol. 6, 8th edn Welding Technology (Sams)

114481 Met481 DIslocation Theory 1 unit Prerequisites Met352, Met241

Hours

Examination

Content

About 21 lecture hours ~ 21 hours of tutorial, demonstration & practical classes

One 1 t hour paper

Advanced topics on the structure, interactions and movement of dis­locations. Applications to plastic deformation, fracture, transformations and strengthening.

Texts

References Friedel, J. Nabarro, F. R. N. Hirth, J. P. &

Lothe, J.

To be advised

Dislocations ( Gautier-Villars) Dislocations (Oxford D.P.) Theory of dislocations (McGraw-Hill)

114482 Met481 Metal Phyllcs 1 unit Prerequisites Met381, Met354

Hours About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial demonstration & practical classes '

Examination (jne 1 t hour paper

Content Topics will be chosen from a list including such items as: Neutron diffraction methods, diffraction theory, lattice vibrations nuclear reactor materials, magnetic and electrical materials, superc~nductors, etc.

Text

Reference Kittel, C.

To be advised

Introduction to Solid State Physics (Wiley)

199

114483 Met491 Laboratory Project 2 units

Prerequisites Nil

Hours

Examination

Content Topic to be arranged.

Text

References }

About 84 hours

By written report and seminar

Nil

115521 Met521 MetallUl'llcaI Thennodynamlcs

Prerequisite Met321

Hours

Examination

Content

About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial, demonstration & practical classes

To be advised

Introduction to statistical thermodynamics. Configurational models of alloys and slags. Vibrational, electronic and magnetic contributions to the partition function. Towards an understanding of phase equilibria.

Texts To be advised

References Richardson, F. D.

Wagner, C.

The Physical Chemistry of Melts in Metallurgy Vols I-II (Academic)

Thermodynamics of Alloys (Addison-Wesley)

115531 Met531 Heat TraDsfer

Prerequisite

Hours

Examination

Content

Met331

About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial, demonstration & practical classes

To be advised

Heat transfer modelling in casting and solidification, welding, pyro­metallurgical reaction systems, heat treatment and fabrication systems.

Texts

References } To be advised

200

115532 Met532 Fluid Medumics

Prerequisite Met332

Hours

Examination

Content

About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial demonstration & practical classes '

To be advised

Topics treated will include: Th~ teeming sys.te!ll. geo~etry for c?ntinuous or batch ingot prod­~cti?n.. Th: sohdIfymg Interface WIth various morphologies. The Impmgmg Jet geometry in gas-liquid metal contacting in pyrO-: metallurgy. Melting packed beds.

Texts

References } To be advised

115533 Met533 Metallurgical Rate ProeellSeS

Prerequisite Met231

Hours

Examination

Content

About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial demonstrat<ion & practical classes '

To be advised

Single particle . re~ction systems in pyrometallury. Solid particle-gas­slag systems, hqUId metal drop-gas-slag systems, liquid metal drop­gas systems. Heterogeneous reaction kinetics Fe-C-O reaction in a steelmaking environment. '

Texts

References } To be advised

115541 Met541 Fracture Medumlcs

Prerequisite Met341

Hours

Examination

Content

About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial, demonstration & practical classes

To be advised

~inear elastic fracture mechanics, stress distribution round a crack t~p, e!fect of y~elding. Development of equations for idealized fracture situatl?nS, tes!mg pro.ce?ures, specimen design, C.O.D. Testing. Data ana~yslS and hfe predIctIOns, prediction of fatigue life effect of hostile enVIronments. Application of fracture mechanics to n~n-ferrous metals and polymers.

201

Text Knott, J. F.

References

Fundamentals of Fracture Mechanics (Butterworths)

To be advised

115551 MetS51 EleclroD MetaJlography

Prerequisites Met351, Met352, Met354

Hours

Examination

About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial, demonstration & practical classes

To be advised

Content The interaction of electrons with crystalline materials and the develop­ment of image contrast. Characterization of structural defects.

Te:Jtts

References Hawkes, P. W.

Heidenreich, R. D.

To be advised

Electron Optics and Electron Microscopy (Taylor & Francis)

Fundamentals of Transmission Electron Microsco.py (Wiley)

115551 MetS52 Physical MetaJlUI'IY

Prerequisites

Hours

Examination

Met351, Met352, Met353

About 21 lecture bours & 21 hours of tutorial, demonstration & practical classes

To be advised

Content Topics on the relation between mechanical properties and micro­structure. Strengthening mechanisms. Internal friction in metals.

Texts To be advised

References Cahn, R. W. Kelly, A. &

Nicholson, K. B. Kelly, A. Nowich, A. S. &

Berry, B. S.

Physical Metallury (Elsevier) Strengthening Mechanisms in Crystals

(Elsevier) Strong Solids (Oxford V.P.) Anelastic Relaxation in Crystalline Solids

(Academic)

115553 MetSS3 MetaUography

Prerequisites Met351, Met352, Met353

Hours

Examination

Content

About 21 I~cture hours & 21 hours of tutorial, demonstration & practical classes

To be advised

Me~allography of phase transformations . I gram boundaries and interfaces. III meta s. Recrystallization,

Texts To be advised

References A.S.M.

Christian, J. W.

Phase Transformations (Manchester Confer­enCe ''The Mechanism of Phase Transformation in Crystalline Solids")

The Theory of Phase Transformations in Metals and Alloys (Pergamon)

115561 Met561 EmaetioD MetaUurgy

Prerequisites Met361, Met362

Hours

Examination

Content

About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial demonstration & practical classes '

To be advised

~tudy in depth of selected. topics in the current technology of extract­Ion metallurgy from the fIeld of: hydrometallury pyrometallurgy and electrometallurgy. '

Texts

References } To be advised

115562 MetS6Z Reador Aaalysla

Prerequisite Met363

Hours

Examination

Content

About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial demonstration & practical classes '

To be advised

~odelling and analysis of processes in extraction pyro- hydro- and e eetro-metallurgy. Reactor kinetics of industrial reactors.

aOl

Te~t$

References } To be advised

115571 Met571 Mate ..... SelecUoD

Prerequisite

Hours

Examination

Content

Met371

About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial, demonstration & practical classes

To be advised

An examination of the important features and properties of the less common and more technically sophisticated materials, their appli-cation and limitations.

Te~ts

Reference A.S.M.

To be advised

Metals Handbook Vol. 6, 8th edn

115572 Met572 Welding and NOD-destrueUve Testing

Prerequisite Met374

Hours

Examination

Content

About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial, demonstration & practical classes

To be advised

The course covers the important details of welding power supplies, advanced techniques and controls. Welding of special metals and alloys. Hard facing and metal cutting processes. Fundamental prin­ciples of modern non-destructive testing. Detailed examination of each process.

Te~ts

Reference A.S.M.

To be advised

Metals Handbook Vol. 6, 8th edn

115581 Met5S1 DlBlocaUoD Theory

Prerequisites Met352, Met241

Hours

Examination

About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial, demonstration & practioal classes

To be advised

204

Content

~dvanc~d topics. on the structure, interactions and mov dI~locattons. ApplIcations to plastic deformation fracture t eme~t of atlOns and strengthening. " rans~orm_

Te~ts

References Friedel, J. Nabarro, F. R. N.

To be advised

Dislocations (Gautier-Villan) Dislocations (Oxford V.P.)

115582 Met582 Metal PhysiCII

Prerequisites Met381, Met354

Hours

Examination

Content

About 21 l~cture hours & 21 hours of tutorial demonstratron & practical classes '

To be advised

Topics will ?e ch~sen from a list including such items as: Ne~tron dIffraction n;tethods, di~raction theory, lattice vibrations

Cnonucdeart reactor matenals, magnetIc and electrical materials super'

uc ors, etc. ' -

Te~ls To be advised

Reference Kittel, C. Introduction to Solid State Physics (Wiley)

203

SUI"t'eying

521110 SVl11 Surveying I

Prerequisites

Hours

Examination

Content

Nil

Part A: Average 1 i lecture hours. i tutotW bloW' & 2i fieldwork hours per week

Part B: 1 1eoture hour & itutorial hbur per week

Two 3-hour papers

Part A (Surveying) Classes of surveys - nature, causes and cla~ses of errors :- ele~entary error propagation - linear measurement wIth tapes, ordinary dIffe~en­tial levelling, angle measurement, plane tab~e, tacheometry optical square, Abney level, Indian clinometer, magnetic com~ass. Field notes -line ranging, chain surveys - traversing and traverse calculations - plane triangulation - contour surveys - plane table surveying. Route Surveys - areas and volumes - horizontal (circular and trans-ition) and vertical curves. History of surveying and survey instruments. Part B (Cartography) . Cartographic drawing - plotting and plan drawmg for cadastral and engineering surveys.

Text Bannister, A. &

Raymond, S.

References Clarke, D.

Whyte, W. S.

Surveying 3rd edn (Pitman 1972)

Plane & Geodetic Surveying Vol. 16th edn (Constable 1969)

Basic Metric Surveying (Butterworths 1969)

521111 SV121 Survey Camp I

Corequisite SVl11 Surveying I (B.Surv. students only)

Duration 5 days

Examination Progressive assessment

Content Extensive contour and detail survey, including horizontal and vertical control by traverse and differential levelling - ~lane tabling - stadia. A small engineering survey. Associated calculatiOns and plans.

206

522404 SV212 Surveying n Prerequisites

Corequisites

Hourj

Examination

Content Part A (Surveying)

SV 111 Surveying I

SV231 Survey Computations I

Part A: Average Ii lecture hours, 1 tutorial hour & 2 fieldwork hours per week

Part B: 1 lecture hour & i tutorial hour per week

Progressive assessment and final examination

~recise leveIli.ng, barometri~ levellin¥, trigonometrical levelling, re­ciprocal lev~lhng-hydrogra?hlc surveymg - underground surveying­gyrotheodolltes - plane trIangulation with single second theodolites. Part B (Optics) Reflection and r~fracti~n at plane and curved surfaces - prisms, thin lenses and sphencal mIrrors -lens combinations thick lenses "thick" mir~ors -:- aberrations, parabolic reflectors - optical trains' in sur­veYI.ng .Instruments, optical compensators, optical plumbing-Gauss collImatiOn techniques. .

Texts Bannister, A. &

Raymond, S. Clark, D.

Clark, D.

References

Cooper, M. A. R.

Hodges, D. J. & Greenwood, J. B.

Ingham, A. E.

Smith, J. R.

Surveying 3rd edn (Pitman 1972)

Plane and Geodetic Surveying Vol. 16th edn (Constable 1969)

Plane and Geodetic Surveying for Engineers Vol. II 6th edn (Constable 1973)

Admiralty Manual of Hydrographic Surveying Vols I & II (HMSO 1975)

Modern Theodolites and Levels (Crosby Lockwood 1971)

Optical Distance Measurement (Butterworths 1971)

Hydrographic Surveying for the Surveyor and Engineer (Crosby Lockwood 1974)

Optical Distance Measurement (Crosby Lockwood 1970)

522405 SV222 Survey Camp n Prerequisite

Corequisite

Duration

SV121 Survey Camp I

SV212 Surveying II

5 days

207

Examination

Content

Progressive assessment

Extensive engineering survey - control by plane triangulation and traversing - setting out road centreline, including transition and cir­cular curves - calculation of grades and earthworks quantities, and associated drawings.

522406 SV231 Survey Computatious I

Prerequisite

Hours

Examination

Content

SV 111 Surveying I

2 lecture hours & 1 tutorial hour per week

Progressive assessment

Use of tables - plane trigonemetrical formulae - calculation of tri­angles, areas, roadways, subdivisions. Use of calculating machines. Traverse computations including offsets and missing data problems. Areas from co-ordinates - transformations - resections and inter­sections, mathematical and semi-graphic. Spherical trigonometry and applications to survey problems. Elementary computer programming.

Texts The University of Newcastle Computing Centre

Handbook (Univ. of Newcastle 1975) The Manual of the N.S.W. Integrated Surveys

Grid (N.S.W. Govt Printer)

522410 SV171 BasIc Regional and Urban Economics

Prerequisite

Hours

Examination

Content

Economics I

2 lecture hours per week

To be advised

Application of economic analysis to sub-national areas. Regional accounts-descriptions of regional economies-regional income determination and growth-impact of growth on regional economic structure--regional effects of national policy-design of regional policy under constraints of national objectives and regional structure. Selected case studies, stressing cross-country comparisons. Broad survey of economic issues within the urban or metropolitan environment-relation of cities to national and regional economy­interrelation of cities-central place theory 'and location an'alysis­housing and land use theory-urban economic development and growth-urban analysis, sociology and planning-public policy and welfare.

208

Text Richardson, H. W.

References Bish, R. L. &

Nourse, H. O. Dean, et al. !sard, W.

Isard, W.

Regional Economics (Weidenfeld & Nicolson 1969)

Urban Economics and Policy Analysis (McGraw-Hill 1975)

Spatial Economic Theory (Free Press 1970) Introduction to Regional Science (Prentice­

Hall 1975) Methods of Regional Analysis (M.LT. Press

1960) McKee, et al. Regional Economics (Free Press 1970) Matthew, E. & Readings in Urban Economics (MacMillan

Rothenberg, J. (eds) 1972) McMaster,J. C. & Australian Urban Economics: A Reader

Webb; G. R. (eds) (ANZ Book Co. 1976) Needleman, L. (ed) Regional Analysis (Penguin 1968) Nourse, H. O. Regions, Resources and Economic Growth

Perloff, et al. Perloff, H. S. &

Wingo, L. (eds) Stillwell, F. J. B.

(McGraW-Hill 1968). Regional Economics (Nebraska V.P. 1960) Issues in Urban Economics (John Hopkin

1968) Australian Urban and Regional Development

(ANZ Book Co.)

432300 SV291 IufroductiOD to Legal Studies

Prerequisite Nil

Hours

Examination

Content

2 lecture hours & 1 tutorial hour per week for 1st t year

One 3-hour paper

The Australian constitution and legal system-legal research and writing-areas of law-legal concepts and terminology-statute law -case law.

Text } References To be advised

523305 SV313 Surveying m Prerequisites SV212 Surveying II

EE203 Introduction to Electrical Information

,209

Hours

Examination

Content

Average 1 lecture hour & t fieldwork hour per week

One 3-hour paper

Electronic timing - frequency measurement and calibration - phase shift measurement of sinusoidal waves - propagation of electromag­netic waves - electromagnetic distance measurement - navigational aids, applications to hydrographic surveying.

Text Burnside, D. C.

References

Hames, G. Laurila, S. H.

Saastamoinen, J. J.

Electromagnetic Distance Measurement (Crosby Lockwood 1971)

Admiralty Manual of Hydrographic Surveying Vol. II (HMSO)

Sound Underwater (David & Charles 1974) Electronic Surveying and Mapping 2nd edn

(Larrar 1966) Surveyors Guide to Electromagnetic Distance

Measurement (Toronto U.P. 1967)

523330 SV323 Survey Camp nI Prerequisite SV222 Survey Camp II

Corequisites

Duration

Examination

Content

SV313 Surveying III SV361 Photogrammetry I

12 days

Progressive assessment

Preparation of detail and topographical map from aerial photos, including: Horizontal control by second-order triangUlation and EDM traverse­vertical control by trigonometric levelling and precise levelling; ex­tension of control by barometric levelling. Stellar observations for latitude, longitude and azimuth.

523326 SV332 Survey Computations n Prerequisite

Hours

Examination

SV231 Survey Computation I

! lecture hour & t tutorial hour per week

One 3-hour paper

210

Content Revision and extension of error theory - adjustment by least squares -error ellipse calculations.

Text

References Rainsford, H. F.

Richardus, P.

Nil

Survey Adjustments and Least Squares (Constable 1957)

Project Surveying (North Holland 1966)

523327 SV341 Astronomy I

Prerequisite

Hours

Examination

Content

SV231 Survey Computations I

Average 2 lecture hours & 1 fieldwork hour per week

Progressive assessment and final examination

The celestial sphere and astronomic triangle - definitions, conventions and time -latitude by circum-meridian methods; longitude by ex­meridian methods; best position, balancing - azimuth by circum­elongation, circumpolar and sun observations - optimum position, balancing - position line methods.

Text

R.eferences Biddle, C. A. Roelofs, R.

Nil

Text Book of Field Astronomy (HMSO 1958) Astronomy Applied to Land Surveying

(Ahrend 1970)

523328 SV351 Geodesy ]

Prerequisite

Hours

Examination

Content

SV231 Survey Computations I SV212 Surveying II

Average 2 lecture hours & 1 fieldwork hour per week

One 3-hour paper

Historical development of geodesy - differential geometry - the spheroid - Legendre's Theorem·- computation of geographical co­ordinates - geodetic surveying (horizontal control) - map projections - the Australian Map Grid and the N.S.W. Integrated Survey Grid.

211

Texts Clark, D.

Reference Bomford, G.

Plane and Geodetic Surveying for Engineers Vol. II 6th edn (Constable 1973)

The Australian Map Grid Technical Manual 2nd edn (Aust. Govt Publishing Service 1972)

The Manual of the N.S.W. Integrated Survey Grid (N.S.W. Govt Printer)

7ntegrated Survey Grid Tables (N.S.W. Govt Printer 1972)

Geodesy 3rd edn (Oxford 1971)

523329 SV361 Photogrammeo-y I

Prerequisite

Hours

Examination

Content

Nil

Average It lecture hours & It laboratory hours per week

One 3-hour paper

Stereoscopic vision - geometry of single .aerial ph?togr~ph - ster<:o­scopic pairs - fundamental mathematlcal relatlonshlps - radlal triangulation. Inner, relative and absolute orientation with respect to direct optical projection. Cameras, physical properties of photographs.

Text Wolf, P. R.

Reference

Elements of Photogrammetry (McGraw-Hill 1974)

The Manual of Photogrammetry Vols. I & II (Amer. Soc. of Photogrammetry)

433300 SV392 Property and Survey Law

Prerequisite

Hours

Examination

Content

SV291 Introduction to Legal Studies

2 lecture hours & 1 tutorial hour per week for 2nd half year

One 3-hour paper

The notion of property-classifications of propertY-:-estat~ in land­interests in land-systems of title to tand--dealmgs wlth land­statutory control of land use, with particular reference to the Local Government Act 1919 (N.S.W.) The regulation and legal liability of surveyors--survey investigations and searches.

212

Texts Hallman, F.

Willis

References

Legal Aspects of Boundary Surveying as Apply in New South Wales (Inst. of Surveyors, Aust. 1973)

Notes on Survey Investigation (N.S.W. Govt Printer)

To be advised

524125 SV414 Surveying IV

Prerequisites

Corequisites

Hours

Examination

Content

SV313 Surveying III

SV332 Survey Computations II SV392 Property & Survey Law

2 lecture hours & 1 tutorial hour per week

One 3-hour paper

Map reproduction - methods of preparation and reproduction of line maps - other map products. Cadastral surveys in N.S.W. - survey practice law; professional ethics; surveyors' rights, powers and duties - Torrens and Common Law title surveys; searches - identification surveys, field records and plans­integrated surveys. Tape standardisation, laboratory testing of instruments, error analysis in survey methods.

Text Hallmann, F. M.

References Keats, J. S.

Richardus, P.

Legal Aspects of Boundary Surveying as apply in New South Wales (Inst. of Surveyors, Aust. 1973)

Cartographic Design and Reproduction (Longman 1976)

Project Surveying (North Holland 1966)

524126 SV415 Surveying V (Elective)

Prerequisite SV313 Surveying III

Corequisites

Hours

Examination

SV414 Surveying IV SV332 Survey Computations II

1 lecture hour and t tutorial hour per week

One 3-hour paper

Content Measurement of deflection and settlement of structures - survey methods in industry - relocation of lost marks - special surveying· problems.

Text

References } To be advised.

524127 SV442 Astronomy n (Elective)

Prerequisite

Hours

Examination

Content

SV341 Astronomy I

Average 2 lecture hours & 1 fieldwork hour· per week

One 3-hour paper

Topics selected from:-Corrections to observations and calculations Star co-ordinates Meridian methods Equal altitude methods Precise timing

Text

References } To be advised.

524128 SV452 Geodesy n

Prerequisite SV351 Geodesy I

Corequisite

Hours

Examination

Content

SV332 Survey Computations II

Average 1 lecture hour & t tutorial hour per week

One 3-hour paper

Least squares adjustment of control surveys - variance/ covariance matrix, variance factor and weight coefficient matrix - elementary statistical testing of observations and adjusted values - precise levelling. Relationship between geoid and ellipsoid - astro-geodetic levelling­ellipsoidal elevations - mean sea level and the geoid-gravity and its use in geodesy - methods for establishing a world geodetic system.

Text Clark, D. Plane and Geodetic Surveying Vol. II 6th edn

(Constable 1973)

-214

References Heiskanen, W. A. &

Moritz, H. Ewing, C. A. &

Mitchell, M. M.

Physical Geodesy (Freeman 1969)

Introduction to Geodesy (American Elsivier 1970)

524129 SV453 Geodesy m (Elective)

Corequisite

Hours

Examination

Content

SV 452 Geodesy II

Average 1 lecture hour & t tutorial hour per week

One 3-hour paper

Calculations on the ellipsoid - conformal projection of an ellipsoid­~tmospheric refraction and its effect on survey measurements - ad­Justment of control surveys, precision of adjusted measurements, error ellipses of adjusted co-ordinates. The permanence of geodetic position -long range goals of geodesy.

Text

References } To be advised

524130 SV462 Photogrammetry n

Prerequisite

Hours

Examination

Content

SV361 Photogrammetry I

Average t lecture hour & t laboratory hour per week

One 3-hour paper'

P~otogrammetric orientation. Design principles and practical applic­atIOn of exact and approximate restitution instruments. Flight and project planning - aerial mapping - aerial triangulation of strips.

Text Wolf, P. R.

Reference

Elements of Photogrammetry (McGraw-HilI 1974)

Manual of Photogrammetry Vols I & II (Amer. Soc. of Photogrammetry)

524131 SV463 Photogrammetry m (Elective)

Corequisites SV 462 PhotogramIrietry II SV332 Survey Computations II

at15

Hours

Examination

Content

Average ! lecture hour & ! laboratory hour per week

One 3-hour paper

Propagation of errors in aerial triangulation and strip adjustment. Camera calibration. Rectification, mosaics, orthophotography.

Text

References } To be advised.

524135 SV472 Laad Valuatioo

Prerequisite Nil

Hours

Examination

Content

2 lecture hours per week

One 3-hour paper

General principles of urban and rural land valuation - unimproved and improved capital values - valuation of leasehold and freehold land - subdivisional value of land - valuation of buildings - relevant Acts and Regulations - N.S.W. Land and Valuation COurt proceedings and decisions.

Texts Murray Horne, D.

Land Valuation (Institution of Valuers) Appraisal-One

514136 SV473 Town PJanoing

Prerequisite

Hours

Examination

Content

Nil

2t lecture hours per week

Progressive assessment and one 3-hour paper

Review of historical planning concepts. Modern approaches to town planning including legal aspects. Practical considerations in subdivision design. Environmental impact considerations.

Text } To be advised References

524138 SV474 Surveying Management See CE351 Civil EngiJtreering Systems I

216

524133 SV481 Project

Prerequisite & According to the nature of the topic. Corequisites

Hours

Examination

Content EITHER

MPe.rs.onal contakctl with supervisor as required.

llllmum wor oad of 3 hours per week.

Assessment

A minor research project involving a literature review and/ or analy­tical and/ or experimental investigation OR A l~nd studies project, involving selection of a site suitable for speclfie~ purpose, investigation of title, zoning, site survey, environ~ mental Impact study, design for development.

217

II-SUBJECTS OFFERED BY DEPARTMENT OUTSIDE THE FACULTY OF ENGINEERING

The subject descriptions set out below include subjects which are core in the various courses offered by the Engineering Faculty or which are commonly taken as electives from Departments outside the Faculty. It should be noted that the list of subjects below is not exhaustive. Electives may be chosen from a number of other subjects whose descriptions are not included. The descriptions of the subjects below are grouped on the basis of the Department offering the subject, the Departments being arranged alphabetically. The following table is designed to assist in locating subject descrip­tions and consists of the complete list of subjects included in this sub-section. They are arranged alphabetically by title and show the Department responsible for offering the subject and the unit value assigned to the subject for the purposes of counting it in one of the undergraduate courses offered in the Faculty of Engineering.

SUB.JECT DEPARTMENT UNIT

VALUE

Accounting I Commerce 4

Accounting & Financial Studies Commerce 2

Analysis of Metric Spaces (EM2L) Mathematics I

Applied Statistics (EM2l) Mathematics I

Biology I Biological Sciences 4

Chemistry I Chemistry 4

Chemistry IS Chemistry 2

Chemistry IIA Chemistry 5

Chemistry IlIA Chemistry 8

Chemistry IIIB Chemistry 8

Commercial Programming Commerce 2

Complex Analysis (EM2B) Mathematics I

Computer Science II Mathematics 4

Computer Science III Mathematics 8

Data Structures & Programming (CS) Mathematics I

Economics I Economics 4

Economics II Economics 4

Electromagnetics & Quantum Mechanics (Ph221) Physics 2

Electronics & Instrumentation II Physics 4

Engineering and Industrial Law Legal Studies I

English I English 4

Finite Mathematics (EM2G) Mathematics 1

Geography I - Geography 4

Geography I1A Geography 4

Geography lIB Geography 4

Geography lIC Geography 4

Geology I Geology 4

History I History 4

Industrial Law Legal Studies 4

2181

SUBJECT

Industrial Relations II Introduction to Law Introductory Quantitative Methods Labour Economics Legal Studies I Linear Algebra (EM2D) Mathematical Models (EM2A) Mathematics I Mathematics IlA Mathematics lIB Mathematics IIC Mathematics IlIA Mathematics IIIB Numerical Analysis & Computing (EM2F) Organisational Behaviour Philosophy I Physics IA Physics IB Physics II Physics IlIA Programming & Algorithms (CS) Probability & Statistics (EM2H) Psychology I Sociology I Statistics III Systems Analysis & Design Theories of Organisation Topic in Applied Mathematics (EM2J) Topic in Pure Mathematics (EM2K)

DEPARTMENT

Legal StUdies Legal Studies Economics Economics Legal Studies Mathematics Mathematics Mathematics Mathematics Mathematics Mathematics Mathematics Mathematics Mathematics Commerce Philosophy Physics Physics Physics Physics Mathematics Mathematics Psychology Sociology Mathematics Commerce Commerce Mathematics Mathematics

DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES

UNIT VALVE

4 I 4 4 4 1 1 4 4 4 4 8 8 1 4 4 4 4 4 8 1 1 4 4 8 2· 4 1 1

711100 Biology I

Pr.erequisies Nil, but a series of 10 lectures in background chemistry will be offered in the last week of Febmary (between 9.30 and 11.30 a.m. each day in the Department of Biological Sciences lecturing theatre, JLG08) for those students enrolling in Biology I who have done little chemistry. Attendance at the lectures is optional.

Hours

Examination

3 lecture hours and 3 hours of tutorial and laboratory classes per week. A two-day excur­sion.

One 3-hour puper

219

Content Cells and Cell Constituents Proteins carbohydrates, lipids. Organis~tion of cells, mitosis. Fundamental Chemical Reactions Photosynthesis. Respiration (aerobic and anaerobic). Chemosynthesis. Production of ATP. Diversity of Organisms . Origins of life. Classification of orgamsms. Plant Classification and Processes . Plant Kingdom. Structure, function and development of hIgher plants. Animal Classification and. Processes Animal phyla. Nutrition. Gas exchange. Internal transport. ~ody fluids. Chemical control. Nervous control. Effectors. BehaVIOur. Homeostasis. Immunology Antigens and antibodies. Blood groups.

Genetics and Development . M d r Scientific method. Chromosomal basis o! heredItary, en elan genetics. Chemical nature of gene. Gene action and development.

Population Biology .. d I f An introduction to eCology, populatlon genebcs an evo u IOn. Human Biol~ . . Evolution of man. Heredity and enVIronment. Eugemcs. PopUlation control. . The practical classes will present exercises relevant to these tOpICS.

Preliminary Reading White, E. H.

Texts Abercrombie, M.

et al. Keeton, W. J.

References Clarke, R. B. &

Panchen, A. L. Holloway, B. W.

Moroney, M. J. Rayle, D. &

Wedberg, L. Srb, A. M. et al.

Chemical Background for the Biological Sciences 2nd edn (Prentice-Hall 1973)

Dictionary of Biology (Penguin 1973)

Biological Science 2nd edn (Norton 1972)

Synopsis of Animal Classification (Chapman & Hall)

Genes and Chromosomes in Action (Thomas Nelson)

Facts from Figures (Penguin) Botany: A Human Concern (Houghton Miflin

1975) General Genetics 2nd edn (Freeman)

220

DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY

721100 Chemistry I

Prerequisites

Hours

Examination

Content

Nil

About 3 lecture hours and 3· hours of tutorial and laboratory classes per week. .

A student may satisfy the examiners: EITHER by achieving an over-all satisfactory perform­ance in the two progressive examinations (Paper 1 Mid~Year, Paper 2 November)

OR by achieving satisfactory performance in the final 3 hour examination scheduled in the November examination period. Students who attempt both sets of examination will be credited with the higher ot the two results.

Inorganic Chemistry (30 lectures) Revision of basic concepts; periodic properties of the elements and their compounds; Bonding and Structure. Organic Chemistry (30 Wures)

Historical development. The shapes and structures of organic com­pounds. Reactions of common functional groups. Synthesis, differen­tiation and structural elucidation of organic compounds. Methods of separation and purification. Physical Chemistry (30 lwture&) Chemical equilibria and energetics; chemical kinetics.

Texts Aylward, O. H. &

Findlay, T. J. V. Hart,H.&

Scheutz, R. D. Brown, T. L. &

LeMay, H. E.

721900 ChenUSby IS

S.I. Chemical Data 2nd edn (Wiley 1974)

Organic Chemistry 4th edn (Houghton Mifflin 1973)

Chemi~try-The Central Science (Prentice­Hall 1977) including Students Guide by J. C.Hill

(for avll, E1eotrioal & MeobalDiical ~g Stu~) Prerequisites

Hours

Nil

About 2 lecture hours & 1 hour of tutorials, computational classes & student participation per week

221

Examination

Content

Three I-hour examinations held after the com­pletion of each term and one 3~hour final examination

The course deals principally with material and energy resources. One term is devoted to structures, properties and behaviour of inorganic materials, minerals and metals. One term is devoted to chemical energetics and to chemical and physical equilibria. One term is devoted to organic chemistry with special reference to petrochemicals, polymers, fuels and lubricants. In all three terms tutorials designed to support the lecture material are held.

Texts Aylward, G. H. &

Findlay, T. J. V. Pimental, G. C. &

Spratley, R. D. Steedman, W. et al.

722200 Chemistry IIA

Prerequisite

Preparatory Subjects

Hours

Examination

Content Analytical Chemistry

S.l. Chemical Data (Wiley 1970)

Understanding Chemistry (Holden-Day 1971)

Chemistry for the Applied Sciences (Pergamon 1970)

Chemistry I

Mathematics I & either Physics IA or IB

About 3 lecture hours & 6 hours of tutorial & laboratory classes per week

A student may satisfy the examiners: either by acllleving an overall. satisfa~ory performance in the two progresslve examma­·tions (Papers 1 & 2). or by achieving an overall satisfactory per­formance in the two final papers scheduled for the November examination period (Papers 3 & 4). Students who attempt both sets of examinations will be credited with the higher of the two results. All papers are of 3-hours duration. The . average laboratory mark counts 20% towards the final grading.

Basic principles: spectroscopic procedures; separation methods.

222

Inorganic Chemistry

Symmetry and structure; main group metal chemistry; types of co-ordination complexes; surface elucidation; transition metal chemistry. Dynamics

Kinetics; chemical affinity; electrochemical cells. Organic Chemistry Aliphatic and aromatic chemistry. Thermodynamics .

Basic laws; and applications to. ideal and non-ideal systems. Texts Cotton, F. A. &

Wilkinson, G. Geissman, T. A.

Advanced Inorganic Chemistry 3rd edn (Interscience 1972)

Principles of Organic Chemistry 3rd edn (Freeman 1968)

Shriner, R. L. et a1. The Systematic Identification of Organic Compounds 5th edn (Wiley 1964)

Wentworth, W. E. & Fundamentals of Physical Chemistry Ladner, S. J. (Wadsworth 1972)

Also adVisable, particularly if proceeding to Chemistry lIlA .

Pickering, W. F. Modern Analytical Chemistry (Dekker 1971) Shoemaker, D. P. & Experiments in Physical Chemistry 2nd edn

Garland, C. W. (McGraw-Hill 1967)

Prerequisites

Hours

Examination

Content

CHEMISTRY -PART III SUBJECTS

- A pass in Chemistry IlA is a prerequisite for entry into Chemistry lIlA; Chemistry IlIA is a pre- or co-requisite for Chemistry IIlB; Mathematics 1.

The Chemistry Department offers two Part III subjects, each involving 90 hours of lectures and each comprised of 9 topics chosen from the list below. Associated with each subject is 8 hours per week of laboratory work.

Both subjects will be examined by progressive examinations. To pass. each subject, students must achieve an acceptable aggregate mark and earn a pass grading in the specifiefid laboratory programme.

All, students enrolling in Chemistry IlIA \ must include at leaSt one tOPIC from each of the four sub-groups distinguished by capital prefixes (i.e. A, P, I and 0). Students undertaking Chemistry IlIA

223

as sale Part III chemistry subject may substitute up to three topics from the Chemistry I1IB list (subject to satisfying topic prerequisites). Students enrolling in Chemisry IllB must nominate nine topics from the IIIB listing. All proposed programmes must be approved by the Head of Depart-ment (or his nominee) before the start of the academic year. The following guidelines apply: (a) There must be a reasonable spread of load over the full year. (b) Not all the topics listed will be offered in any given year, and

there may be substitutions. Accordingly students should check the list of topic summaries posted on Departmental notice boards before submitting their programme.

(c) The advisory recommendations re companion or prerequisite studies provided on the topic summaries should have been con­sidered.

(d) The programme must be feasible in terms of timetabling (e.g. some topics offered on Thursday or Friday may clash with other part III subjects).

List of Topics 723100 Chemistry llIA Group A

Group P

Group I

Group 0

723200

TeJOts

Principles of Analysis Separation Techniques Applied Spectroscopy (compuliory)

Electrodics Surface Chemistry Molecular Spectroscopy

Inorganic Chemistry Crystal Chemistry Applied Inorganic and Organometallic Chemistry

Carbohydrates. amino acids, proteins Heterocyclic Chemistry Predicting reactivity in organic chemistry

Chemistry llIB Radiochemistry Thermodynamics Organic Reaction Mechanisms Biologically Important Organic Molecules Biogenesis Plant Growth Regulators, Insecticides & fungicides Medicinal Chemistry Trace Analysis Lasers and Raman Spectroscopy Zeolites X-ray crystallography Clinical & Automated Analysis or Instrumental Techniques Aromaticity

To be advised: see departmental topic sum­maries.

224

DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE

411100 AccountiDg I

Prerequisites

Hours

Examination

Content

Nil

2 lecture hours & 2 tut . I . ana hours per wee1\:

Two 3-hour papers

~n a~alysis of the accounting function in the social structure' the histoncal cost model of income measurement and asset al '. Al . . v uation.

ternative systems Of. accountmg measurement-current pu h· . . po er t t

.. rc aSlng w ,~urren cos acc~)Untmg. VarIOUS types of entities: partnershi s

COmpa?leS, ma?ufactunng and non-trading concerns. An introducti~~ to baSIC techmques of management accounting including all ti' f h . . ocaon ~ over e~ds, ~roduct costmg and budgeting. Analysis and interpreta-tion of fmanclal statements; funds statements and an introducf !o b~sines~ financ~. A brie~ survey of exterrral influences on accou~~ mg . l.nc1udlll~an mtroductIon to the affect of taxation on business declsIon-makmg.

Texts Colditz, B. T. &

Gibbins, R. W. Tilley, I. &

Jubb, P.

References Barton, A. D.

Buckley, J. W. & Lightner, K. M.

Bums, T. J. & Hendrickson, H. S.

Carey, J. L.

Carey, J. L. & Skousen, K. F.

Cerepak, J. R. Chambers, R. J.

Colditz, B. T. & Gibbins, R. W.

Davidson, S. et al.

Australian Accounting: The Basis for Business Decisions 2nd edn (McGraW-Hill)

Capital, Income and Decision Making (Holt Rinehart and Winston) ,

Accountancy Exercises (Univ. of Newcastle)

The Anatomy of Accounting (Queensland U.P.)

Accounting: A n Information Systems Approach (Dickenson)

The Accounting Sampler 2nd edn (McGraw­Hill)

The Rise of the Accounting Profession Vols I & II (A.I.C.P.A.)

Getting Acquainted with Accounting (Houghton Mifflin)

Accounting for B.usiness (Merrill) Accounting and Action (Law Book Co.)

Study Guide to Australian Accounting (McGraw-Hill)

Financial Accounting (Dryden)

225

Gibson, G. J. & Gillard, R. A.

Gole, V. L.

Gordon, M. J. & Shillinglaw, G.

Granof, M. H.

Harrison, J. et al. Hunter, M. H. &

Allport, N. J. A. Mathews, R. May, R. et al.

McCrae, T. W.

McNeil, E. Meigs, W. B. et al.

Morrison, L. & Cooper, K.

Thacker, R. J. Thomas, A. L.

Y onton, Sir Keith etal.

The Accounting Process (Butterworths)

Fitzgerald's Analysis and 'Interpretation of Financial and Operating Statements (Butterworths)

Accounting: A Management Approach (Irwin)

Financial Accounting: Principles and Issues (Prentice-Hall )

Accounting: A Direct Approach (Cheghire) Accounting (Holt, Rinehart & Winston)

The Accounting Framework (Cheshire) A New Introduction to Financial Accounting

(Prentice-Hall) The Impact of Computers on Accounting

(Wiley) Financial Accounting (Goodyear) Financial Accounting 2nd edn (McGraw­

Hill) Financial Accounting Conc.epts and Procedures

(Dryden)

Accounting Principles (Prentice-Hall) Financial Accounting: The Main Ideas

(Wadsworth) Accounting Fundamentals (Law Book Co.)

416104 Accounting & Financial Studies

Note Note Enrohnent in this subject is restricted to students who have not previously

passed any accounting exantinations at tertiary level.

Prerequisites

Hours

Examination

Content

Nil

2 lecture hours per week

An examination each half year

First Semester - Financial Accounting The nature and scope of accounting including a study of the use of accounting information for business decisions. Some basic accounting concepts. Preparation and analysis of accounting reports-profit a~d loss statement, balance sheet, funds statements and profit appropna­tion statements. Accounting for inflation, including a review of the

226

historic cost valuation system and an analysis of alternative valUation systems. Second Semester - Management Accounting Management planning and control processes; concepts of cost; accoun­ting for product costs; control of materials, labour and overhead costs. Cost allocation. Cost analysis for management decisions. Responsibility accounting and performance evaluation. Budgeting as a planning and control device. Behavioural effects of budgets.

Texts Barton, A. D.

Tilley, I. & Jubb, P.

Moore, C. L. & Jaedicke, R. K.

References Gordon, M. J. &

Slillinglaw, G. Colditz, B. T. &

Gibbins, R. W. Clift, R. C.

Horngren, C. T.

Rosen, L. S.

The Anatomy of Accounting (University of Queensland Press)

Capital Income and Decision Making (Holt, Rinehart & Winston)

Managerial Accounting (South Western)

Accounting: A Management Approach (Irwin)

Australian Accounting (McGraw-Hill)

Accounting Communications and Control (Butterworths)

Cost Accounting: A Managerial Emphasis (Prentice-Hall )

Topics in Managerial Accounting (McGraw-Hill) .

410103 Commercial Programming

Part A - COBOL

Prerequisites

Hours

Examination

Content

Commercial E.D.P. (Advisory)

2 lecture hours per week for 1st half year

One 3-hour paper at midyear

Basic concepts of file handling and file maintenance, including file creation and processing. Flow charting; fifile merging and updating of transactions; tape block­ing and buffering. General run types including editing, searching, and sorting. Direct access versus serial; random or sequential organisation; Rerun tech­niques; verifying programme accuracy; table lookup; programme documentation and use of test data.

DIBOL as a business data processing and file organisation language. Extensive practical work in DIBOL including case studies.

Texts DEC Feingold, C.

References Chai, W. A. &

H. W. Clifton, H. D.

Davis, G. B. & Litecky, C. R.

DeRossi, C. J. Kapur, G. K. Laden, N. H. &

Gildersleeve, T. R. McCracken, D. D.

et al. Murach, M. Sanders, D. H. Sprowls, R. C. Stern, N. B. &. R. A. Watters, J. L.

DIBOL-Il Language Reference Manual Fundamentals of COBOL Programming

(W. C. Brown)

Programming Standard COBOL (Academic)

Systems Analysis for Business Data Processing (Business Books)

Elementary COBOL Programming (McGraw-Hill)

Learning COBOL Fast (Reston) Programming in Standard COBOL (S.R.A.) Systems Design for Computer Applications

(Wiley) Programming Business Computers (Wiley)

Standard COBOL (S.R.A.) Computers in Business (McGraw-Hill) Computing with COBOL (Harper & Row) COBOL Programming (Wiley) COBOL Programming (Heinemann)

Part B - Social Implications of Computers

Prerequisites

Hours

Examination

Content

Commercial Programming Part A

2 lecture hours per week for the 2nd half year

One 3-hour paper

The spectrum of political, legal, managerial, philosophical, ethical and social issues; human variables associated with strategies of change; impact upon organisation structures; socio-technical systems; effects upon communication, privacy, public justification.

Texts

R.eferences } To be advised.

412600 Organisational Behaviour

Prerequisites Nil

Hours 2 lecture hours per week

228

Examination

Content

Two 2-hour papers (Terms 1 & 2) One 3-hour paper (Final)

Theories and research results relevant to problems of " . from the behavioural sciences viewpoint. Topics inclUdad~mlst~atlOn models, values and attitudes, learning, perce tion e h~VIO?Tal creativity, problem-solving, communications gro~. d mO~IVatlon, leadership. These are treated in relation to 'the clasP . y1namlcs a~d f . Sica manaoen:al unctIOns, and the management of specialised fUnctional ,'"

as personnel, marketing, production and finance. areas, such

Texts Leavitt, H. J. &

Pondy, L. R. Luthans, F.

References Gellerman, S. W.

Leavitt, H. J. Miner, J. B. Pugh, D. S. Schein, E. H. Sutenneister, R. Tannenbaum, A. S.

Readings in Managerial Psychology 2nd edn (Chicago u.P.)

Organisational Behaviour (McGraw-Hill)

The Management of Human Relations (Holt, Rinehart & Winston)

Managerial Psychology (Chicago V.P.) Management Theory (Macmillan) Writers on Organisations (Penguin) Organisational Psychology (Prentice-Hall) People and Productivity (McGraW-HilI) Social Psychology of the Work Organisation

(Wadsworth)

4'10104 Systems Analysis and Design

Part A - Systems Analysis

Prerequisites

Hours

Examination

Content

Commercial Electronic Data Processing (Advisory)

2 lecture hours per week for 1 st half year

An examination at midyear

This ~ourse seeks to fill a wide range of goals depending on the expenence of the student. Systems analysis covers the activities which occur early in the life cycle of a computer-based business system Indiv~dual topics include systems concepts, the systems analyst, th~ techmques of systems analysis, project control methods, report stan­dards and structures.

229

Texts

Gore, M. & Stubbe, J.

References Chandor, A. et a1.

Clifton, H. D.

Daniels, A. & Yeates, D.

Glans, T. B. et a1.

Hare, Van Court

Kindred, A. R. Optner, S. L.

Orilia, L. et al Semprevivo, P. C.

Weiss, E. A.

The National Computing Centre Systems Analysis and Design Student Notes will be supplied

Elements of Systems Analysis (W. C. Brown)

Practical Systems Analysis ~Rupert, Hart & Davis)

Systems Analysis for Business Data Processing (Wiley)

Basic Training in Systems Analysis (Pitman)

Management Systems (Holt, Rinehart & Winston)

Systems Analysis: A Diagnostic Approach (Harcourt, Brace & World)

Data Systems and Management (Prentice-Hall) Systems Analysis for Business Management

( Prentice-Hall) Business Data Processing Systems (Wiley) Systems Analysis: Definition, Process and

Design (S.R.A.) Computer Usage/Applications (McGraw-Hill)

Part B - Systems Design

Prerequisites

Hours

Examination

Content

Commercial Programming (Advisory)

2 lecture hours per week for 2nd half year

An examination at end of year

This subject is a development of Systems Analysis, with the inclusion of the following topics: input design, output design, file design, detailed systems design, systems implementation. An appreciation of the detailed techniques of Systems Design involved in the development of computer-based information systems from a range of applications - i.e. Inventory and production control; order entry and processing; general ledger accounting systems; sales analysis; payroll. At least one such system will be observed in depth; as an attempt at detailed systems design.

Texs

References } As for Systems Analysis

230

413612 Theories of Organisation

Prer.equisites

Hours

Examination

Content

Organisational Behaviour

2 lecture hours per week

One 3-hour paper

The influence of politics, power and conflict: topics include organisa­tions and the rationalisation of work; organisational structures; bureaucracies as working communities; the scientific management movement; Mayo and the Hawthorne experiments; Kurt Lewin and field theory; group membership and intergroup conflict; search for principles of management; worker participation models; organisational development; and propositions of organisational behaviour.

Texts Lupton, T. Poole, M.

Sofer, C. or

Mouzelis, N. P.

References Anthony, P. D. Argyle, M.

Brown, W. Katz, D. &

Kahn, R. L. Klein, L. March, J. G. &

Simon, H. A. Marguiles, N. &

Raid, A. P. Silverman, D. Woodward, J.

Management and the Social Sciences (Penguin) Work.er Participation in Industry (Routledge

& Kegan Paul) Organisations in Theory and Practice

Heinemann) Organisation and Bureaucracy - An Analysis

of Modern Theories (Routledge & Kegan Paul)

The Ideology of Work (Tavistock) The Psychology of Interpersonal Behaviour

(Penguin) Organisations (Heinemann) The Social Psychology of Organisations

(Wiley) New Forms of Work Organisation (Tavistock) Organisations (Wiley)

Organisation Development: Values, Process and Technology (McGraw-Hill)

The Theory of Organisations (Heine~ann) Industrial Organisation: Theory and Practice

(Oxford u.P.)

DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS

421100 Economics I

Prerequisites Nil

231

Hours

Examination

Content

3 lecture hours and 'I tutorial hour per week

One 3-hour paper and progressive assessment

This is a course in the principles of micro- and macro-economics and how these principles operate in the Australian economy. For example, why do some of our exports sell more cheaply abr~ad than domes­tically? Is our volunteer army really more expensIve than a con­scripted army? Is it true that our unemployment c~'t be. redu~ed without increasing inflation? How much does A';1SralIan ta;tff polIcy cost Australians? The principles taugh in EconomIcs I help m anSwer-ing these questions. . . The first few lectures are in the way of an mtroduction to the discipline of Economics and simple examples are given to show how Economics can be applied. Then follows a series of lectures concerning income determination for the economy as a whole. The basic Keynesian theory is ~on­sidered and is compared with the monetarist approach. VarIous theories of business cycles are reviewed and the roles of monetary and fiscal policy in stabilizing economic activity are considered. The causes and consequences of inflation ate examined. Next the individual markets which make up' the economy as a whole are examined. Attention focuses on how prices for products and pr~­ductive factors (including labour) are determined and how thIS determination is governed by the market struct~re. Perfect co~­petition, monopoly, oligopoly and other types of Imperfect competi­tion ate considered. The final section of the course covers international trade and looks at questions such as why countries specialise in c~rtain products (theory of comparative advantage) an~ w'~y .countrIes erect t~ade barriers (tariffs and quotas). Some attentIon IS gIV~ to the det~l?a­tion of exchange rates and the institutions responsIble for facIhtatmg international trade.

Background Reading Heyne, P.

Texts Lipsey, R.

Tisdell, C.

The Economic Way of Thinking (Science Research Association)

Positive Economics 4th edn (Weidenfeld & Nicholson)

Economics oj Markets: An Introduction to Economic Analysis (Wiley 1974)

Workbook to Accompany the Economics oj Markets (Wiley 1975)

232

References Cole, C. L.

Hirschleifer, J.

Microeconomics - A Contemporary Ap'p~oach (Harcourt, Brace & Jovanovich 1973)

Price Theory and Applications (Prenti~e-Hall 1976)' "

Leftwich, R. H. The Price System and Resource Allocation 6th edn (Holt, Rinehart 1976)

Mansfield, E. Microeconomics, Theory and Application 2nd edn (Norton 1975)

Samuelson, P. et al. Economics 3rd Australian edn (McGraw-Hill)

Notes will be distributed on topics not covered by the above texts.

422203 Economics n Prerequisites

Hours

Examination

Content

Economics I

3 lecture hours & 1 tutorial hour per week

One 3~hour paper

(i) Microeconomics: (5 weeks of, lectures only) This section covers some specialised topics not covered in Economics I. The following subjects, are amongst those con­sidered: Paretion optimality conditions, markyt failure, philo­sophical challenges to traditional microeconomiCs, selected topics in microeconomic policy such as the control of pollution.

(ii) Macroeconomics:

The principal part of the course deals with the' determination of the level of economic activity in the macroeconomy. This work stresses the interdependent nature of economic activity, the linkages between the major macroeconomic markets, and the implications of these linkages and interdependencies for the effective operation of macroeconomic policy. FollOwing a brief discussion of the national income and other ,accounts which are used to measure the more important macro­eConomic variables, models which seek to explain the deter­mination of aggregate economic activity are developed. The role of the Government in influencing aggregate demand for goods in the economy is examined together with the implications of alternative theories of consumption and investment expenditures. Analysis of the determinants of the supply and demand for money provides an understanding of the linkages between the real and financial sectors of the economy. Alternative theories of inflation are examined and the influence of external factors on the domestic economy considered.

233

Text

The models of macroeconomic activity provide a foundation for the discussion of macroeconomic policy, Beginning with the theory of macroeconomic policy, the nature of the instruments/ targets problem is discussed. In the context of the "Keynesian" / "Monetarist" controversy, the need for discretionary policy is examined. The effectiveness of fiscal, monetary and incomes policies in the Australian institutional environment is considered with specific reference made to the Balance of Payments con­straint and exchange rate policy.

Glahe, F. R. Macroeconomic Theory and Policy 2nd edn (paperback) (Harcourt, Brace & Jovanovich 1977)

References (i) Microeconomics:

Hartley, K.

Rowley, C. K. & Peacock, A.

Tisdell, C. A.

Tisdell, C. A.

Problems of Economic Policy (Allen & Unwin 1977) Part 3

Welfare Economics (Robertson 1975)

Economics of Markets (Wiley 1974) Chapters 13-16

Microeconomics (Wiley) 1972

A list of further references will be distributed in class.

(li) IMacroeconomics: Harcourt, G. C.

et a1. Laidler, D, E. W.

Neville, J. W.

Shaw, G. K.

Stanford, J.

Surrey, M. J. C. (ed.)

Trevithick, J. A. & Mulvey, C.

Economic Activity (Cambridge U.P. 1967)

The Demand for Money: Theories and Evidence 2nd edn (Dun-Donnelley 1977)

Fiscal Policy in Australia - Theory and Practice (Cheshire 1970)

Macroeconomic Policy 2nd edn (Robertson 1974)

MOlley, Banking and Economic Activity (Wiley 1973)

Macroeconomic Themes (Oxford 1976)

The Economics of Inflation (Martin Robertson 1975)

Venieris, Y. P. & Macroeconomic Models and Policy (Wile Sebold, F. D. 1977)

Wonnacott, P. Macroeconomics (Irwin 1974)

234

421107 Introductory Quantitative Methods

Prerequisites Nil

Hours 3 hours of lectures & tut . I ona s per week

Content

Examination One final 3-hour paper & . ment progressive assess-

This course is an introductory course aimed !lit " stanJding of basic quantitative mellhods used in ~vm~ students an under-C?urse .covers thl;ee broad areas: elemenmry stati::CS and b~. TIie mques In eronoIruCS and elemenotary computing. • malthemoooa} tech-Elementary Statistics: Topics covered includ b' . c~~al .tendency and dispersion, inItroduoto e pro a~ty. mell.S'UXes. of d}stnbu1;i0ns, ho/pot:hes!is testing, linear regressi~n :dPling l.~d samplling time seines anialysis 'and index numbers. corre llItion anlalysis,

Mathe~tical Techniques: Topics covered include rthe use of . . ecof

Fn~>nllcs, elementary calculus and mllitrtioes in economics and M~·m o ma.nce. 3Jwentlllll!iQl

Elementary Computing: Studenlts will be taughrt BASIC . how to use the FaiCulrty's computling facilities. prog!'llIllminlg and

Preliminary Reading Moroney, M. J. Ye{)mans, K. A.

Texts James, D. E. &

Throsby, C. D. Hamburg, M. or Newton, B. L.

References Kazmier, L. G.

Neter, J. et a1.

Pollard, A. H.

Shao, S. P.

Whitmore, G. A. et al.

Yamane, T.

Facts from Figures (Penguin)

lntrodu~to? Statistics: Statistics for the Social SCientist Vol. 1 (Penguin)

lntroduction to Quantitative Methods in Economics (Wiley 1973)

Basic Statistics: A Modern Approach (Harcourt Brace Jovanovich 1974)

Statistics for Business (S.R.A. 1973)

Statistical Analysis in Business and Economics 4th edn (Allyn & Bacon 1973)

Fundamental Statistics for Business and Economics 4th edn (Allyn & Bacon 1973)

An Introduction to the Mathematics of Finance (Pergamon 1968)

Statistics for Business and Economics (Merrill)

Self-Correcting Problems in Statistics (Allyn & Bacon 1970)

Statistics-An Introductory Analysis (Harper)

235

422202 Labour Economics

Prerequisites

Hours

Examination

Content

Economics I

2 lecture hours per week

One 3-hour paper and progressive assessment

This subject deals with the multi-faceted economic perspectives that can .be taken of labour. Areas examihed include: the supply of labour; the nature and operation of . labour markets including dual, radical, and, search models; labourmark~tpolicy; the determination of wage rates and wage structures; theoretical approaches to the question of income distribution; wage criteria and wage fixation in the context of arbitration; inflation and the wage-price issue; prices and incomes policies.· .

Preliminary Reading Portus, J. H.

Tex<ts Horn, R. V.

Australian Compulsory Arbitration 1900-1970 (Hicks Smith 1971)

Labour Market Economics - Australia ( Cheshire 1975)

Niland, J. R. & Australian Labour Economics: Readings (new Isaac, J. E. (eds.) edn) (Sun Books 1975)

McConnell, C. R. (ed.) Persp.ectives on Wage Determination: A Book of Readings (McGraw-Hill 1970)

Reynolds, L. G.

References . Cartter, A. M. &

Marshall, F. R. Davidson, P.

Jones, A.

Marshall, R. & Perlman, R. (eds.)

Perlman, R. Rees, A.

Reynolds, L. G. et al.

Taylor, G. W. & Pierson, F. C. (eds.)

Labor Economics and Labor Relations 7th edn (Prentice-Hall 1978)

Labour Economics: Wages Employment and Trade Unionism rev. edn (Irwin 1972)

Theories of Aggr.egate Income Distribution (Rutgers U.P. 1960)

The New Inflation: The Politics of Prices and Incomes (Penguin 1973)

An Anthology of Labor Economics: Readings and Commentary (Wiley 1972)

Labor Theory (Wiley 1969) The Economics of Work and Pay (Harper &

Row 1973) Readings in Labor Economics and Labor

Relations (Prentice-Hall 1974) New Concepts in Wage Determination

(McGraw-Hill 1957) Wage Determination: Papers presented at an

International Conference, Paris, July, 1973 (O.E.C.D. 1974)

236

331100 EngUsh I

Prerequisites

Hours

Examination

Content

DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH

Nil

2 lecture hours and 1 tutorial hour per week, and film screenings

50% progressive assessment 50% examination (end of year)

Aspects of Modern Literature and Film (i) Poetry .. . . (if) Drama (iii) Prose Fiction (iv) Film

Texts (i) Poetry

Hardy

Lowell Larkin C~pbell Hughes (ii) Drama

Ibsen Shaw Beckett

Brecht Pinter Arden Nichols Stoppard Gray Williamson (iii) Prose Fiction

Conrad Faulkner Murdoch Ireland Bellow White Sean O'Faolain

Poems' of Thomas Hardy: A New Select'iO/t Creighton (ed.) (Macmillan) .

Selected Poems (Faber) . .; Tb-e Whitsun Weddings (Faber)

Selected Poems (AngUs & Robertson) Crow (Faber)

Hedda Gabler and Other Plays. (Penguin) Heartbreak House (Penguin) Endgame (Faber) Happy Days (Faber) Mother Courage (Eyre Methuen) Plays: One (Eyre Methuen) Serjeant Musgrave's Dance (Eyre Methuen) Forget-me-not Lane (Faber) The Real Inspector Hound (Faber) Butley (IEyre Methuen) Don's Party (Currency-Methuen)

Heart of Darkness (Penguin) As I Lay Dying (Penguin) The Flight from the Enchanter (Penguin) The Chantic Bird (Angus & Robertson) Mr. Sammler's Planet (Penguin) . A Fringe of Leaves (Penguin) Stories of Sean O'Faolain (Penguin)

237

(iv) Film Students will be required to attend a series of film screenings at the Friday lecture times. .

Harrington The Rhetoric of Film (Holt, Rinehart & Winston)

DEPARTMENT OF GEOGRAPHY

351100 (;eograpby I

Prer.equisites

Hours

Examination

Content

Nil

2 lecture hours and 3 hours practical work per week, 1 tutorial hour per fortnigl).tand 3 days of field work.

To be advised

A study of the structure and interaction of two major systems: t~e ecological system that links man and his environment, and. the spatlal system that links one region with another in a complex mte~change of flows. The study· explores the internal structure and the lInkages between each of the basic components in the. two systems. The practical programme is designed to enable stud~nts to ga.in proficiency in and understanding of the tools of geographIcal analysI~. Methds in the cartographic and statistical organization of geographIC data are studied.

Texts Haggett, P.

References

Geography: a modern synthesis 2nd edn (Harper & Row 1975)

Manual of meteorology rev. edn (Bureau of Meteorology 1977)

To be advised

Part n Subjects

The Geography Department offers three Part II subjects each com­prising three topics chosen from the list below. Students selecting two or more topics from Topics A-D to make .up a subject must nominate that subject Geography IIA; those selectmg Topics E and F for one subject must nominate that subject Geography lIB. Topics G and H cannot be taken singly and students selecting them to make up a subject must nominate that subject Geography lIC.

Topic A B C D E F G H I J* K* *

LIST OF TOPICS FOR PART II GEOGRAPHY

Corequisite Economic Geography Historical and political geography Urban social geography Development geography Climatology . Geomorphology Monsoon Asia I (Eastern) H Monsoon Asia II (Southern and Southeastern) G Geographic data processing Australia The South Pacific Not offered in 1979

352100 (;eograpby IL\

Prerequisite

Hours

Examination

Content

352200 (;eograpby llB

Geography I

Six hours per week of lectures, practical classes and tutorials. Each topic may require up to 3. days fieldwork or its equivalent per year. .

To be advised

Three topics selected from the list above and not included in Geography lIB or lIC.

Prerequisite Geography I

Hours Six hours per week of lectures, practical classes and tutorials. Each topic may require up to 3 days fieldwork or its equivalent per year.

Examination To be advised

Content Three topics selected from the list above and not included in Geography lIA or lIC.

352300 Geograpby ne Prerequisite Geography I

Hours Six hours per week of lectures, practical classes and tutorials. Each topic may require up to 3 days fieldwork or its equivalent per year.

(239

Examination

Content

To be advised

Three topics selected from the list above and not included in Geography IIA or lIB.

Part n Topics

352101 Topic A-Economic Geography-M. R. Hall

Content

Text

An introduction to the methods and concepts of economic geography. The relevant variables in the location decision making process are discussed in the context of various theories of location with reference to specific case studies in both developed and developing worlds.

Nil

352'102 Topic B-Historical and Political Geography-J. C. R. Oamm

Content

Text

An introduction to the methods and concepts of historical and political geography. These are explored with reference to aspects of the geography of Western Eourope and the British Isles.

To be advised

3521/3 Topic C-Urban Social Geography-D. N. Pa.rkes

Content

Text

An introduction to the study of intra-urban problems and processes in advanced scale societies. Urbanisation processes, urban growth and urban morphology are examined with par­ticular emphasis on residential areas. These are examined in respect of their sociogeographic structure. Attention is given to urban social behaviour, including the nature of urban adaptive social systems and of urban images, especially as a framework for investigating residential mobility.

To be advised

352104 Topic D-Development Geography-W. A. Jonas

Content An examination of a number of theories and models which have been put forward to explain why some areas of the world are more or less developed than others. The emphasis is on development as a totality and the works treated

240

Text

have, explicitly or implicitly, a spatial com­ponent or they offer reasons for spatial inequalities. Empirical evidence is drawn from both so-called advanced and less developed countries.

To be advised

352201 Topic E-Climatology-R. W. Kidd, G. N. McInltyre

Content

Text Linacre,

E. & J. Hobbs

A study of processes and patterns in man's physical environment. The course examines the behaviour of the atmosphere, including its interaction with the earth's surface over wide ranges of scale in space and time.

The A ustralian climatic environment (Wiley 1977)

352202 Topic F ..... Geomorphology-R. W. Kidd, R. J. l.IOugh!ra!n

Content

Text

Geomorphic processes and problems historical geomorphology.

Nil.

of

352301 Topic G-Monsoon Asia I-P. G.lriWin

Content A study of the broad patterns of the physical and human geography of Monsoon Asia with particular reference to China and Japan.

Text Nil.

352302 Topic H-Monsoon Asia n-R. E. Bamard, K. W. Robim3lo11l

Content

Text

A study of the broad patterns of the physical and human geography of Monsoon Asia with particular reference to South and Southeast Asia.

Nil.

352303 Topic I-Geographic Data Processing-R. W. Kidd, D. N. P,arkea

Content

Text

The elements of geographic data processing.

To be advised.

241

DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY

731100 Geology I

Prerequisite

Hours

Examination

Content Material Geology

Nil

3 lecture hours and 2-! laboratory hours per week and 2 days field work.

Two 3-hour papers, class assignments and practical examinations.

Introductory crystallography; mineralogy and petrology; classification of rocks; economic mineral deposits; applications of geology to engineering. Physical Geology Erosion cycle; agents of erosion; diastrophism; structural geology; marine geology; geomorphology. Historical Geology Introductory palaeontology and stratigraphy; brief geological history of New South Wales.

Texts Black, R. M.

Press, F. & Siever, R.

EITHER Read, H. H. OR Mason, B. &

Berry, L. G. Uyeda, S.

371100 History I

Prerequisites

Hours

Examination

Content

The Elements of Palaeontology (Cambridge U.P. 1970)

Earth (Freeman 1974)

Rutley's Elements of Mineralogy 24th edn (Murby 1960)

Mineralogy (Freeman 1959) (for students intending to proceed beyond Geology I)

The New View of the Earth (Freeman 1978)

DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY

Aspects of Modern History

Nil

3 hours per week plus compUlsory weekly tutorial

Two 3-hour papers at the end of the year

T~ere. is an ~ntroductory. course on t~e nature and principles of hlstoncal studIes, after whIch students WIll study Themes in European

242

Hisory. The themes for 1979 will be "Liberalism and the Challenge of Totalitarianism" and "The Search for International Order." (N.B. "The History of Southeast Asia" and "The Pacific Islands" will not be given in 1979.)

Books recommend for preliminary reading: (i) Introductory Section Carr, E. H. What is History (Penguin 1964) Mohan, R. P. Philosophy of History (Bruce 1970) (ii) Themes in European History Baird, J. W. From Nuremberg to My Lai (Heath 1972) Carsten, F. L. The Rise of Fascism (Methuen 1967) Curtiss, J. S. The Russian Revolutions of 1917 (Van

Delzell, C. F.

Higgins, H. Marx, K. &

Engels, F. Rock, W. R.

Nostrand 1957) The Papacy and Totalitarianism Between the

Two World Wars (Wiley 1974) The Cold War (Heineman 1974) The Communist Manifesto (Penguin 1967)

British Appeasement in the 1930's (Arnold 1977)

DEPARTMENT OF LEGAL STUDIES

431100 Legal Studies I

Prerequisites

Duration

Hours

Examination

Content

Nil

One full acadamic year

2 lecture hours & 1 tutorial hour per week

ProgressiVe assessment & end of ,Year examination

This subject consists of a study of some basic legal concepts, the divisions of law, and the institutions of the Australian legal system. It also enables students to acquire special skills for the examination of legal materials, such as an ability to 'analyse statements contained in judgments and to interpret provisions of an Act of Parliament. The foundation of the processes of law-making through judicial decisions, and primary and delegated legislation are considered in detail.

Suggested Preliminary Reading Nettheim, G. & Understanding Law (Butterworths)

Chisholm, R. Sawer, G. The Australian and the Law (Pelican)

(2430

Shtein, B. J. L. & Introduction to Business Law (Law Book Co.) . Lindgren, K. E.

Prescribed Texts (It is envisaged that these will be as follows but students should check with the notice board of the Department of Legal Studies before buying). Vermeesch, R. B. & Business Law of Australia (Butterworths)

Lindgren, K. E. The Constitution of the Commonwealth of

Australia (Aust. Govt Publishing Service) Printed materials to be issued to students at the commencement of the course.

Further R.eferences Derham, D. P. et al. Enright, C. Sawer, G.

Sawer, G.

An Introduction to Law (Law Book Co.) Constitutional Law (Law Book Co.) Australian Government Today (Melbourne

V.P.) The Australian Constitution (Aust. Govt

Publishing Service)

432117 Engineering & Industrial Law

Prerequisites

Duration

Hours

Examination

Cont.ent

Inroduction to Legal Studies

Second half of academic year

2 lecture hours per week

To be advised

This subject will cover commercial arbitration; the building, sub­division and town planning provisions of the Local Government Act 1919; and aspects of industrial law.

Texts/ References To be advised

Note.-Further information on this subject may be obtained from the Head of the Department of Legal Studies.

433200 Industrial Law

Prerequisite

Duration

Hours

Examination

Legal Studies I (advisory)

One full academic year

2 lecture hours and 1 tutorial hour per week

Assessment to be advised

Content

T.he subject is divided into five parts: Relationship of Employer and Emplo~ee; Contract of Employment; Statutes RegUlating Employment; CollectIve Aspects of Industrial Law; Compensation for Injuries. The student will examine the principles involved in identifying and defining the relationship of employer and employee; the formation termination and terms of contracts of employment with Particul~ reference to the terms relating to the duration of the contract and duties of the employer and the employees; some of the important statutes regulating the employment relationship e.g. Annual Holidays Act 1944 Long Service Leave Act 1955; the division of power to regulate industrial matters between the Commonwealth and States and also the status of trade unions, strikes and lockouts, award making and award fixing and the legal framework of the Commonwealth and State systems of conciliation and arbitration; the two methods of compensation presently used, common law action for negligence and the Workers' Compensation Scheme and the now abandoned reforms proposed in the Woodhouse Report.

Sugg.ested Preliminary Cullen, C. L. &

Macken, J. J. Sykes, E. I.

Texts

References

STATUTES

}

Reading An Outline of Industrial Law (Law Book Co.)

The Employer, the Employee and the Law 3rd edn (Law Book Co.)

To be advised

Annual Holidays Act, 1944 (N.S.W. Govt Printer)

Conciliation and Arbitration Act, 1904 (Aust. Govt Printer)

Industrial Arbitration Act, 1940 eN.S.W. Govt Printer) ,

Long Service Leave Act, 1955 (N.S.W. Govt Printer)

Workers' Compensation Act, 1926 (N.S.W. Govt Printer)

422110 Industrial Relatiom II

Prerequisites One of: Economics I, Economic History I or Legal Studies I. Additionally, students are advised to read in Labour Economics and Organisational Behaviour prior to, or con­currently with Industrial Relations II.

245

Hours 2 lecture hours per week.

Exaxmination One 3-hour paper plus assignments

Content This course aims to provide students with an introduction to industrial relations concepts and tools of analysis in the Australian context. The approach taken is explicitly of an interdisciplinary nature, teaching duties being shared among the three Department of the Faculty. Although the course is concerned with the basic framework of industrial relations in Australia an important objective is to present these in their wider social, economic and legal settings. Besides dealing with trade unions, employers' associations, management and the various industrial tribunals, the course gives specific attention to the emerging nature of industrial society, collecive bargaining, arbitra­tion, industrial democracy, union democracy and industrial conflict.

Preliminary Reading Child, J.

Cullen, C. L. & Macken, J. J.

Portus, J. H.

Texts Hagen, J. J. Hyman, R. Martin, R. Matthews, P. W. D. &

Ford, G. N. (eds.) Parker, S. R. et al.

(eds) Sykes, E. 1. &

Glasbeek, H. J.

References

Unionism and the Labour Bovement (Macmillan 1971)

An Outline of Industrial Law (Law Book Co. 1972)

Australian Compulsory Arbitration 1900-1970 (Hicks Smith 1971)

The ACTU: A Short History (Reed 1977) Strikes 2nd edn (Fontana 1977) Trade Unions in Australia (Penguin 1977) Australian Trade Unions 2nd edn (Sun Books

forthcoming) The Sociology of Industry 3rd edn (George

Allen & Unwin 1977) Labour Law in Aus.tralia (Butterworths 1972)

Isaac, J. E. & Australian Labour Relations: Readings 2nd edn Ford, G. W. (eds) (Sun Books 1971)

McCarthy, W. E. J. (ed:Trade Unions (Penguin 1972) Macken, J. J. Australian Industrial Laws: The Constitutional

Basis (Law Book Co. 1974) Sheridan, T. Mindful Militants (Cambridge U.P. 1975) Students are advised that considerable use will be made of journal articles in this course.

432116 Introduction to Lepl Studies

Prerequisites

Duration

Hours

Examination

Content

Nil

First half of academic year

2 lecture hours per week

To be advised

Nature and source of law (including case law and the doctrine of precedent, Commonwealth and State court systems and statute law and statutory interpretation); derivation of the Australian legal syst~m and the ~~str~lian federation; "the adversary system" (in­cl.udmg lawyer~, ht~gatlOn, procedure and evidence and the "expert" wItness); claSSIficatIOns and areas of law; aspects of administrative law relating to the regulation of practising professions' aspects of contract law (e.g. interpretation of express terms and th~ implication of terms); aspects of the law of tort, viz. the development of liability for professional negligence.

Texts Shtein, B. J. L. &

Lindgren, K. E. Chisholm, R. &

Nettheim, G.

Reference Vermeesch, R. B. &

Lindgren, K. E.

An Introduction to Business Law 3rd edn (Law Book Co. 1977)

Understanding Law (Butterworths 1974)

Business Law of Australia 3rd edn (Butterworths)

DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS

661100 ~flIeDlatics I

Prerequisites

Hours

Examination

Content Topics AL - Algebra

Nil

4 lecture hours & 2 tutorial hours per week

Two 3-hour papers

AN - Real Analysis CA - Calculus SC - Statistics and compiling

247

Part I Topics

Algebra (topic AL)-R. B. Eggleton

Prerequisites

Hours

Content

Nil

1 lecture hour per week & 1 tutorial hour per fortnight

Introduction to basic algebraic objects and ideas. Induction: Binomial Theorem. Matrices, algorithms for solution of equations. Complex numbers. Permutations. Vector spaces, basis and dimension, subspaces. Homomorphisms, matrix representation, rank and nullity, determin­ants. Eigenvectors and eigenvalues. Applications are illustrated throughout the course.

Text Anton, H.

References Brisley, W. Kolman, B. Liebeck, H.

Lipschutz, S. Tropper, M. A.

Elementary Linear Algebra 2nd edn. (Wiley 1977)

A Basis for Linear Algebra (Wiley 1973) El.ementary Linear Algebra (Macmillan 1977) Algebra for Scientists and Engineers

(Wiley 1971) Linear Algebra (Schaum 1968) Linear Algebra (Nelson 1973)

Real Analysis (Topic AN}-R. F. Berghout

Prerequisites Nil

Hours

Content

1 lecture hour per week & 1 tutorial hour per fortnight

Real Numbers. Sequences and series. Functions of one real variable, continuity, differentiability, integrability. Power series, Taylor Series.

Text Toeplitz, O.

References Apostol, T. Giles, J. R.

Spivak, M.

The Calculus: A Genetic Approach (Chicago U.P. 1969) (for background reading)

Calculus Vol. I 2nd edn (Blaisdell 1967) Real Analysis-an Introductory Course

(Wiley 1973) Calculus (Benjamin 1967)

Calculus (Topic CA)-M. J. Hayes

Prerequisites Nil

1248

Hours

Content

1 lecture hour per week & 1 tutorial hour per fortnight

Vector geometry in three dimensions. Revision of differentiation and integration of polynomials and trigonometric functions. Differentiation of rational functions and of implicit and parametrically defined functions. Definition and properties of logarithmic, exponential and hyperbolic functions. Integration by parts and by substitution tech­niques. Integration of rational functions. First order seoarable and linear differential equations. Second order linear differenti-;U equations with constant coefficients. Conic seotions and simple three-dimensional geometry of curves and surfaces. Partial differentiation. Tangency.

Text Ayres, F.

References Apostol, T. HiIIe,E.&

Salas, S. Kaplan, W. &

Lewis, D. J. Spivak, H.

Calculus (Schaum 1974)

Calculus Vol. I (2nd edn) Blaisdell 1967) First Year Calculus Internat. Te~tbook Series

(Blaisdell 1968) Calculus and Linear Algebra Vol. I (Wiley

1970) Calculus (Benjamin 1967)

Statistics and Computing (Topic SC)-A. J. Dobson

Prerequisites Nil

Hours

Content

1 lecture hour per week & 1 tutorial hour per fortnight

Introduction to computers. FORTRAN programming. Calculating the zeros of functions. Numerical integration. Descriptive statistics, mean and variance. Probability. Binomial and normal distributions. Samp­ling distributions. Confidence intervals; t- and X2_ tests. A requirement is the writing of successful computer programmes to solve problems in statistical and numerical analysis.

Text Blatt, J. M.

or

Bellamy, C. J. & Whitehouse, L. G.

References Conte, S. D. &

de Boor, C.

Basic Fortran IV Programming; Version MIDITRAN (Computer Systems of Aust. 1969)

An Introduction to Computer Programming in Fortran (monecs Fortran) (Monash Uni. Compo Centre 1976)

Elementary Numerical Analysis (McGraw­Hill 1972)

1249

Hine, J. & Wetherill, G. B.

A Programmed Text in Statistics Vols 1, 2, 3 (Chapman & Hall 1975)

Hoel, P. G. Introduction to Mathematical Statistics (Wiley 1971)

Part H Subjects

The Depwtmenlt ofi'erst.lrree Part H subjects. Students whose course restricts them 'to one such subject must study Mathematics llA or Mathematics HB. The subjeot Mathematics llA is a pre- or corequisire for Mathematics HC, and HA and HC ,together 'a prerequisite for any Part rn subject, so studeDJts wishiing ,110 ,take two Part H subjects would normally choose Mathematics llA 'and nco Students taking all three of ,1ihe Part H subjects would study all eleven of tibellopics listed below. Summaries and extended booklists for these topics will appear in the handbook of tibe Facu1ty of Mathematics and will also be 'avaiilable from the Depal'tmeDit. When selecting topics for Part H subjoots, studoots are adviSled ,110 consider the prereqlllisLtes needW for the y;arious Part HI subjoots ofi'ett'ed in the Faculty of Mwl!heil11'aTics (Mathematics rnA, Mathematics nIB, Statistics III and Computer Science 111). EngineleTinlg sltudents may take individual topics from Part n SJUbjec.ts as electives (1 umt). Wheln taken in this ma:nne.r each topic is giVeIli the prefix EM2. For detaHs Slee page 11 of this hiaru:lbook.

List of Topics for Part H Mathematics

Corequlsite or Prerequisite

Topic Topic

A Mathematical Models CO orC' B Complex AnalysiS CO or C' CO Vector Calculus &

Differential Equations D Linear Algebra F Numerical Analysis &

Computing G Finite Mathematics H Probability & Statistics I Applied Statistics H J Topic in Applied Mathematics CO or C'

e,g. Dynamics E* K Topic in Pure Mathematics

e,g. Group Theory L Analysis of Metric Spaces

The selection rules and definitions of the Part II subjects follow.

*No longer offered

662100 Mathematics I1A

Mathematics I

Part III Topics requiring this Part II Topic

M, N, p. PD,Q,S TC,Y.Z T, X. Z PL,TC

R, U,Y U

FM,O,T,X FM, 0, P, V, W

Prerequisite

Hours

Examination

4 lecture hours & 2 tutorial hours per week

Each topic is examined separately

250

Content

Topics B, CO and D. In exceptional circumstances and with the consent of the. Head of Department, one topic from A, F, G, or H ~ay be subshtute~ for B. Additional substitutions may be allowed III the case of candIdates who have passed the subject Mathematics lIB.

662200 Mathematics lIB

Prerequisite

Hours

Examination

Content

Mathematics I

4 lecture hours & 2 tutorial hours per week

Each topic is examined separately

Four topics chosen from A to H, where CO counts as two topics, and approved by the Head of Department. In exceptional circum­stances, ~d with the consent of the Head of D,epartment one or more of the tOpICS I, J, K or L may be included.

662300 Mathematics IIC

Prerequisite

Pre- or Corequisite

Hours

Examination

Content

Mathematics I

Mathematics IIA

4 lecture hours & 2 tutorial hours per week

Each topics is examined separately

Topics K, L and one of the pairs of topics G and 1, H and I or G and H .. Students who may wish to proceed to Statistics III as a Part III subject should select Topics Hand 1. Subject to the consent of the Head of Depar.tment one topic from A to J may be substituted for one of the tOPICS I or 1. .

Texts for Part II Topics

662101 Topic A-Mathematical Models Nil

662102 Topic B-Complex Analysis

Spiegel, M. R. Theory and Problems of Complex Variables (McGraw-Hil11964)

662109 Topic CO-Vector Calculus and Differential Equations Either Kreyszig, E. Advanced Engineering Mathematics 3rd edn.

(Wiley 1972)

251

or both Greenspan, H. D. &

Benney, D. J. and Boyce, W. E. &

Di Prima, R. C.

Calculus-an Introduction to Applied Mathematics (McGraw-Hill 1973)

Elementary Differential Equations and Boundary Value Problems (Wiley 1969)

662104 Topic D-Linear Algebra Lipschutz, S. Linear Algebra (Schaum 1974) R'Orres, C. & Applications oj Linear Algebra (Wiley 1977)

Anton, H.

662202 Topic F-Numerical Analysis and Computing Conte, S. D. & Elementary Numerical Analysis (McGraw-Hill

deBoor, C. 1972)

662203 Topic G-Finite Mathematics Nil

662204 Topic H-Probability and Statistics Freund, J. E. Mathematical Statistics 2nd edn or (Prentice-Hall 1971)

Hoel, P. G.

Mendenhall, W. & Schaeffer, R. L.

Introduction to Mathematical Statistics 4th edn (Wiley 1971)

Mathematical Statistics with Applications (Duxbury 1973)

662301 Topic I-Applied Statistics Freund, J. E. Mathematical Statistics Bnd edn. (Prentice-

or Hoel, P. G.

Hall 1971)

Introduction to Mathematical Statistics 4th edn. (Wiley 1971)

6623{l2 Topic J-Topic in Applied Mathematics e.g. Dynamics

Nil

662303 Topic K-Topics in Pure Mathematics e.g. Group Theory

Nil

662304 Topic L-Real Analysis Giles, J. R. Analysis oj Metric Spaces (University of

Newcastle 1974)

Part ill Subjects

The Mruth:emall1ks Department offers two Part m subjeots, each oompriSlil1Jg fQur topics ·chooein from the list belbw and 1l!e subjeat Statistics W. Stud~nts wishing to proceed ro HOIlIoU1's in Maithematics aTe required t'O take boillh Mathematics IlIA and nIB or Mathematics IlIA and Computer Science m.

252

Passes in. both Mathematics nA ood HC are prerequisite for entry to Mathemaf!cs IlIA, and. Mathematics filA is pre- or corequiSiite for Ma!hem~tics IIIB. It WlIll be assumed thiaJt: studel1lts taking a Part m subject In 1979 ha~e already. studied -topics CO, D, K 'ood L in 1978 COif C, D, E, K and L If done pI1IOr tQ 1978) intheirr Part H SlUbjects. Students wishing ro eryrol in Statis~cs HI should aVQid takin'g topics R, U and Y as Mathematics HIA tOPICS, and stude'Illts Wlishingto enrol' in Computer Science m should note that topics ° PL TC and Z may be chos~n as topics in either Mathematics InA or Computer Science m, but not bolli. Summaries of the Part m ·topics together with extended booklists will appeax in ,tlre handbo'Ok 'Of the Faculty 'Of Mralliemarics and willaJso be available from the DepartmenJt.

FM M N o

List of Topics for Part m Mathematics Topic Poundations of Mathematics General Tensors Variational Methods Mathematical Logic Ordinary Differential Equations Partial Differential Equations

Prerequisites K, L

C C, E K, L

E E

P PD PL Programming Languages and Advanced Applications in

Computing *Q R S 'T TC U v w x y

Pluid Dynamics Theory of Statistics Geometry Group Theory Computing Operations Research Measure Theory and Integration Analysis of Normed Linear Spaces Rings and Fields Topic in Applied Probability

F B. C. E

H C

D, K C. F

D L L

D. K

e.g. Information Theory C. D. H Z Mathematical Principles of Numerical Analysis C. D. E

The selection rules and definitions of the Part III subjects follow

*This topic will not be offered in 1979.

663100 Mathematics llIA

Prerequisites

Hours

Examination

Content

Mathematics IIA & IIC

4 lecture hours & 2 tutorial hours per week

Each topic is examined separately

A subject comprising four topics, which must include 0 or FM or both, and at least one Of P, PD, Q, R, U or Y. In addition, students taking this subject will be required to complete an essay on a topic chosen from the history or philosophy of Mathematics.

663200 Mathematics IllB

Pre- or Corequisite Mathematics lIlA

253

Hours 4 lecture hours & 2 tutorial hours per week

Examination Each topic is examined separately

Content A subject compnSIng four topics chosen from the unstarred topics listed above.

663300 Statistics III

Prerequisites

Hours

Examination

Content

Mathematics I1A and IIC (including topics H, I and CO).

Four lecture hours and two tutorial hours per week.

Each topic is examined separately.

A subject compnsmg four topics: Topics R, U, Y and one other Part III Mathematics topic. Before selecting a particular topic as the optional fourth topic in Statistics III, students should seek advice from a lecturer giving one of the compulsory topics, or from the Head of the Department. Notes 1. In order to take both Mathematics IlIA and Mathematics IIIB. a student must study

eight topics from the above with the restriction that Topic 0 or Topic FM, and at least one of P, PD, Q, R, U or Y must be included in these eight topics.

2. Students whose course includes a subject from Schedule B may have their choice of topics further restricted.

3. Students aiming to take Mathematics IV may be require~ to undertake study of more topics than the eight comprising the two part III subjects.

Texts jor Part III Topics

663210 Topic FM-Foundations of Mathematics Enderton, H. B. El.ements oj Set Theory (Academic 1977)

663101 Topic M-General Tensors Nil

663102 Topic N-Variational Methods Nil

663103 Topic O-Matbematical Logic Mendelson, E. Introduction to Mathematical Logic (Van

Nostrand 1964)

663104 Topic P-Ordinary Differential Equations Hirsch, M. W. & Differential Equations, Dynamical Systems

Smale, S. and Linear Algebra (Academic 1974)

663108 Topic PD-Partial Differential Equations Nil

,254

C663211 Topic Pl.-Programming Languages & Advanced Applications in

omputing Nil

663105 Topic Q-Fluid Dynamics-not offered in 1978 Nil

663106 Topic R-Theory of Statistics Nil

663'107 Topic S-Geometry

663201 Topic T-Group Theory Baumslag, B. & Group Theory (Schaum 1968)

Chandler, B.

663209 Topic TC-Theory of Computing

663202 Topic V-Design and Analysis of Experiments Nil

663203 Topic V-Measure Theory & Integration Nil

663204 Topic Giles, J. R.

W-Analysis of Nonned Linear Spaces Analysis oj Normed Linear Spaces

(University of Newcastle 1976)

663205 Topic X-Rings and Fields Nil

663206 Topic V-Theory of Probability Nil

663207 Topic Z-Matbematical Principles of Numerical Analysis Nil

Elective Vnits in Mathematics

Subject t~ .meeting any pre- or corequisite requirements, stUdents may take additional Part II Mathematics topics as elective units. When taken in this ~ay each topic is regarded as a separate subject of one unit value deSIgnated by an Engineering number.

The numbers allocated are:-662105 EM2A Mathematical Models 662106 EM2B Complex Analysis 662108 EM2D Linear Algebra 662206 EM2F Numerical Analysis & Computing 662211 EM2G Finite Mathematics 662208 EM2H Probability & Statistics 662313 EM2I Applied Statistics 662306 EM2J Topic in Applied Mathematics 662307 EM2K Topic in Pure Mathematics 662308 EM2L Analysis of Metric Epaces

255

662400 Computer Science II

Prerequisite

Hours

Mathematics I

168 hours of lectures, tutorials and practical work as listed below

Examination See component descriptions below

Content ML-Introduction to Structuring of Information

51-Systematic Programming SP-Introduction to Logic and Assembly Languages F-Numerical Analysis and Computing

For further details see Faculty of Mathematics Handbook. Note: (i) Topic SI is EE263

Topic SP is EE262 Topic ML is EE264

(ii) Electrical and Computer Engineering students may not enrol in Computer Science II.

663400 Computer Science III

Prerequisites

Hours

Examination

Content

Computer Science II, Mathematics IIA and Mathematics lIe Not less than 110 hours of lectures plus any other required tutorials and practical work, from the list of topics given below, provided that at least two of the three opics numbered 1, 3 and 7 are included. (I is recommended that a student should include all three of these topics in his programme.)

See information given in descriptions of individual topics

A selection, limited by the considerations under Hours above, from the following topics: Topics 1. Compiler Construction (EE464) 2. Commercial Programming (CS - Diploma course) 3. Computer Operating Systems (EE463) 4. Switching Theory & Logical Design (EE362) 5. Mathematical Logic (0) 6. Mathematical Principles of Numerical Analysis (Z) 7. Programming Languages & Advanced Applications in

Computing (PL) 8. Theory of Computing (TC) 9. Systems Analysis & Design (CS - Diploma course; (one topic

composed of the combination of (i) Systems Analysis and (ti) Systems Design on that course)

For further information on this subject see the Faculty of Mathematics Handbook.

,256

660112 CS-Data Structures and Programming-D. W. B1a1i1:

Assumed Standard of CS-Programming and Algorithms Attainment

Hours 2 lecture hours and 1 tutorial hour per week for 2nd half year

Examination One 2-hour paper

Content Introduction to data structures: lists, strings, arrays, trees, graphs, searching and sorting; list processing. Higher level programming languages: Syntax and semantics. Backus normal form. Polish notation. Declarations, storage allocations, sub­routines and linkage. Compilation, interpretation and translation. Study and comparison of data strucures in several languages, e.g. ALGOL 60, ALGOL 68, COBOL, FORTRAN, LISP, etc.

Text

References Berztiss, A. T.

Day, A. C.

Galler, B. A. & Periis, A. J.

Gear, W.

Knuth, D. E.

McCameron, F. A.

Page, E. S. & Wilson, L. B.

Sammet, J. E.

Nil

Data Structures: Theory and Practice (Academic 1971)

FORTRAN Techniques: with Special Reference to Non-Numerical Applications (Cambridge V.P. 1972)

A View of Programming Languages (Addison-Wesley 1970)

Computer Organization and Programming (McGraw-Hill 1969)

The Art oj Computer Programming Vols 1-Fundamental Algorithms 2nd edn (1973), II - Semi-numerical Algorithms (1969), III-Sorting & Searching (1973) (Addison-Wesley)

COBOL Logic and Programming (Irwin­Dorsey 1974)

injormation Representation and Manipulation in a Computer (Cambridge V.P. 1973)

Programming Languages: History and Fundamentals (Prentice-Hall 1969)

660111 CS-Programming and Algorithms-D. W. Blatt

Assumed Standard of Mathematics I Attainment

257

Hours

Examination

Content

2 lecture hours and 1 tutorial hour per week for the 1st half year

One 3-hour paper. Programming assignments are an integral part of the course.

Structured Programming, program design. Flow charts. Decision Tables, Natural Language formulations of algorithms. Introduction to FORTRAN, ALGOL and the conversational language BASIC. Use of higher level languages to solve problems of a non-numerical nature. Programming techniques, efficient programming, evaluation of expres­sions, sources of error. Programme development, diagnostics, testing, etc. Nature of algorithms and heuristics. Analysis of algorithms. Programme structure, procedures, subroutines, scope of variables. Recursion. Simulation, Random number generators.

Text Guttmann, A. J.

References Day, A. C.

Kernighan, B. W. & Plauger, P. J.

Kernighan, B. W. & Plauger, P. J.

Knuth, D.

Yourdon, E.

Programming and Algorithms (Heinemann 1977)

Fortran Techniques: with Special Reference to Non-numerical Applications (Cambridge u.P. 1972)

The Elements of Programming Style (McGraw-Hill 1974)

Software Tools (Addison-Wesley 1976)

The Art of Computer Programming Vols .1-Fundamental Algorithms 2nd edn. (1973), II - Semi-numerical Algorithms (1969), III-Sorting & Searching (1973) , ( Addison-Wesley)

Techniques of Program Structure and Design (Prentice-Hall 1975)

DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY

381100 PbllOIOphy I

Prerequisites Nil

Hours 3-4 hours per week

Examination .See below

Assignments One essay (Maximum length: 2000 words) Two shorter pieces of writing for the seminars. Marks awarded for assignments Will be inclUded in the mark for the year's work.

258

Content Se<ltIi.on 1: Introduction to PbUosophy Section 2: Logic and Options Section 3: Seminars

Section 1: 381101 Introduction to PbUosopby (Mr Spa.rkel9. Dr ])ock:.riD, Dr Robin'SlOn)

Hours 1 hour per week

Examination One 3-hour paper at end of year

Content (i) Plato's theory of understanding, morality, the nature of the soul and its immortality, and universals. (ii) Descartes' quest for infallible knowledge, his theory of innate ideas, and his attempt to prove the existence of God and the immaterial character of the soul.

Texts Descartes, R.

Plato

Sparkes, A. W.

References Burnet, J. Flew, A. Guthrie, W. K. C.

Kenny, A. Taylor, A. E.

Philosophical Writings (Anscombe & Geach eds) (Nelson)

The Last Days of Socrates (Tredennick ed) (Penguin)

Some Important Philosophical Terminology (with 1979 supplement) (Podargus)

Greek Philosophy (Macmillan) Thinking about Thinking (Fontana) The Greek Philosophers (Methuen) Socrates (C.D.P.) Descartes (Random House) Plato: the Man and his Work (Methuen)

Section 2: 381103 LoPe and OptiOIlS

Hours 2 hours per week throughout the year

Content First half year. Introduction to Logic Traditional formal logic is introduced in this course, together with a few elementary methods of modern ·symbolic logic. No previous acquaintance with formal logic is assumed.

Texts

Examination

Lecture notes with further references will be issued

An examination in Term II. For those dissatis­fied with their result, a further examination in November

259

Second balf-year: two of II; series of options.

Examination One 3-hour ~aper'foi' th~i opti~ns" Content ~a) B~ic,~ymbolic L9gic, (b) Scientific Method' .. ( c ) Introduction to Ethics (d) Introduction to Political Philosophy Details of options will be provided during the first half. year. The availability of options, both day and evening, is subject in each case to the availability of staff and to the enrolment of a sufficient number of students.

Section 3: 381104Semio8rs (Mr Sparkel<l)

Hours Each group will meet' approximately fort­nightly in the first half of the year. A detailed programme will be issued at the beginning of

Content r . the first term.

Semi.J;tars are conducted in Small groups, and the programme is related to the material of sec non 1. M~bers of groups 'are expected to prepare papers, and to develop acquainfance with problems and ways of discussing them; . As with essays, marks awarded' for papers will be included in the mark for the ye!lr'~ work. Credit is also given for performance as Ii group member.··· .'

DEPARTMENT'OF PHYSICS

741200 Physics iIA

PrereqUisite Nil

Hours

Examination

Content

3 lecturehourlli&,3,,Jilours ;of Jaboratory.& tutorial :work per week

One 2-hour paper after the end of each term and an hour's written examination on the yeat's practical work . i '; . '.' : .

For students who may wish to. proceed to' Physics II, and for all students in the Faculty of Engineering except ChemiCal Engineering. (Some students in Chemical Engineering may be advised to take Physics m). . . A. rigorous, mathematically based discipline with emphasis on the unifying principles which· link together different areas of the subjecti

260

Lectures .will cover mechanics, wave motion, electromagnetism, ther­mal. phYSiCS, geometrical optics, physical optics, and quantiun physics. The trea~ent throug!hout will assume, some knowledge of calculus.

Texts Gray, R. et al. Resnick, R. &

Halliday, D.

741300 Pbymcs IB

Prerequisite

Hours

Examination

Content

Student Study Guide (Wiley 1970) Physics (3rd Combined edn) (Wiley 1977)

Nil

3 lecture hours & 3 hours laboratory or demonstrations per week

One 2-hour paper after the end of each term

For students who in general do not intend to proceed with further studies ~ Physics. (A credit p~ or better in Physics IB will normally be reqUlred for entry to PhYSiCS II). The trea~ent will require a minimum of mathematics and will involve 'an experimental approach throughout. The coverage of the subject will be somewhat broader than in Physics IA. .

Texts

74210Q p~&Cs n Prerequisites

Hours

Examination

Content Mecbanics Tbermal Pbymcs Quantum P~mcs Electromagnetics Pbymcal Optics

Refer to Physics Dept. notice board.

Mathematics I, Physics IA or normally a credit pass or better in Physics IB

3 lecture hours & 3 laboratory hours per week

EquiV'alent of 6 hours total examination

Physics II students who have completed only Mathematics I, should include a Mathematics II subject. It· is' suggested that in addition to Topic CO this should include 2 topics chosen from H,B; D or F.

Texts Texts will be listed on the Physics Dept notiCe board .

261

743100 Physics IDA

Prerequisites

Hours

Examination

Content

Physics II, a Mathematics subject with Topics C, E, G, and H or B or D iecommended. For Mathematics II in 1978 Topics CO & 2 from H, or B or D or F are recommended

120 lecture hours & 240 laboratory & tutorial hours

Assessment to the equivalent of 10 hours 25 minutes of examination time.

The. areas of classical and quantum physics essential to the under­standing of both advanced pure physics and also the many applications of physics. Some electronics is also included. A. Classical Physics Mathematical methods, advanced mecbanics, special theory of rela­tivity, electromagnetics including waveguide and antenna theory. B. Modem Physics Quantum mechanics, atomic and molecular physics, statistical physics, solid state physics, nuclear physics, electronics. C. Laboratory Parallels the lecture course in overall content, with at least one experiment available in each topic, although students are not expected to carry out all the experiments available.

Texts Refer to the Physics Department notice board. Students should retain their Physics II texts.

742100 Electronics & IDstmmentatioo n Prerequisites

Hours

Examination

Content

Physics IA or IB

3 lecture hours, 4 laboratory hours and 2 tutorial hours with directed assignments each week.

One 2-hour paper on each of the· 3 topics selected.

Topic A - Basic Theory of Techniques; Instrumentation Practice; Specialist Instrumentation.

Topic B - Instrumentation Theory. Topic C- Electrical Measurement Principles;

Digital and Linear Integrated' Circuits; Instrumentation Systems.

Topic D - Basic Device Physics; Measurement Devices.

fZ.62

. ! , ! ~,

Students taking Physics II (either previously or concurrently) will be examined in Topics B, C and D.They must also attend the lectures on Instrumentation Practice in Topic A as part of the directed assign-ments requirements. . Students who have not taken Physics II will be examined in Topics A, C and D.

Texts Malmstadt, H. V.

et al.

Other Texts

Instrumentation for Scientists Series-, Texts with Experiments Modules 1, 2, 3 & 4 (Benjamin) .

Refer to Physics Department notice board.

742101 PH211Electromagnetics and Quantum Mechanics

Prerequisites

Hours

Examination

Content

Mathematics I, Physics lA, or normally a . credit pass in IB

45 lecture hours & 45 laboratory hours

3 hours

For students in Electrical Engineering and covers Electromagnetics and Quantum Physics. Students who may later, wish to continue Physics in the Science Paculty are advised that Science Faculty regulations require that Physics II be completed in a single year.

Texts Tets will be listed on the Physics Dept notice board

DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY

751100 Psychology I

Prerequisites Nil

Hours

Examination

Content

3 lecture hours, one hour practical session and one hour tutorial per week.

, One 3-hour paper and an assessment of prac­tical work.

A general introduction to psychology and includes such topics as social psychology, learning theory, perception, developmental psych­ology, physiological psychology, theory of measurement and descriptive statistics and statistical analysis of data.

Texts To be advised.

263.

DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY

301100 Sociology I

Prerequisites

Hours

Examination

Content

Nil

2 lectures and 1 seminar and/ or tutorial each week.

To be advised

Introduction to sociological perspectives - social institutions, social structures and social change. Attention will be given to non-literate, "developing" and to modern urban and industrial societies, with special reference to social aspects of contemporary Australia.

Texts

References } Preliminary Reading Berger, P.

To be advised

lnvitation to Sociology (Pelican)

!2.64

Section 5

COMBINED DEGREE PROGRAMMES

!2.6S

INTRODUcnON

Part 7 of the Degree Requirements for Undergraduate Counes in the Faculty of Engineering provide for the offering of combined courses leading to the degree of Bachelor of Engineering in any specialisation and the degree of Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Commerce, Bachelor of Economics, Bachelor of Mathematics, or Bachelor of Science, There js also provision for a combined course leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Metallurgy and Bachelor of Mathematics. Admission to such combined courses will normally be allowed after the completion of the first year of a degree course and is restricted to students who have obtained a minimum average standard of credit. Only in exceptional circumstances will a student be allowed to transfer to a combined degree course after second year or later.

Students who ate considering transferring to a combined course at the end of the first year should familiarise themselves with the requirements for both degrees and pay particular attention to the 'choice of elective subjects. Students are advised to consult their Student Advisor or the Faculty Secretary before atJtempting to enrol in a combined course. The following combined course programmes are arranged so as to group together the courses relating to one particular engineering specia1ity.

(i) Bachelor of Enllineerlnl In Chemical Engioeerlnl The following combined courses have been approved by the relevant Faculty Boards leading to the degree of Bachelor of Engineering in the

speciality of Chemical Elligineering and the degree of Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Commerce, Bachelor of Economics, Bachelor of Mathematics or Bachelor of Science. .

Year I Year I js similar for all combined courses involving the Chemical Engineering speciality and consists of the following subjects:

ebB101 Industrial Process Principles' CEll1 Statics GEltZ Introduction to Engineering Design ME111 Graphics and Engineering Drawing ME121 Workshop Practice Mathematics I Physics IA or m Chemistry I

Bachelor of Arts/ . Bachelor of Commerce/ , Bachelol' of Engineering B'achelor of Engineering

YurB

Mathematics lIB pt. 1 Mathematics 1IBpt. 1 Chemistry'IIA Chemistry IIA CheDiicaI Engineering I Chemical Engineering I Arts Subject - Part I Accounting I

YearB.'

Mathematics lIB .pt. 2 Mathematics lIB pt. 2 Chemical En' rin IIA Chemical Engineering IIA , pt. 1 gmee g

Eleetive I Elective I Economics I Arts Subject Part II Arts Subj~ Patt I or II ,. Year IV

Chemical EngiJJeering llA Chemical Engineering 1m pt.2 ' Introductory Quantitative

Chemical Engineering lIB Methods Arts Subject Patt III 3 Bachelor of Commerce

Subjects Year V

Chemical Engineering III . Chemical Engineering III Projects II Projects II Arts Subject Part I, II' 2 Bachelor of Commerce

or:III Subjects

Bachelor of Economics/ Bachelor of Engineering

Mathematics lIB pt. 1 Chemistry IIA Chemical Engineering I Economics I

Mathematics I~ pt. 2 Cheniical Engineering llA Elective r Introductory Quantitative

Methods

Chemical Engineering lIB Economics II 3 Bachelor of Economics

Subjects

Chemical Engineering III Projects II 2 Bachelor of Economics

Subjects

Bachelor of Mathematics/ Bachelor of Science/ Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering

Mathematics IIA Two courses have been Mathematics IIC approved Chemistry IIA (i) Maths. lIB (li) Maths lIB Chemical Engineering I Chem.IIA Chem.IIA

pt. 1 Clem. Chern. Eng.I Eng. I

Mathematics llIA Chem.Eng. Chem.Eng. Chemical Engineering I IIApt. 1 IIApt. I

pt. 2 Science Science Chemical Engineering IIA Subj. pt. I Subj. pt. I

pt. 1 Science Science Subj. Sub' pt.m ptJi

Part III Sub~ from Chem.Eng, Chem.Eng. B. Math. edule of IIApt.2 IIApt.2 Subjects ~em.Eng. ~~.Eng.

Chemical Engineering llA pt. 2 Science Science

Chemical Engineering lIB ~"in sUbli Pt. I

Chemical Bngineering III CJhem.Eng. carn· Eng• ProjectsIJ

Elective I ProjeotsII J>rojects II Elective I Elective I

(ii) Bachelor of Enlineering in OYil Enlineerinl The following combined courses have been approved by the relevant Faculty Boards leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Engineering in the speciality of Civil Engineering and the degree of Bachelor of Arts. Bachelor of Commerce, Bachelor of Economics. Bachelor of Mathematics or

Bachelor of Science.

Year I Year I is similar for all combined courses involving the Civil Engineering speciality and consists of the following subjects:

CElll Statics CEl71 Engineering Surveying I GE1l2 Introduction to Engineering Design MEllI Graphics and Engineering Drawing ME131 Dynamics Mathematics I Physics IA Chemistry IS

Bachelor of Arts/ Bachelor of Engineering

Bachelor of Commerce/ Bachelor of Engineering

Year II Mathematics 1m 'Mathematics 1m CE212 Mechanics of Solids CE212 Mechanics of Solids CE221 Properties of CE221 Properties of Materials Materials CE222 Materials CE222 Materials Technology Technology CE223J Engineering CE223J Engineering Geology Geology CE231 Fluid Mechanics I CE231 Fluid Mechanics I CE241 Water Resources CE241 Water Resources Engineering Engineering EEl31 Circuit EEl31 Circuit Fundamentals Fundamentals EE2ll Energy Conversion EE211 Energy Conversion Accounting I

ME121 Workshop Practice ME271 Thermodynamics I

Bachelor of Arts/ Bachelor of Commerce/ Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering

Yearm CE313 Structural Analysis CE313 Structural Analysis

& Design I & Design I CE324 Soil Mechanics CE324 Soil Mechanics CE332 Fluid Mechanics II CE332 Fluid Mechanics II CE3S1 Civil Engineering CE3S1 Civil Engineering

Systems I Systems I CE372 Transportation CE372 Transportation

Engineering Engineering GE350 Seminar ME121 Workshop Practice ME301 Engineering ME271 Thermodynamics I

Computations ME301 Engineering Arts Subject Part I Computations

Economics I

Year IV CE414 Structural Analysis CE414 Structural Analysis

& Design II & Design II CE425 Earth & Rock CE425 Earth & Rock

Engineering Engineering CE452 Engineering CE452 Engineering

Construction Construction CE453 Project CE453' Project ME482 Engineering Introductory Quantitative

Economics I \ Methods Arts Subject Part II 1 Bachelor of Commerce

Subject

Year V Arts Subject Part I 4 Bachelor of Commerce Arts Subject Part II Subjects Arts Subject Part III

Bachelor of Economics/ Bachelor of Mathematics/ Bachelor of Science / Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering

Mathematics 1m Mathematics IIA Mathematics 1m CE212 Mechanics of Solids CE212 Mechanics of Solids CE212 Mechanics of Solids

CE221 Properties of CE221 Properties of CE221 Properties of Materials Materials Materials

CE222 Materials CE222 Materials CE222 Materials Technology Technology Technology

CE223J Engineering CE223J Engineering CE223J Engineering Geology Geology Geology

CE231 Fluid Mechanics I CE231 Fluid Mechanics I CE231 Fluid Mechanics I CE241 Water Resources CE241 Water Resources CE241 Water Resources

Engineering Engineering Engineering

EE131 Circuit EEl31 Circuit Science Subject Part I Fundamentals Fundamentals

EE211 Energy Conversion EE211 Energy Conversion Economics I MEl21 Workshop Practice

ME271 Thermodynamics I

Bachelor of Economics/ Bachelor of Mathematics/ Bachelor of Science/ Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering

CE313 Structural Analysis Mathematics IIC CE313 Structural Analysis & Design I CE313 Structural AnalysiS ' & Design I

CE324 Soil Mechanics & DeSign I EEl31 Circuit CE332 Fluid Mechanics II CE324 Soil Mechanics Fundamentals CE3S1 Civil Engineering CE332 Fluid Mechanics II EE211 Energy Conversion

Systems I CE351 Civil Engineering ME121 Workshop Practice CE372 Transportation Systems I ME271 Thermodynamics I

Engineering CE372 Transportation 2 Science Subjects Part II ME121 Workshop Practice Engineering ME271 Thermodynamics I GE350 Seminar ME301 Engineering ME301 Engineering

Computations Computations Introductory Quantitative

Methods

CE414 Structural Analysis Mathematics IlIA CE324 Soil Mechanics & Design II CE414 Structural Analysis CE332 Fuid Mechanics II

CE425 Earth & Rock & Design II Science Subject Part II Engineering CE425 Earth & Rock: Science Subject Part III

CE452 Engineering Engineering Construction CE452 Engineering

CE453 Project Construction Economics II ME482 Engineering 1 Bachelor of Economics Economics I

Subject

4 Bachelor of Economics CE4S3 Project CE351 Civil Engineeriog Subjects Part III Subject from Systems I

B. Math Schedule of CE372 Transportation Subjects Engineering

Electives - 4 units CE414 Structural Analysis & Design II

CE425 Earth & Rock Engineering

CE452 Engineering Construction

CE453 Project ME301 Engineering

Computations ME482 Engineering

Economics II

(iii) Bachelor of Engineerinc in Electrical Enclneeriq The following combined courses have been approved by the relevant Faculty Boards leading to the degree of Bachelor of Engineering in the

speciality of Electrical Engineering and the degree of Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Commerce, Bachelor of Economics, Bachelor of Mathematics or Bachelor of Science.

Year I Year I is similar for all combined courses involving the E.1ectricaI. Engineering spcc:iality and consists of the following subjects:

CElli Statics EEl31 Circuit Fundamentals GE1l2 Introduction to Engineering Design MElli \Graphics and Engineering Drawing MEl21 Workshop Practice MEl31 Dynamics Mathematics I Physics IA Ohemistry IS

Bachelor of Arts/ Bachelor of Engineering

Bachelor of Commen:e/ . Bache1orof Engineering

Yearn ~1.82 Electronic Structure MetI82 Electronic Structure

of Materials of Materials EE2ll Energy Conversion BEnI Semicoi1ductor

BE2ll EneigyConversion EE221 Semiconductor

Devices Devices,···. . ~2 El.eotrical Circuits EE232 E1ectrica:1 Circuits' EE262Systematic BE262 SYstematic Prog~g Prograriuning: ..

EE264 Introduction to Logic EE2.64 IntroduCtion to Logic &. AsSembly Language & Assembly Language

PH221 E1eotromagnetics '" PH221 E1eotiOmagnetics & . ' Quantum. Mecban.ics I Quantum. MechaDics . Mathematics IlA Mathematics lIB pt. 1 ,Arts Subject Part I Economics I

Accounting I

lBUU.s.. ill ;:z;g;4Uh.JiiPiA..u:;;:;:,ka #h-

Bachelor of Arts/ Bachelor of Commerce/ Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering .

Yearm EE313 Power Systems . Mathematics lIB pt. 2 EE314 Electrical, Machines BEm Linear Electronics EE323 Linear Electro • EE324L Elect1'ODics EE324L Er1ectronics rucs Laboratory .

Laboratory EE32S Introduction to EE32S Introduction to Digital Technology

Digital. Technology ~33 . Advanced Circuit EE333 Advanced Circuit AnalYsis

Analysis :,", " .. BE3.1 Automatic Control EE341: Automatic ·Control Elj344 Couimunications EE344Communications 1 unit from EEaOO, 400 AmI Subject. Part n sub"ects Atits Subject Part I or II In~uctory. Quantitative

, -: ~ "", -: . Methods I Bachelor of Commen:e

Year IV. subject

GE3S0 Seminar EE313Power SyStems 1 unit O:~ eJeCtive (Eilgin- EE314E1ectrical "Machines

eering Faculty-non EE) . -6 ·units from EE3'OO 400 Am Subject Part III subjects • Arts Subject Part II or III I unit of elective (Engin-

eering Faculty-flOn BE) 2 Bachelor of Commerce

subjects ,.

Year IV EE480 Project EE480 Project EE481 Project or 2 units EE481 Project or 2 units E'J:.:f :!':!'r 400 subjects from EE300. 400 Subjects EE491' Seminar . . 10 units from EE300, 400 3 units from EE300, 400 subjects subjects

2 Badleior ofCommerc:e subjects

..

Bachelor of Economics/ Bachelor of Engineering

·Bachelor of Mathematics/ Bachelor' of Englneerillg

Bachelor of Science/ Bachelor of Engineering

Metl82 Electronic Structure Metl82 Electronic Structure Metl82 Electronic Structure of Materia1s of Materials of Materials

EEl\'! Energy Conversion EE211 Energy Sonversion BE2U Energy Conversion EE221 Semiconductor BE221 Semiconductor EE221 Semiconductor

E£i11fectrical ~ Devices Devices EE232 E1ectrica:1 Circuits BE232 Eleotrica1 Circuits

EE262.Systematic BE262 Systematic EE2628Ystematic

ii2lrariuning Prograriuning Prograriuning E Introduction to Logic EE264 Introduction to Logic . EE264 Introduotion to Logic

& Assembly Language & Assembly Language & Assembly Language PH221 Electromagnetics & PH221Electromagnetics & PH2211 Electromagnetics & , . Q!lantum MedJani.cs . Quantum Mechanics Quantum Mechanics =='1 IIBP

t.1 Mathematics IlA Mathematics lIA Mathematics IIC Science Subject Part I

Introductory Quantitative Methods

Bachelor of Economics/ Bachelor of Mathematics/ Bachelor of Science/ Bachelor o[Engineering Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering

Mathematics lIB pt. 2 Mathematics- lIlA EE313 Power S¥stems EE323 Linear Electronics Part III Subject from EE314 Eleotrical Machines EE324L ElectrOllics B. Math. Schedule of EE323 . Linear Electronics I Laboratory Subjects EE324L Electronics EE3lS. Introduction to . Laboratory Digital Technology EE32S Introduction to EE333 . Advanced Circuit Digital TechDology , Analysis EE341 Automatic Control EE333 Advanced Circuit EB344. Communications Analysis

1 unitfrolil EE300. 400 EE341 Automatic Control EE344· Communications subjects 2 Science Subjects Part II Economics II

1 Bachelor of Economics subject

BE)13· Power SySteDlS EE313. Power Systems . GE3S0 Seminar EE314 Electrica1Macbines EE314 Electrical Machines 1 unit of elective (Encin-6 units from EE300 400 EE323 . Linear Electronics eering Faculty--non EE) subjects ' EE324L Electronics Science Subject Part II 1 unit of elective (E,ngin- Laboratory Science Subject Part III eering Faculty~non BE) EE32S Introduction to 2 Bachelor of Economics Digital Technology

subjects EE333 Advanced Circuit Analysis

EE341 Automatic Control EE344 Communications 1 unit from EE300, 400

subjects GE3S0 Seminar 4 units of electives from

subjects outside Faculty of Encineering

EE480 Project EE480 Project EE481 Project or 2 units EE480Project EE481 Pro ect or 2 units

EE481 = or 2 units ~ EE300, 400 subjects E~ ~:'r 400 subjects E fl'OQl. 00, 400 subjects I-Seminar E491 Seminar . 3 units. from EE3OO, 400 9 units from EE300, 400 10 units from EE300, 400 subjects subjects subjects 2 Bachelor of Economics I unit of elective (Engin_ subjects cering Faculty-non EE)

(iv) Bachelor of Engineerina in IncIlIItrIal Enclneerinc The following combined courses leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Engineering in the speciality of Industrial Engineering and the degree of

Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Commerce. Bachelor of Economics, Bachelor of Mathematics or "Bachelor of Science have "been approved by the relevant paculty B_Oards. "

Year I Year I is similar for all combined courses involving the Industrial Engineering speciality and consist of the following subjects:

CE111 Statics EE13l Circuit Fundamentals GE112 Introduction to Engineering Design MElll Graphics and Engineering Drawing ME121 Workshop Practice ME13l Dynamics Mathematics I Physics IA Chemistry IS< i :

Bachelor of Arts! Bachelor of Engineering

Bachelor -of Commerce/ Bachelor of Engineering

Yearn MetlSl Microstructure of EE211 Energy Conversion

Materials " , MetlSl Microstructure of ME201 Experimental 'Materials

Methods I ME202 Dygamics of ME202 Dygamics of Engineering Systems

Engineering Systeins ME214 Mechanics of ME203 Experimental Solids I

Methods II ME223 Engineering ME2l4 Mechanics of Technology

Solids I ME241 Properties of ME24l! Properties" of Materials I

Materials I Mathematics fiB ME251 Fluid Mechanics I Accounting I MEl7l Thermodygamics I Economics I Mathematics 1m Arts Subject Part I

Bachelor of Arts/ Bachelor of Commerce/ Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering

Yearm EE211 Energy Conversion MEWl Experimental MEl12 Engineering Methods I

Design I ME203 Experimental MEW Engineering Methods II

Technology ME212 Engineering ME232 Dynamics of Design I

Machines I ME232 Dynamics of ME301 Engineering Machines I

Computations ME251 Fluid Mechanics I ME342 Properties of ME271 Thermodynamics I

Materials II Introductory Quantitative ME343 Mechanics of Methods

Solids II 2 Bachelor of Commerce ME361 Automatic Control Subjects Arts Subject Part I Arts Subject Part II

Year IV" ME312 Engineering ME301 Engineering

Design II Computations ME313 Engineering ME312 Engineering

Design III Design II ME333 Dynamics of ME313 Enweering

Machines II Design I I ME381 Methods ME333 Dynamics of

Engineering Machines II ME383Quality Engineering ME342 Properties of Arts Subject Part III Materials II Arts Subject Part II or III ME343 Mechanics of

Solids II ME361 Automatic Control ME381 Methods

Engineering -ME383 Quality Engineering ME384 Design for

Production ME4870.R.-Deterministic

Models ' ME488 O.R.-Probabilistic

Models 1 Bachelor of Commerce

Subject

Bachelor of Economics! Bachelor of Engineering

Bachelor of Mathematics/ Bachelor of Engineering

Bacheior of Science/ Bachelor of Engineering

Met1Sl Microstructure of EE211 Energy Conversion Met1S1 Microstructure of Materials MetlS1 Microstructure of Materials MEWl Experimental

Materials MEWl Experimental Methods-I " ME202 Dynamics of Methods I ME202 Dygamics of " Engineering Systems ME202 Dygamics of Engineering Systems

ME2l4 Mechanics of Engineering Systems ME203 Experimental Solids I ME203 Experime-ntal Methods II '

MEW' Engineering Methods II ME2l4 Mechanics of Tecbnology , ME2l4 Mechanics of Solids I,

MEJ:~~Pirties of Solids I ~':~~Pfrties of ME241 Properties of Mathematics 1m "Materials 1 ME251 Fluid Mechanics I Introductory Quantitative ME251 Fluid Mechanics I ME271Thermodynamics I

Methods ME271 Thermodynamics I Mathematics 1m Economics J Mathematics IIA Science Subject Part I

Mathematics IIC

Bachelor of Economics/ Bachelor of Mathematics/ Bachelor of Science/ Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering

ME201 Experimental EE211 Energy Conversion EE211 Energy Conversion Methods I ME212 Engineering ME212 Engineering MEW3 Experimental Design I Design I Methods II MEW Engineering ME223 Engineering ME212 Engineering Technology TechnOlogy Design I ME232 Dynamics of ME232 Dynamics of ME232 Dynamics of Machines I Machines I Machines I ME301 Engineering ME301 Engineering ME251 Fluid Mechanics I Computations Computations ME271 Thermodynamics I ME342 Properties of ME342 Properties of Economics II Materials II Materials II 2 Bachelor M Economics ME343 Mechanics of ME343 Mechanics of Subjects Solids II Solids II

ME361 Automatic Control ME361 Automatic Control Mathematics IlIA 2 Science Subjects Part II

ME301 Engineering ME~I?- En,ineering ME312 En,ineering Computations ME312 Engineering

DeSIgn I Design I Design II ME313 Enweering ME31~ EWeeting

ME313 Engineering Design I I" DeSIgn

ME333 Dynamics of ME3,33 Dynamics of Design III Machines II Machines II ,ME333 Dygamics of ME381 Methods ME381 Methods Machines II Engineering Engineering ME342 Properties of Materials II

ME383 Quality Engineering ME383 Quality Engineering ME343 Mechanics of

Part III Subject from ' [Science SUbject 'Part' II B. Math. Schedule of Science Subject Part III Solids II Subjeots

ME361 Automatic Control ME38t Methods

Engineering I

ME383 Quality Engineering ME384 Design for . Production

ME4870.R.-Deterministic Models

ME488 O.R.-Probabilistic Models

1 Bachelor of Commerce subject

Bachelor of Arts/ Bachelor of Commerce/ Bachelor of Economics/ Bachelor of Mathematics/ Bachelor of Science/ Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering

Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering

Year V ME482 Engineering ME482 Engineering ME496 Project/Seminar ME496 Project/Seminar ME482 Engineering

Economics I Economics I Economics I 4 units Departmental 4 units Departmental

ME484 Engineering ME484 Engineering ME484 Engineering Technical Electives Technicitl Electives

Economics II Economics II Economics II 2 Bachelor of Commerce 2 Bachelor of Economics

ME487 O.R.-Deterministic ME487 O.R.-Deterministic ME487 O.R.-Deterrninistic Subjects Subjects

Models Models Models ME488 O.R.-J>robabilistic ME488 O.R.-Probabilistic

ME488 O.R.-Probabilistic Models Models Models ME496 Project/Seminar ME496 Project/Seminar

ME496 Project/Seminar Industrial Engineering Industrial Engineering Industrial Engineering Elective Elective

Elective 4 units Departmental 4 units Departmental 4 units Departmental Technical Electives Technical Electives

Technical Electives

(v) Bachelor of Engineering in Mechanical Engineering The following combined courses leading to the degree of Bachelor of Engineering in the speciality of Mechanical Engineering and the degree

of Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Commerce, Bachelor of Economics, Bachelor of Mathematics or Bachelor of Science have been approved by the relevant Faculty Boards.

Year I Year I is similar for all combined courses involving the Mechanical Engineering speciality and consists of the following subjects:

CEllI Statics EEl31 Circuit Fundamentals G E 112 Introduction to Engineering Design MElli Graphics and Engineering Drawing MEl21 Workshop Practice ME131 Dynamics Mathematics I Phystics IA ChemistrY IS

Bachelor of Arts/ Bachelor of Commerce/ Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering

Year n Metl51 Microstructure of EE211 Energy Conversion

Materials MetI51 Microstructure of ME201 Experimental Materials

Methods I ME202 Dynamics of ME202 Dynamics of Engineering Systems

Engineering Systems ME214 Mechanics of ME203 Experimental Solids I

Methods II ME223 Engineering ME214 Mechanics of Technology

Solids I ME241 Properties of ME241 Properties of Materials I

Materials I Mathematics lIB ME251 Fluid Mechanics I Accounting I ME271 Thermodynamics I Economics I Mathematics lIB

Bachelor of Economics/ Bachelor of Mathematics/ Bachelor of Ecience/ Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering

EE211 Energy Conversion Metl51 Microstructure of Metl51 Microstructure of MetI51 Microstructure of Materials Materials

Materials ME201 Experimental ME201 Experimental ME202 Dynamics of Methods I Methods I

Engineering Systems ME202 Dynamics of ME202 Dynamics of ME214 Mechanics of Engineering Systems Engineering Systems

Solids I ME203 Experimental ME203 Experimental ME223 Engineering Methods II Methods II

Technology ME214 Mechanics of ME214 Mechanics of ME241 Properties of Solids I Solids I

Materials I ME241 Properties of ME241 Properties of Mathematics lIB Materials I Materials I Economics I ME251 Fluid Mechanics I ME251 Fluid Mechanics I IntroduCIorY Quantitative ME271 Thermodynamics I ME271 Thermodynamics I

Methods Mathematics llA Mathematics lIB Mathematics lIe Science Subject Part I

Bachelor of Arts/ Bachelor of Commerce/ Bachelor of Economics/ Bachelor of Mathematics/ Bachelor of Science/

Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering

Year m ME201 ExpernnenUli EE211 Energy Conversion EE211 Energy Conversion

EE211 Energy Conversion ME201 Expernnental ME212 Engineering ME212 Engineering ME212 Engineering Methods I Methods I Design I ME203 Expernnental ME203 ExpernnenUli Design I Design I

Methods II Methods II ME223' Engineering ME223 Engineering ME223 Engineering

ME212 Engineering ME212 Engineering Technology Technology Technology ME232 DynamiCS of ME232 Dynamics of

ME232 Dynamics of Design I Design I Machines I Machines I

Machines I ME232 Dynamics of ME232 Dynamics of ME301 Engineering ME301 Engineering

ME301 Engineering Machines I Machines I ME251 Fluid Mechanics I ME251 Fluid Mechanics I Computations Computations

Computations ME342 Properties of ME342 Properties of ME342 Properties of ME271 Thermodynamics I ME271 Thermodynamics I

Materials II Materials II Materials II Introductory Quantitative Economics II

ME343 Mechanics of ME343 Mechanics of ME343 Mechanics of Methods 2 Bachelor of Economics Solids II 2 Bachelor of Commerce Subjects Solids II

Solids II ME361 Automatic Control ME361 Automatic Control ME361 Automatic Control Subjects Mathematics IlIA 2 Science Subjects Part II

Year IV GE350 Seminar ME302 Experimental

ME302 ExpernnenUli ME301 Engineering ME301 Engineering ME302 Experimental Methods III

Methods III Computations Computations Methods III ME352 Fluid Mechanics II

ME352 Fluid Mechanics II ME302 Expernnental ME302 Experimental ME312 Engineering ME372 Heat Transfer

ME372 Heat Transfer Methods III Methods III ME373 Thermodynamics II ME373 Thermodynamics II ME312 Engineering ME312 Engineering Design II Arts Subject Part III Design II Design II ME313 Engineering Science Subject Part II

Arts Subject Part II or III ME313 Engineering ME313 Engineering Design III Science Subject Part III Design III Design III ME352 Fluid Mechanics II

ME342 Properties of ME342 Properties of ME372 Heat Transfer Materials II Materials II ME373 Thermodynamics II

ME343 Mechanics of ME343 Mechanics of Part III Subject from Solids II Solids II B. Math. Schedule of

ME352 Fluid Mechanics II ME352 Fluid Mechanics II Subjects ME361 Automatic Control ME361 Automatic Control ME372 Heat Transfer ME372 Heat Transfer ME373 Thermodynamics II ME373 Thermodynamics II 2 Bachelor of Commerce 2 Bachelor of Economics

/)ubjects Subjects

Bachelor of Arts/ Bachelor of Commerce/ Bachelor of Economics/ Bachelor of Mathematics/ Bachelor of Science/ Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering

Year V CE303 Structural Design CE303 Structural Design CE303 Structural Design CE303 Structural Design CE303 Structural Design ME312 Engineering ME333 Dynamics of ME333 Dynamics of ME333 Dynamics of ME312 Engineering

Design II Machines II Machines II Machines II Design II ME313 Engineering ME496 Project/Seminar ME496 Project/Seminar ME481 Engineering ME313 Engineering

Design III 4 units Departmental 4 units Departmental Administration Design III ME33J Dynamics of Technical Electives Technical Electives ME482 Engineering ME333 Dynamics of

Machines II 1 Bachelor of Commerce 1 Bachelor of Economics Economics I Machines II ME481 Engineering Subject Subject ME496 Project/Seminar ME481 Engineering

Administration 4 units Departmental Administration ME482 Engineering Technical Electives ME482 Engineering

Economics I Economics I ME496 Project/Seminar ME496 Project/Seminar 4 units Departmental 4 units DepartmenUli

Technical Electives Technical Electives

(vi) Bachelor of Metallurgy The following combined course leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Mathematics and Bachelor of Metallurgy has been approved by the

appropriate Faculty Boards.

Year I Year II Year III Year IV Year V

Mathematics I Mathematics IIA Mathematics IliA Part III Subject from Met401 Directed Reading Physics IA Mathematics IIC ChE331 Process Economics B. Math. Schedule of 11 units from Met400 ChE101 Industrial Process Met212 Metallurgical Met301 Communication Subjects subjects

Principles Stoichiometry Skills 6 units from Met300 GE112 Introduction to Met213 Applied Statistics Met361 Extraction subjects

Engineering Design Met221 MeUlilurgical Metallurgy Electives - 2 units MElli Graphics & Thermodynamics Met391 Physical Metallurgy

Engineering Drawing Met231 Rate Processes Laboratory MEl21 Workshop Practice Met241 Micropiasticity OR Metl21 Chemical Met251 Metallography Met392 Chemical

Metallurgy Met261 Extraction Metallurgy Laboratory Metl41 Mechanical Proper- Metallurgy Electives - 4 units

ties of Materials Met271 Fabrication Metl51 Microstructure of Metallurgy

Materials Metl81 Atomic Structure

of Materials Met182 Electronic Structure

of Materials

Section 6

SUBJECT CQ,MPUTER

NUMBERS

~78

SUbject Computer Numbers for Engineering Courses

The subjects seloored should be wriJtten on die enrolment form in the following mamJer:

B.E. and B.Sc. (EnE.) in Chemical Engineering Computer Number SUBJECT NAME

721100 Chemistry I 511101 ChE101 Industrial Process

Principles 521101 CElli Statics 541104 MEllI Graphics &

Engineeriug Drawing 501101 GE112 Introduction to

Engineering Design 6611 00 Mathematics I 741200 Physics IA 741300 Physics IB 541201 ME121 Workshop Practice 511102 Elective-Industrial Exp. 511103 Industrial Experience

512200 Chemical Engineering I

512210 Chemical Engiueering I Part I

512220 Chemical Engineering I Part 2

722200 Chemistry IIA 662200 Mathematics lIB

662210 Mathematics lIB Part I 662220 Mathematics lIB Part 2

513100 Chemical Engiueering IIA

51311 0 Chemical Engiueering lIA Part I

513120 Chemical Engineering lIA Part 2

513200 Chemical Engineering lIB

513210

513220

Chemical Engineeriug lIB Part 1

Chemical Engineering lIB Part 2

Computer Number NAMES OF COMPONENTS

512201 ChE201 Fuels & Combusion 512202 ChE202 Industrial Chemical Processes

& Equipment 512203 ChE203 Laboratory 512204 ChE211 Fluid Statics & Dynamics 512205 ChE212 Heat 512208 ChE221 Separation Processes 512207 ChE231 Design (Chern. Eng. I)

662109 Topic CO 662104 Topic D 662202 Topic F

513101 ChE301 Computations 513103 ChE311 Thermodynamics 513104 ChE312 Reaction Engiueering 513102 ChE302 Unit Operations Lab. 513105 ChE313 Transport Principles 513106 ChE321 Continuous Contactiug Processes 513107 ChE322 Particulate Systems

ChE 301, 311, 312

ChE 302, 313, 321, 322

513222 ChE314 Process Control 513221 ChE331 Process Economics 513223 ChE332 Equipment Design

:279

509100 Elective I 509101 Elective IA

514100 Chemical Engineering III

514200 Projects II 509200 Elective II 514220 Process Engineering 514240 Design Project

B.E. in

521101 CElli Statics 541104 MEl11 Graphics &

.Engineering Drawing 501101 GE112 Introduction to

Engineering Design 541103 ME131 Dynamics 661100 Mathematics I 741200 Physics IA 721900 Chemistry IS 521104 CE171 Engineering Survey-

ing I

662200 Mathematics lIB

522107 CE212 Mechanics of Solids 522106 CE221 Properties of

Materials 522105 CE222 Materials Technology 522202 CE231 Fluid Mechanics I 522203 CE241 Water Resources

Engineering 732900 CE223J Engineering Geology 531203 EE131 Circuit Fundamentals 532106 EE211 Energy Conversion 541201 ME121 Workshop Practice 542205 ME271 Thermodynamics I 523101 CE313 Structural Analysis

& Design 1 523102 CE324 Soil Mechanics 523301 CE332 Fluid Mechanics II

~~,:!b:~er NAMES OF COMPONENTS

General Elective Subjects 513224 ChE341 Fuel Technology I 513225 ChE342 Furnace Heat Transfer

514111 ChE402 Seminar 514112 ChE431 Process Engineering

plus at least 6 of 514113 ChE411 Advanced Combustion 514115 ChE412 Radiant Heat Transfer 514116 ChE413 Selected Topics in Heat &

Mass Transfer 514117 ChE414 Advanced Reaction Engineering 514118 ChE415 Advanced Transport Theory 514119 ChE416 Advanced Process Control 514110 ChE421 Multicomponent Separations 514120 CbE422 Particle Mechanics 514121 CbE432 Environmental Control 514114 ChE433 Process Evaluation ... &

Optimization 514123 CbE403 Advanced Computations

Civil Engineering

662109 Topic CO 662104 Topic D 662204 Topic H

280

523202 GE350 Seminar 523107 CE351 Civil Engineering

Systems I 523108 CE372 Transportation Eng­

ineering 543101 ME301 Engineering

Computations 509100 Elective I Components of Elective I 524101 CE414 Structural Analysis

& Design II 524103 CE414A Structural Analysis

n 524104 CE414B Structural Design

II 524403 CE425 Earth & Rock

Engineering 524102 CE452 Engineering Con­

struction 524404 CE453 Project 544433 ME482 Engineering

Economics I 509200 Elective II

Electives 524029 CE415 Elastic Continua 524030 CE416 Plastic Frame Design 524031 CE417 Steel Beams, Columns & Frames 524032 CE418 Brickwork & Timber Design 524034 CE426' Advanced Properties of Materials 524035 CE427 Concrete Technology 524036 CE428 Soil Mechanics 524038 CE433 Theoretical Hydrodynamics 524039 CE434 Open Channel Flow 524040 CE435 River & Coastal Engineering I 524041 CE442 Water Resources Engineering 524042 CE443 Water QuaJity Management 524050 CE454 Civil Engineering Systems II 524045 CE473 Engineering Surveying II 524046 CE474 Transportation Planning 524047 CE475 Highway Engineering

B.E. ID Computer Engineering

721900 Chemistry IS 6611 00 Mathematics I 741200 Physics IA 521101 CEllI Statics 531203 EE131 Circuit Fundamentals 541104 MElli Graphics &

Engineering Drawing 501101 GE112 Introduction to

Engineering Design 541201 ME121 Workshop Practice 541103 ME131 Dynamics

662100 Mathematics IIA

662200 Mathematics lIB 662210 Mathematics lIB Part 1 662220 Mathematics 1m Part 2

662102 Topic B 662109 Topic CO 662104 Topic D

281

Computer Number SUBJECT NAME

111182 Met182 Electronic Structure of Materials

532106 EE211 Energy Conversion 532107 EE221 Semi-conductor

Devices 532108 EE232 Electrical Circuits 532113 EE262 Systematic

Programming 532114 EE263 Introduction to

Structuring of Infonnation 532115 EE264 Introduction to Logic

& Assembly Language 742101 PH221 Electromagnetics &

Quantum Machines 509400 Electives 533107 EE323 Linear Electronics 533108 EE324L Electonics Labor-

atory 533115 EE325 Introduction to

Digital Technology 533217 EE333 Advanced Circuit

Analysis 533213 EE341 Automatic Control 533113 EE344 Communications 533116 EE345 Digital Signal

Processing 533220 EE362 Switching Theory &

Logical Design 523202 GE350 Seminar 543101 ME301 Engineering

Computations 509400 Electives 534109 EE421 Electronic Design A 534110 EE422 Electronic Design B 534124 EE463 Computer Operating

Systems 534143 EE464 Compiler Construction 534102 EE480 Project/Directed

Reading 534106 EE481 Project/Directed

Reading 534101 EE491 Seminar 509400 Electives

Computer Number NAMES OF COMPONENTS

Elective components

Elective components

Elective components

D.E. in Electrical Engineering

721900 661100 741200 521101 531203 541104

501101

541201 541103

Chemistry IS Mathematics I Physics IA CElli Statics EE131 Circuit Fundamentals MEl11 Graphics &

Engineering Drawing GE112 Introduction to

Engineering Design ME121 Workshop Practice ME131 Dynamics

662100 Mathematics lIA 662102 Topic B 662109 Topic CO 662104 Topic D

282

Computer Number SUBJECT NAME Computer

Number NAMES OF COMPONENTS

662200 Mathematics lIB 662210 Mathematics lIB Part 662220 Mathematics lIB Part 2 111182 Met182 Electronic Structure

of Materials 532106 EE211 Energy Conversion 532107 EE221 Semi-Conductor

Devices 532108 EE232 Electrical Circuits 532113 EE262 Systematic

Programming 532115 EE264 Introduction to Logic

& Assembly Language 742101 PH221 Electromagnetics &

Quantum Mechanics 509400 Electives Elective components 533201 EE313 Power Systems 533106 EE314 Electrical Machines 533107 EE323 Linear Electronics 533108 EE324L Electronics

Laboratory 533115 EE325 Introduction to

Digital Technology 533217 EE333 Advanced Circuit

Analysis 533213 EE341 Automatic Control 533113 EE344 Communications 523202 GE350 Seminar 509400 Electives Elective components 534102 EE480 Project/Directed

Reading 534106 EE481 Project/Directed

Reading 534101 EE491 Seminar 509400 Electives Elective components

Other 300-400 Level Subjects

If counted as subjects place on the left hand side of the enrolment fonn, if electiv. units place on the right hand side level with or below 509400 Electives,

533111 EE315 Power Electronics 533110 EE342 Linear System Theory 533116 EE345 Digital Signal Processing 533218 EE351 Electromagnetic Propagation &

Antennas 533222 EE362 Switching Theory & Logic

Design 533208 EE380 Project/Directed Reading 534107 ,EE415 Power Systems 534144 EE416 Advanced Electrical Machine

Theory 534109 EE421 Electronic Design A 534110 EE422 Electronic Design B 534132 EE443 Optimization Techniques 534141 EE446 Linear Optimal Control 534134 EE447 Digital Communications 534145 EE462 Topics in Switching Theoryl 534124 EE463 Computer Operating Systems 534143 EE464 Compiler Construction

283

~=!er NAMES OF COMPONENTS

Industrial Experience Units

509400 Electives 531302 EE092 Industrial Experience 531303 EE093 Industrial Experience 531304 EE094 Industrial Experience 531306 EE096 Industrial Experience 531307 EE097 Industrial Experience II

D.E. in Mechanical & Industrial Engineering Years I & n

721900 Chemistry IS 661100 Mathematics I 741200 Physics IA 521101 CEl11 Statics 541104 MEIU Graphics &

iEngineering Drawing 501101 GE11Z Introduction to

Engineering Design 541201 ME121 Workshop Practice 541103 ME131 Dynamics 531203 EE131 Circuit Fundamentals

662200 Mathematics IIB

532106 111151

542206

542104

542207

542208 542105 542209

542305

542106

542210 542205

EE211 Energy Conversion Metl51 Microstructure of

Materials ME201 Experimental

Methods I ME202 Dynamics of

Engineering Systems ME203 Experimental

Methods II ME21Z Engineering Design I ME214 Mechanics of Solids I ~Engineering

Techhology ME232 Dynamics of

Machines I ME241 Properties of

Materials I ME251 Fluid Mechanics I ME271 Thermodynamics I

662109 Topic CO 662104 Topic D 662204 Topic H

D.E. in Mechanical Engineering Years m & IV

523202 543101

543105

543104

543106

543107

GE350 Seminar ME301 Engineering

Computations ME312 Engineering

Design II ME302 Experimental

Methods III ME313 Engineering Design

III ME333 Dynamics of

Machines II

543108 ME342 Properties of,' Materials II .

543109 'ME343 Mechanics of Solids II

543110 ME352 Fluid Mechanics II 543204 ME361 Automatic Control 543202 ME372 Heat Transfer 543111 ME373 Thermodynamics II 523304 CE303 Structural Design 544101 ME481 Engineering Adminis-

tration 544433 ME482 Engineering

Economics I 544203 ME496 Project/Seminar

Industrial Experience Units

541302 ME092 Industrial Experience 541303 ME093 Industrial Experience 541304 ME094 Industrial Experience 541305 ME095 Industrial Experience 541307 'ME097 Industrial Experience 541308 ·ME098 Industrial Experience

Departmental Technical Electives

544451 544427

544424

544426

544425

544402 544416

544418

544411 544463

544464

544465 540126

544841

544842

ME401 System Analysis ME404 Mathematical

Programming I . ME409 Introduction to Noise

Pollution Control ME410 Advanced Design

Concepts I ME419 Bulk Materials

Handling Systems-Analysis & Design

ME445 Mechanics of Solids ME448 An Introduction to

Photomechanics ME449 Reliability Analysis

.for Mechanical Systems ME453 Fluid Mechanics ME483 Production

Engineering ME484 Engineering

Economics II 'ME492 Special Topic ME505 Systems Anlrlysis,

Organisation & Control ME487 Operations Research­

Deterministic Models ME488 O{,erations Research­

,Probabltstic Models

285

~=~~er NAMES OF COMPONENTS

B.E. in Industrial Engineering Years m & IV

543101 ME301 Engineering Computations

543105 ME312 Engineering Design II 543106 ME313 Engineering

Design III 543107 ME333 Dynamics of

Machines II 543108 ME342 Properties of

Materials II 543109 ME343 Mechanics of Solids

II 543204 ME361 Automatic Control 543501 ,ME381 Methods Engineering 543502 ME383 Quality Engineering 543503 ME384 Design fer Production 544841 ME487 Operations Research-

Deterministic Models 544842 ME488 Operations Research­

Probabilistic Models 523202 GE350 Seminar 544433 ME482 Engineering

Economics I 544464 ME484 Engineering

Economics II 544203 ME496 Project/Seminar

Industrial EJl3ineering Electives

751100 Psychology I 301100 Sociology I 421100 Economics I 4311 00 Legal Studies I 412600 Organisational Behaviour 433200 Industrial Law 422110 Industrial Relations II 413612 Theories of Organisation 422202 Labour Economics

General Engineering Subjects

523202 GE350 Seminar 504101 GE471 Energy 504102 GE472 Energy 500100 GE501G Air Pollution Studies 501101 GE112 Introduction to

Engineerin.g Design

B.Met. & B.Sc.(Met.)

6611 00 Mathematics I 741200 Physics IA 511101 ChElOl Industrial Process

Principles 541104 MEllI Graphics and

Engineering Drawing 5011 01 GE1l2 Introduction to

Engineering Design

286

Computer Number SUBJECT NAME Computer

Number NAMES OF COMPONENTS

541201 MEI21 Workshop Practice 111122 Metl21 Chemical Metallurgy 111141 MetI41 Mechanical Properties

of Materials 111151 MetI51 Microstructure of

Materials 111181 Metl81 Atomic Structure of

Materials 111182 Metl82 Electronic Structure

of Materials

112211 MeUII Metallurgical Computations 662101 Topic A

662109 Topic CO 662202 Topic F

112212 Met212 Metallurgical Stoichiometry

112213 Met213 Applied Statistics 112221 Met221 Metallurgical

Thermodynamics 112231 Met231 Rate Processes 112241 Met241 Microplasticity 112251 Met251 Metallography 112261 MeU61 Extraction Metallurgy 112271 Met271 Fabrication Metal-

lurgy 509100 Elective I Elective components 513221 ChE331 Process Economics 113301 Met301 Communication Skills 113365 Met361 Extraction Metallurgy 113391 Met391 Physical Metallurgy

Laboratory 113392 Met392 Chemical Metallurgy

Laboratory 509200 Elective II Elective components

Otber Met300 .. subjects 113323 Met311 Statistical Design &

Optimisation of Met. Processes

113313 Met312 Modelling & Control of Met. Processes

113324 Met321 Heterogeneous Equilibria

113322 Met322 Electrochemistry & Corrosion

113331 Met331 Transport Processes in Metallurgical Systems

113332 Met332 Fluid Mechanics of Metallurgical Processes

113341 Met341 Fracture & Failure Analysis

113351 Met351 Metallography 113352 Met352 Physical Metallurgy 113353 Met353 Solidification Pro-

cesses 113354 Met354 X-ray & Electron

Metallography 113362 Met362 Hydro- and Electro-

Extraction Metallurgy 113366 Met363 Metallurgical Process

Theory 113364 Met364 Refractories 113371 Met371 Materials Selection 113372 Met372 Fabrication Processes

287

113373 113374

113381 114405

114406 114434

114435

114431 114436

114433

114442

114451

114452 114453 114461 114462 114471 114472

114481 114482 114483

421100 661100 741200 521110 521111

662200

522408 531203 522404 522405 522406 522410

432300

352200 523333 523305

Met373 Polymer Technology Met374 Welding & Non-

destructive Testing Met381 Metal Physics Met401 Directed Reading

Other Met400 Subjects Met402 Metallurgy Seminar Met411 Metallurgical

Computations Met421 Heterogeneous

Equilibria Met431 Heat Transfer Met432 Fluid Mechanics of

Metallurgical Processes Met433 Metallurgical Rllte

Processes Met441 Applications of

Fracture Mechanics Met451 Electron Metal-

lography Met452 Physical Metallurgy Met453 Metallography Met461 Extraction Metallurgy Met462 Reactor Analysis Met471 Materials Selection Met472 Welding & Non-

destructive Testing Met481 Dislocation Theory Met482 Metal Physics Met491 Laboratory Project

Economics I Mathematics I Physics IA SVl11 Surveying I SV121 Survey Camp I

Mathematics lIB

CE201 Civil Engineering IS EEl31 Circuit Fundamentals SV212 Surveying II SV222 Survey Camp II SV231 Survey Computation I SV271 Basic Regional &

Urban Economics SV291 Introduction to Legal

Studies Geography liB CE302 Civil Engineering lIS SV313 Surveying III

~~':.t~~er NAMES OF COMPONENTS

111102 111103 111104 111105 111106

Industrial Experienc:e Units Met092 Industrial Experience Met093 Industrial Experience Met094 Industrial Experience Met095 Industrial Experience Met096 Industrial Experience

B. Surv.

662109 Topic CO 662104 Topic D 662204 Topic H

288

1

£~':.t:~er SUBJECT NAME Compufer Number NAMES OF COMPONENTS

523330 523326 523327 523328 523329 433300

523108 524125 524128 524130 524135 524136 524138 524133 509400

SV323 Survey Camp III SV332 Survey Computations 11 SV341 Astronomy I SV351 Geodesy I SV361 Photogrammetry I SV392 Property & Survey

Law CE372 Transportation Bngg, SV414 Surveying IV SV452 Geodesy II SV462 Photogrammetry II SV472 Land Valuation SV473 Town Planning SV474 Surveying Management SV 481 Project Electives 524126

524127 524129 524131

SV41S Surveying V (Elective) SV442 Astronomy II (Elective) SV4S3 Geodesy III (Elective) SV 463 Photoarammetry III (Elect)

THE UNIVERSITY OF NEWCASTLE

LEGENO BUILDINGS

ARTS/ll11INISTRUiON LG. LOWER GQOIJlO FLOOr.. G. GRO~D FlO:)R 1 • fI~S1 fLOOi

A~INISTRATtOli ClASSICS CO/ollo1U~JT\' PROGRAffltS CO,",PUTINGCENTRE ['1GliSH· HERSU HISTORY lHIGUISnC5 t-IOOERIi LA1iGuA~ES PHIlOSQPflY UNIVERSITY COU~SEU_I!1':. SE;:;:CE

!'\Al'i LECTURE TH[AiffE GEOLOGY PHYSiCS LECTURE THEATRE CHEMIST!!\, BASO£NTHEATR[ BIOlOGICALSCWKES MEDICAL SCIE~CES ,6.uCI-fMl.j";-YLIBIiARY METALLURGY ARCH"I1ECTURE DR~iHEATRE SOCIAL SCIENCES

GEOGR~PHY CD~ERCE ECONOMICS LEGAL STljC: ~$

TEffi'ORARV BIJIL::,~5S ~"HEKATICS

DR"" BEHAVIOUAA ... SCt\CES

EDUCATION PSYCHOLOGY SOCIOLOGY

E'lGINE£WIG C,J~P·L~i CHEMICAL HIGINEERI'~ (IV! l EIiGI~EEI!I~(j

ELECTRICA:.. E'lS;~EE~j"~ HHHIHHCAL E'lGIN[ER;'!G E'IGJNEERING TIt£~TiE

& ClASSROO~S UNION

CHAPlAJNCi'$ER'llCE HEALTHSERVIe:E

EWAROS HA.LL WnAAl FACIUTlES S[OROOH BLOCKS WARDENS RESIDENCE

MISCElLANEOUS COMJomW[AL TH BA'i'( COHHUNITY CHILO CJl~E ct'f:-RE CARPARK GR[ATHALL LODGE AUCH"UTY SPORTS W,7RE STAFF HOUSE SPOR.TS PAViLION TlHNIS eOURTS

NEW SOUTH WALES

LO, a & 1 ~G

LG Q

1

~ LG B C o , G

" J , l H , ,

Iii, S , S S

~ I

/

o NE'M:;ASTLE COLLEGE

OF ADVANCED EDUCATION

CP

--------'\ -- - \

\ \ \. \ \

" " "

" " " " "

'" "

'" " '" '"

\ \

\ \

\

'" , "

\ \

"

\ \

\

,,' ,

, , , , ,

--

, , , , , , l --- -,.